Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

2011 Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual M

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Air Vents ...... 8-5 Vehicle Features ...... 1-18 Roof Rack System ...... 4-2 Maintenance ...... 8-6 Performance and Maintenance ...... 1-24 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Controls ...... 5-2 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Starting and Operating ...... 9-27 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Indicators ...... 5-7 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-33 Doors ...... 2-8 Information Displays ...... 5-20 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-34 Vehicle Security...... 2-12 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-23 Drive Systems ...... 9-37 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-14 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-30 Brakes ...... 9-37 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-15 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-40 Windows ...... 2-16 Lighting ...... 6-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-42 Roof ...... 2-18 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-45 Interior Lighting ...... 6-4 Fuel ...... 9-51 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Lighting Features ...... 6-5 Towing...... 9-57 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-64 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Rear Seats ...... 3-9 Introduction ...... 7-2 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Safety Belts ...... 3-10 Radio ...... 7-11 General Information ...... 10-2 Airbag System ...... 3-24 Audio Players ...... 7-18 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Child Restraints ...... 3-38 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-32 Phone ...... 7-43

Information Provided by: Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

2011 Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual M

Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-31 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 General Information ...... 11-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Electrical System ...... 10-37 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-13 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-43 Recommended Fluids, Vehicle Data Recording and Jump Starting ...... 10-72 Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-6 Privacy...... 13-14 Towing...... 10-76 Maintenance Records ...... 11-9 Index ...... i-1 Appearance Care ...... 10-79 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

Please refer to the purchase worldwide patents issued & documentation relating to your pending. DTS and the Symbol are specific vehicle to confirm each of registered trademarks and DTS the features found on your vehicle. Digital Surround and the DTS logos For vehicles first sold in Canada, are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product substitute the name “General includes software. All Rights Motors of Canada Limited” for Reserved. The names, logos, emblems, Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it slogans, vehicle model names, and appears in this manual. vehicle body designs appearing in this manual including, but not limited Keep this manual in the vehicle for to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, quick reference. the CHEVROLET Emblem, and EQUINOX are trademarks and/or service marks of General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Manufactured under license from or licensors. Dolby® Laboratories. Dolby and the This manual describes features that double-D symbol are registered may or may not be on your specific trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. vehicle either because they are Manufactured under license options that you did not purchase or under U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; due to changes subsequent to the 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; printing of this owner manual. 6,487,535 & other U.S. and

Litho in U.S.A. © Part No. 20781752 B Second Printing by:Provided Information 2010 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

iv Introduction

Canadian Vehicle Owners Propriétaires Canadiens A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer or from: "Made for iPod" means that an This product incorporates copyright On peut obtenir un exemplaire de electronic accessory has been protection technology that is ce guide en français auprès du designed to connect specifically protected by U.S. patents and other concessionnaire ou à l'adresse to iPod and has been certified by intellectual property rights. Use of suivante: this copyright protection technology the developer to meet Apple must be authorized by Macrovision, performance standards. Apple is Helm, Incorporated and is intended for home and other not responsible for the operation of P.O. Box 07130 limited viewing uses only unless this device or its compliance with Detroit, MI 48207 otherwise authorized by safety and regulatory standards. 1-800-551-4123 Macrovision. Reverse engineering iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and Numéro de poste 6438 or disassembly is prohibited. iPod touch are trademarks of Apple de langue française Inc., registered in the U.S. and other www.helminc.com countries.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where information relating to a specific it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do death. Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.”

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

Vehicle Symbol Chart B : Engine Coolant Temperature J : OnStar® Here are some additional symbols O : Exterior Lamps } : Power that may be found on the vehicle # / and what they mean. For more : Fog Lamps : Remote Vehicle Start information on the symbol, refer to . : Fuel Gauge > : Safety Belt Reminders the Index. + : Fuses % : Steering Wheel Controls : Airbag Readiness Light 9 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor : Air Conditioning # Changer d : Traction Control ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) j : LATCH System Child M : Windshield Washer Fluid $ : Brake System Warning Light Restraints " : Charging System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : I : Cruise Control : Oil Pressure

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

Interior Lighting ...... 1-13 Performance and Maintenance In Brief Exterior Lighting ...... 1-13 Traction Control Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-14 System (TCS) ...... 1-24 Climate Controls ...... 1-15 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-24 Instrument Panel Parking Brake ...... 1-16 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-24 Transmission ...... 1-17 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-25 Initial Drive Information Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-25 Vehicle Features Driving for Better Fuel Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Radio(s) ...... 1-18 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Economy ...... 1-25 Satellite Radio ...... 1-19 Roadside Assistance System ...... 1-4 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-19 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-5 ® Program ...... 1-26 Bluetooth ...... 1-20 OnStar® ...... 1-26 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-20 Liftgate ...... 1-6 Cruise Control ...... 1-21 Windows ...... 1-7 Navigation System ...... 1-21 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-7 Driver Information Memory Features ...... 1-9 Center (DIC) ...... 1-22 Heated Seats ...... 1-10 Vehicle Personalization ...... 1-22 Head Restraint Rear Vision Adjustment ...... 1-10 Camera (RVC) ...... 1-22 Safety Belts ...... 1-11 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-23 Sensing System for Roof Rack System ...... 1-23 Passenger Airbag ...... 1-11 Power Outlets ...... 1-23 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-12 Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 1-12

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑5. I. Data Link Connector (DLC) R. Fuel Economy Mode on (Out of View). See Malfunction page 9 36 (If Equipped). B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. ‑ See Turn and Lane-Change Indicator Lamp on page 5‑13. S. StabiliTrak® System on Signals on page 6‑3. J. Cruise Control on page 9‑42. page 9‑41. Exterior Lamp Controls on K. Instrument Panel Illumination T. Cupholders on page 4‑1. page 6 1. Control on page 6 4. ‑ ‑ U. Power Outlets on page 5‑6. Fog Lamps on page 6 4 L. Steering Wheel Adjustment on ‑ V. CD Player on page 7‑18. (If Equipped). page 5‑2. W. Driver Information Center C. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑8. M. Horn on page 5‑3. Buttons (If Equipped). See D. Windshield Wiper/Washer on N. Steering Wheel Controls on Driver Information Center (DIC) page 5‑3. page 5‑2. on page 5‑20. Rear Window Wiper/Washer on O. Ignition Positions on page 9‑27. X. Hazard Warning Flashers on page 5‑4. P. Climate Control Systems on page 6‑3. E. Power Door Locks on page 2‑7. page 8‑1 (If Equipped). Y. Glove Box on page 4‑1. F. Instrument Panel Storage on Automatic Climate Control page 4‑1. System on page 8‑3 (If Equipped). G. Safety Locks on page 2‑7. Q. Shift Lever. See Shifting Into H. Infotainment on page 7‑2. Park on page 9‑31. Navigation System (If Equipped). See Navigation System Manual.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive Remote Keyless Entry Q : Press to lock all doors. Information (RKE) System Lock and unlock feedback can be personalized. This section provides a brief The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) overview about some of the transmitter will work up to V : For vehicles with the power important features that may or may 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. liftgate, press and hold until the not be on your specific vehicle. liftgate begins to move to open the liftgate. For more detailed information, refer to each of the features which can be For vehicles without the power found later in this owner manual. liftgate, first press K, then press and hold V to unlock the liftgate. 7 : Press and release to locate the vehicle. Press and hold for at least two seconds to sound the panic alarm. Press 7 again to cancel the panic alarm. See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote Press this button to extend the key. Keyless Entry (RKE) System The key can be used for the ignition Operation on page 2‑3. and all locks. K : Press to unlock the driver door or all doors.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

Remote Vehicle Start Canceling a Remote Start With this feature the engine can be To cancel a remote start, do one of started from outside of the vehicle. the following: Starting the Vehicle . Press / until the parking lamps turn off. 1. Press on the Remote Keyless Q . Entry transmitter. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. / 2. Press and hold for about . Insert the key and turn it to ON/ two seconds. The turn signal RUN and then back to lamps will briefly flash to confirm LOCK/OFF. the vehicle has been started. The parking lamps will turn on See Remote Vehicle Start on The power door lock switches are and remain on as long as the page 2‑4. on the instrument panel. engine is running. The vehicle's K : Press to unlock the doors. doors will be locked. Door Locks Q : Press to lock the doors. See 3. The key must be inserted and To lock or unlock a door, use the Door Locks on page 2‑6. turned to ON/RUN before Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) { driving. transmitter from outside the vehicle. : Press for Safety Locks. See Safety Locks on page 2‑7. The engine will shut off after From inside the vehicle with the 10 minutes unless a time extension doors locked, pull once on the door is done or the key is inserted and handle to unlock it, and a second turned to ON/RUN. time to open it or use the power door lock switch.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Liftgate Power Liftgate Operation Notice: If you open the liftgate without checking for overhead Manual Liftgate Operation obstructions such as a garage Unlock the vehicle before opening door, you could damage the the liftgate. liftgate or the liftgate glass. Always check to make sure the Press the touchpad located in the area above and behind the liftgate handle of the liftgate, above the is clear before opening it. license plate, and lift up to open. Choose the power liftgate mode by Do not press the touchpad while turning the dial on the switch to closing the liftgate. This will cause either the 3/4 or MAX position. the liftgate to be unlatched. Press the button to open or close the liftgate. See Liftgate (Manual) on page 2‑8 On vehicles with a power liftgate, or Liftgate (Power) on page 2‑8. the switch is on the overhead console. The vehicle must be in P (Park) to use the power feature. The taillamps flash when the power liftgate moves.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Windows Pushing or pulling the switch part of To adjust the seat: the way will open or close the . Move the seat forward or window as long as the switch is rearward using the handle under operated. the front of the seat cushion (A). See Power Windows on page 2‑16. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. Seat Adjustment . Raise or lower the entire seat by Four Way Power Driver Seat moving the control (B) up ‐ or down. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3 for more information.

The power window controls are on each of the side doors. The driver door also has switches that control the passenger and rear windows. Operate the switch for the window by pressing to open and pulling to close. A. Seat Position Handle B. Height Adjustment Control

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

Eight‐Way Power Driver Seat See Power Seat Adjustment on Reclining Seatbacks page 3‑3 for more information. Manual Reclining Seatbacks Lumbar Adjustment

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: . Move the seat forward or Eight-Way Power Seat Shown, To recline a manual seatback: rearward by sliding the control Four-Way Similar forward or rearward. 1. Lift the lever. A. Lumbar Switch 2. Move the seatback to the . Raise or lower the front or rear part of the seat cushion by If available, press and hold the front desired position, and then moving the front or rear of the or rear of the switch (A) to increase release the lever to lock the control up or down. or decrease lumbar support. seatback in place. Release the switch when the 3. Push and pull on the seatback to . Raise or lower the entire seat by seatback reaches the desired level make sure it is locked. moving the entire control up of lumbar support. or down. See Lumbar Adjustment on page 3 6 for more information. ‑ by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

To return the seatback to the upright Memory Features turned off. These automatically position: stored positions are referred to as 1. Lift the lever fully without RKE Memory positions. applying pressure to the Storing Button Memory Positions seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. To save positions into Button Memory: 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback recliner, and both outside mirrors Power Reclining Seatbacks to the desired driving positions. 2. Press and release the MEM (Memory) button. 3. Press “1” until a beep sounds. On vehicles with the memory 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for a feature, the “1” and “2” buttons on second driver using “2.” the outboard side of the driver seat To recall the manually saved Button are used to manually save and Memory positions, press and hold recall the driver seat and outside “1” or “2.” The driver seat and mirror positions. These manually outside mirrors move to the stored positions are referred to as positions stored to those buttons To adjust a power seatback, Button Memory positions. when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” if available: The vehicle will also automatically before the stored positions are . Tilt the top of the control save driver seat and outside mirror reached stops the recall. rearward to recline. positions to the current driver To automatically recall RKE Memory . Tilt the top of the control forward Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) positions, unlock the driver door to raise. transmitter when the ignition is with the RKE transmitter and open Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

the driver door. If the driver door is Heated Seats Head Restraint already open, pressing the RKE transmitter K button will also Adjustment activate the RKE Memory recall. Do not drive until the head restraints The driver seat and outside mirrors for all occupants are installed and will move to the previously saved adjusted properly. RKE Memory positions. To achieve a comfortable seating See “Memory Seat and Mirrors” position, change the seatback under Power Seat Adjustment on recline angle as little as necessary page 3‑3 for more information. while keeping the seat and the head restraint height in the proper Easy Exit Driver Seat position. This feature moves the seat For more information see Head rearward allowing the driver more Restraints on page 3 2 and Seat room to exit the vehicle. Uplevel Climate Control System ‑ Shown, Base Similar Adjustment on page 3‑3. To activate, turn the ignition off and open the driver door. If the driver If available, the buttons are near the door is already open, turning the climate controls. To operate, the ignition off will activate the easy exit ignition must be in ON/RUN. driver seat. Press z or J to heat the driver or This feature can be turned on or off passenger seat cushion and using the vehicle personalization seatback. menu. See “Easy Exit Driver Seat” Indicator lights on the button show under Vehicle Personalization on the temperature setting. page 5‑30 for more information. See Heated Front Seats on page 3‑8. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

Safety Belts Sensing System for The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the Passenger Airbag overhead console when the vehicle is started. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑31 for more information.

United States

Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use safety belts properly. Canada . Safety Belts on page 3‑10. The passenger sensing system will . How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the right front passenger Properly on page 3‑14. frontal airbag under certain conditions. The driver airbag, seat‐ . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑18. mounted side impact airbags, and . Lower Anchors and Tethers for roof‐rail airbags are not affected by Children (LATCH System) on the passenger sensing system. page 3‑46.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

Mirror Adjustment 3. Return the selector switch to the Steering Wheel middle position. Exterior Adjustment See Power Mirrors on page 2‑14. Interior Manual inside rearview mirrors can be adjusted by holding in the center to move the mirror for a clearer view of behind the vehicle. Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the headlamps behind you. Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use. See Manual Rearview Mirror on page 2‑15. Controls for the outside power Vehicles with an automatic dimming To adjust the steering wheel: mirrors are on the driver door. inside rearview mirror can 1. Pull the lever (A) down. automatically reduce the glare from To adjust the mirrors: the headlamps of the vehicle behind 2. Move the steering wheel up 1. Move the selector switch to you. The dimming feature comes on or down. L (left) or R (right) to choose the and the indicator light comes on 3. Pull or push the steering wheel driver or passenger mirror. each time the vehicle is started. closer or away from you. 2. Press the arrows on the control See Automatic Dimming Rearview 4. Pull the lever (A) up to lock the pad to move each mirror in the Mirror on page 2‑15. steering wheel in place. desired direction. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

Interior Lighting For more information on interior 5 : Turns on the headlamps, lighting, See Instrument Panel together with the parking lamps, Reading Lamps Illumination Control on page 6‑4. sidemarker lamps, taillamps, license These lamps are located on the plate lamps, and instrument panel overhead console. These lamps Exterior Lighting lights. come on automatically when any For more information, see: door is opened. . Exterior Lamp Controls on For manual operation, press the page 6‑1. button next to each lamp to turn it on or off. . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) on page 6‑2. Center Dome Lamps . Fog Lamps on page 6‑4. There are front and rear dome The exterior lamp control is located lamps. on the turn signal/lane change lever. The dome lamp controls are located O : Turn to operate the exterior in the overhead console. To change lamps. the settings, press the following: O : Turns the exterior lamps off. * : Turns the lamp off, even when a door is open. AUTO: Turns the exterior lamps on and off automatically depending on 1 : The lamps come on the exterior light. automatically when a door is ; opened. : Turns on the parking lamps, together with the sidemarker lamps, + : Turns the dome lamps on. taillamps, license plate lamps, and The dome lamps can also be turned instrument panel lights. on and off by pressing the buttons

next to the lamps. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Windshield Wiper/Washer Windshield Washer The system turns off when the Pull the lever toward you to spray button is returned to the middle washer fluid on the windshield. The position. spray continues until the lever is Z : For continuous rear window released. wipes. Rear Window Wiper/Washer 5 : To set a delay between wipes. = : Push the windshield wiper lever forward to spray washer fluid The windshield wiper/washer lever on the rear window. The lever is located on the right side of the returns to its starting position when steering column. released. Move the lever to one of the See Windshield Wiper/Washer on following positions: page 5‑3 and Rear Window Wiper/ 8 : Single wipe, move the lever Washer on page 5‑4. to 8 and then release. The wipers stop after one wipe. ( : Turns the wipers off. & : Adjusts the time between & The rear wiper controls are on the wipes. Turn the band up for end of the windshield wiper lever. more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. Press the upper or lower portion of the button to control the rear wiper 1: Slow wipes. and rear wiper delay. 2: Fast wipes.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

Climate Controls The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled with these systems.

Climate Control System E. Defrost A. Fan Control F. Rear Window Defogger B. Air Delivery Mode Controls G. Recirculation C. Temperature Control H. Air Conditioning D. Outside Air

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

Automatic Climate Control System Parking Brake

A. Fan Control H. Driver and Passenger Heated To set the parking brake, hold the Seats regular brake pedal down, then B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) push the parking brake pedal down. I. Rear Window Defogger C. Air Delivery Mode Controls If the ignition is on, the brake D. Defrost J. Air Conditioning system warning light will come on. E. Recirculation See Climate Control Systems on See Brake System Warning Light on page 8‑1 (If Equipped) or Automatic page 5‑15. F. Temperature Control Climate Control System on page 8‑3 G. Power (If Equipped).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

To release the parking brake, hold To use this feature: the regular brake pedal down, then 1. Move the shift lever to push down momentarily on the M (Manual Mode). parking brake pedal until you feel the pedal release. Slowly pull your 2. Press the plus/minus button on foot up off the park brake pedal. the shift lever, to increase or decrease the gear range See Parking Brake on page 9‑38. available. Transmission See Manual Mode on page 9‑36 for more information. Electronic Range Select (ERS) Mode Fuel Economy Mode Vehicles with a 2.4L engine have a ERS or manual mode allows for Press the “eco” (economy) button by Fuel Economy Mode. When the selection of the range of gear the shift lever to turn this feature on engaged, fuel economy mode can positions. Use this mode when or off. The “eco” light in the improve the vehicle's fuel economy. driving down hill or towing a trailer instrument cluster will come on to limit the top gear and vehicle when engaged, and a Driver speed. Information Center (DIC) message “ECO MODE ON” displays. See Fuel Economy Mode on page 9‑36.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

Vehicle Features For more information about these Setting the Clock and other radio features, see The vehicle has a digital and an Operation on page 7 7. Radio(s) ‑ analog clock. For more information about the Rear For detailed instructions on setting VOL/ O : Press to turn the system Seat Entertainment (RSE) System, either clock, see Clock (With Date on and off. Turn to increase or see Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) Display) on page 5‑5 or Clock decrease the volume. System on page 7‑32. (Without Date Display) on page 5‑6. RADIO/BAND: Press to choose For more information about the Rear between FM, AM, or XM™, Seat Audio (RSA) System, see Rear Turning the Digital Clock On or Off if equipped. Seat Audio (RSA) System on 1. Press the CONFIG button. page 7 41. TUNE/INFO: Turn to select radio ‑ 2. Select Time and Date Settings. stations. Storing a Favorite Station 3. Select Clock Displayed. Press to show available information Stations from all bands can be 4. Press the MENU/SELECT about the current station or track. stored in the favorite lists in any button to turn the clock on or off. g SEEK: Press to seek the order. Up to six stations can be previous station or track. stored in each favorite page and the Setting the Time and Date l number of available favorite pages 1. Press the CONFIG button. SEEK: Press to seek the next can be set. station or track. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. / / To store the station to a position in BACK or BACK (depending the list, press the corresponding 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. on system): Press to exit or move numeric button 1-6 until the station 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to backwards in a menu. can be heard again. adjust the highlighted value. Buttons 1 6: Press to save and ‐ For more information, see “Storing a 5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob select favorite stations Station as a Favorite” in AM-FM to select the next value. Radio on page 7‑11.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

6. To save the time or date and Setting the Auto Time Adjust For more information refer to: return to the Time and Date 1. Press the CONFIG button. . www.xmradio.com or call Settings menu, press the BACK 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.). button at any time or press the 2. Select Time and Date Settings. . MENU/SELECT knob after 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. www.xmradio.ca or call adjusting the minutes or year. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Setting the 12/24 Hour Format to turn Auto Time Adjust on For more information, see Satellite Radio on page 7‑13. 1. Press the CONFIG button. or off. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. This vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite 4. Press the MENU/SELECT Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite auxiliary input and a USB port located in the center console. button to select the 12 hour or Radio subscription can receive XM ® 24 hour display format. programming. External devices such as iPods , laptop computers, MP3 players, CD Setting the Month & Day Format XM Satellite Radio Service changers, and USB storage devices may be connected, depending on 1. Press the CONFIG button. XM is a satellite radio service based the audio system. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces. XM For more information, see Auxiliary 3. Highlight Month & Day Format. Satellite Radio has a wide variety of Devices (Radio with CD) on 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob programming and commercial-free page 7‑27 or Auxiliary Devices to select MM/DD (month/day) or music, coast to coast, and in (Radio with CD/DVD/MEM) on DD/MM (day/month). digital-quality sound. A fee is page 7‑30. required to receive the XM service.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

® Bluetooth Steering Wheel Controls $ c : Press to silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again The Bluetooth® system allows users to turn the sound on. For vehicles with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, to make and receive hands-free press to reject an incoming call, calls using the vehicle audio or end a current call. system, microphone, and controls. SRC : Press to select an audio The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone _ ^ source. must be paired with the in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it can be Toggle up or down to select the next used in the vehicle. Not all phones or previous favorite radio station, will support all functions. CD, or MP3 track. See Bluetooth (Overview) on + x −: Press + to increase the page 7‑43 or Bluetooth volume; press − to decrease the (Infotainment Controls) on Some audio steering wheel controls volume. page 7‑44 or Bluetooth (Voice can be adjusted at the steering For more information, see Steering Recognition) on page 7‑48. wheel. Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. b g : Press to interact with the available Bluetooth or OnStar systems.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

Cruise Control RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up The navigation system provides to make the vehicle resume to a detailed maps of most major previously set speed or to freeways and roads. After a accelerate. destination has been set, the SET/− : Move the thumbwheel system provides turn-by-turn down toward SET/- to set a speed instructions for reaching the and activate cruise control, or to destination. In addition, the system make the vehicle decelerate. can help locate a variety of points of interest (POIs), such as banks, See Cruise Control on page 9‑42. airports, restaurants, and more. See the Navigation System Manual Navigation System for more information. If the vehicle has a navigation system, there is a separate Navigation System Manual that 5 : Press to turn the cruise control includes information on the radio, system on and off. audio players, and navigation system. * : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

. Lighting Driver Information w x : Use these buttons to scroll Center (DIC) through the items in each menu. . Power Door Locks A small marker will move along the . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start The DIC display is located in the page as you scroll through the center of the instrument panel items. This shows where each page . Return to Factory Settings cluster. It shows the status of many is in the menu. See Vehicle Personalization on vehicle systems. SET/CLR: Use this button to set or page 5‑30. clear the menu item when it is displayed. Rear Vision For more information, see Driver Camera (RVC) Information Center (DIC) on If available, the rear vision camera page 5‑20. displays a view of the area behind the vehicle when the vehicle is Vehicle Personalization shifted into R (Reverse). The Some vehicle features can be display will appear on either the programmed by using the audio inside rearview mirror or navigation system controls. These features screen, if equipped. include: To clean the camera lens, located . Climate and Air Quality above the license plate, rinse it with The DIC buttons are located below water and wipe it with a soft cloth. the climate control system. . Comfort and Convenience See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on . MENU: Press this button to get to Collision/Detection Systems page 9‑46. the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle . Language Information Menu.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

In Brief 1-23

Ultrasonic Parking Assist Roof Rack System Power Outlets If available, Ultrasonic Rear Parking The roof rack cross rails can be The accessory power outlets can Assist (URPA) uses sensors on the locked in four positions along the be used to connect electrical rear bumper to detect objects while roof rack side rails. Lift the lever to equipment, such as a cell phone parking the vehicle. URPA comes release and move the cross rail. or MP3 player. on automatically when the shift lever Push the lever down to completely There are four accessory power is moved into R (Reverse) and engage into the side rail holes. Slide outlets in the following locations: operates at speeds less than 8 km/h the cross rails back and forth until below the CD slot, inside the center (5 mph). URPA uses audio beeps to the lock pins engage in the holes console storage, on the rear of the provide distance and system and a click is heard. center console storage, and in the information. When the roof rack is not in use, rear cargo compartment. Keep the sensors on the vehicle's lock one cross rail at the furthest To use the outlets, remove the cover rear bumper clean to ensure proper forward position and lock the other and close when not in use. operation. cross rail at the furthest rearward See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. The URPA system can be turned on position to reduce wind noise. See and off using the infotainment Roof Rack System on page 4‑2. system controls. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑30 for more information. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9‑45 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

1-24 In Brief

Performance and StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor Maintenance The StabiliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). Traction Control difficult driving conditions. The system is on when the vehicle is System (TCS) started. The traction control system limits . To turn off both Traction Control wheel spin. The system is on when and StabiliTrak, press and hold the vehicle is started. g until g and i illuminate and . To turn off traction control, press the appropriate DIC message displays. See Vehicle Messages The TPMS warning light alerts you and release g located on the on page 5‑23. to a significant loss in pressure of console. i illuminates and the one of the vehicle's tires. If the appropriate DIC message . Press g again to turn on both warning light comes on, stop as displays. See Vehicle Messages systems. soon as possible and inflate the on page 5‑23. For more information, see tires to the recommended pressure ® shown on the Tire and Loading . StabiliTrak System on page 9‑41. Press and release g again to Information label. See Vehicle Load turn traction control back on. Limits on page 9‑21. The warning For more information, see Traction light will remain on until the tire Control System (TCS) on pressure is corrected. page 9‑40.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

In Brief 1-25

During cooler conditions, the low tire Resetting the Oil Life System Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) pressure warning light may appear 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge when the vehicle is first started and with the engine off. then turn off. This may be an early and a yellow fuel cap can use either indicator that the tire pressures are 2. Press the DIC MENU button to unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel getting low and the tires need to be display the Vehicle containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). inflated to the proper pressure. Information menu. See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑53. For all other vehicles, The TPMS does not replace normal 3. Press either the up or down use only the unleaded gasoline arrows to view REMAINING monthly tire maintenance. It is the described under Recommended OIL LIFE. driver’s responsibility to maintain Fuel on page 9‑51. correct tire pressures. 4. Press the SET/CLEAR button See Tire Pressure Monitor System until 100% is displayed. Driving for Better Fuel on page 10‑50. 5. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. Economy Engine Oil Life System Or: Driving habits can affect fuel 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with mileage. Here are some driving tips The engine oil life system calculates the engine off. to get the best fuel economy engine oil life based on vehicle use possible. and displays the CHANGE ENGINE 2. Fully press and release the OIL SOON message when it is time accelerator pedal three times . Avoid fast starts and accelerate to change the engine oil and filter. within five seconds. smoothly. The oil life system should be reset See Engine Oil Life System on . Brake gradually and avoid to 100% only following an oil page 10‑13. abrupt stops. change.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

1-26 In Brief

. Avoid idling the engine for long Roadside Assistance Online Owner Center periods of time. Program The Online Owner Center is a . When road and weather complimentary service that includes conditions are appropriate, U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 online service reminders, vehicle use cruise control. TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438 maintenance tips, online owner . manual, special privileges, Always follow posted speed Canada: 1-800-268-6800 limits or drive more slowly when and more. As the owner of a new Chevrolet, conditions require. Sign up today at: you are automatically enrolled in the . www.chevyownercenter.com Keep vehicle tires properly Roadside Assistance program. inflated. (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada). See Roadside Assistance Program . Combine several trips into a on page 13‑6 for more information. ® single trip. OnStar Roadside Assistance and OnStar . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same TPC Spec number If you have an active OnStar molded into the tire's sidewall subscription, press the Q button near the size. and the current GPS location will be . Follow recommended scheduled sent to an OnStar advisor who will maintenance. assess your problem, contact Roadside Assistance, and relay your exact location to get the help For vehicles with an active OnStar you need. subscription, OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live Advisors to provide a wide range of safety, security, navigation, diagnostics, and calling services.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

In Brief 1-27

Automatic Crash Response Automatic Crash Response, OnStar service requires wireless Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, communication networks and the In a crash, built‐in sensors can automatically alert an OnStar Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle Global Positioning System (GPS) Advisor who is immediately Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, satellite network. Not all OnStar connected to the vehicle to see if Roadside Assistance, Turn‐by‐Turn services are available everywhere you need help. Navigation, and Hands‐Free Calling or on all vehicles at all times. are available on most vehicles. Not OnStar service can’t work unless How OnStar Service Works all OnStar services are available on the vehicle is in a place where all vehicles. For more information, Q : Push this blue button to OnStar has an agreement with a see the OnStar Owner's Guide; visit connect to a specially trained wireless service provider for service www.onstar.com (U.S.) or OnStar Advisor to verify your in that area, and the wireless www.onstar.ca (Canada); contact account information and to answer service provider has coverage, OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1 888 questions. ‐ ‐ network capacity, reception, and 466‐7827) or TTY 1‐877‐248‐2080; technology compatible with OnStar ] : Push this red emergency or push the Q button to speak with service. Service involving location button to get priority help from an OnStar Advisor 24 hours a day, information about the vehicle can t specially trained OnStar Emergency ’ 7 days a week. work unless GPS signals are Advisors. available, unobstructed, and X For a full description of OnStar : Push this button for hands‐free, services and system limitations, see compatible with the OnStar voice‐activated calling and to give the OnStar Owner's Guide in the hardware. The vehicle has to have voice commands for Hands‐Free glove box. a working electrical system and Calling and Turn‐by‐Turn adequate battery power for the Navigation. OnStar service is subject to the OnStar equipment to operate. OnStar Terms and Conditions OnStar service may not work if the included in the OnStar Glove OnStar equipment isn’t properly Box Kit. installed or you haven’t maintained

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

1-28 In Brief

it and the vehicle is in good working OnStar Steering Wheel Your Responsibility order and in compliance with all Controls Increase the volume of the radio if government regulations. If you try the OnStar Advisor cannot be to add, connect, or modify any This vehicle may have a Talk/Mute heard. equipment or software in the button that can be used to interact vehicle, OnStar service may not with OnStar Hands-Free calling. If the light next to the OnStar See Steering Wheel Controls on work. Other problems OnStar can’t buttons is red, the system may control may prevent service to you, page 5‑2 for more information. not be functioning properly. such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, On some vehicles, the Talk button Push the Q button and request a weather, electrical system design can be used to dial numbers into vehicle diagnostic check. If the light and architecture of the vehicle, voice mail systems, or to dial phone appears clear (no light appears), damage to important parts of the extensions. See the OnStar Owner's your OnStar subscription has vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone Guide for more information. expired and all services have been network congestion or jamming. deactivated. Push the Q button to See Radio Frequency Statement on confirm that the OnStar equipment page 13‑16 for information is active. regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Industry Canada Standards RSS-210/220/310.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors and Liftgate (Manual) ...... 2-8 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-15 Windows Liftgate (Power) ...... 2-8 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror ...... 2-15 Vehicle Security Windows Keys and Locks Vehicle Security ...... 2-12 Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . 2-12 Windows ...... 2-16 Keys ...... 2-2 Immobilizer ...... 2-13 Power Windows ...... 2-16 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-13 Sun Visors ...... 2-18 System ...... 2-3 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Exterior Mirrors Roof System Operation ...... 2-3 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-14 Sunroof ...... 2-18 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-4 Power Mirrors ...... 2-14 Door Locks ...... 2-6 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-14 Power Door Locks ...... 2-7 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-15 Safety Locks ...... 2-7

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks Keys

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons. Children or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operate the power windows or other controls The key that is part of the Remote Press the button on the RKE or even make the vehicle move. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can transmitter to extend the key. Press The windows will function with the be used for the ignition and all the button and the key blade to keys in the ignition and children locks. retract the key. could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing See your dealer if a new key is window. Do not leave the keys in needed. a vehicle with children. Notice: If the keys get locked in the vehicle, it may have to be damaged to get them out. Always carry a spare key. If you are locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside Assistance Program on page 13‑6.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry indicate locking. See “Remote (RKE) System (RKE) System Operation Lock Feedback” under Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑30. If a See Radio Frequency Statement on The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) passenger door is open when Q is page 13‑16 for information transmitter will work up to 60 m pressed, all doors lock. If the driver regarding Part 15 of the Federal (195 ft) away from the vehicle. door is open when is pressed, all Communications Commission (FCC) Q There are other conditions which doors lock except the driver door. rules and Industry Canada can affect the performance of the These settings can be modified. Standards RSS-210/220/310. transmitter. See Remote Keyless See “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out” If there is a decrease in the RKE Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑3. under Vehicle Personalization on operating range: page 5‑30. . Check the distance. The Pressing Q may also arm the transmitter may be too far from theft-deterrent system. See the vehicle. Anti-Theft Alarm System on . Check the location. Other page 2‑12. vehicles or objects may be K (Unlock): Press to unlock the blocking the signal. driver door or all doors. See . Check the transmitter's battery. “Remote Door Unlock” under See “Battery Replacement” later Vehicle Personalization on in this section. page 5‑30. The turn signal indicators flash to indicate unlocking . If the transmitter is still not working correctly, see your RKE Without Remote Start Shown has occurred. For more information see “Remote Unlock Light dealer or a qualified technician The following may be available: for service. Feedback” under Vehicle Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. Personalization on page 5‑30. The turn signal indicators may flash and/or theby:Provided Information horn may sound to Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

Pressing K may also disarm the using the RKE transmitter. See The battery is not rechargeable. theft-deterrent system. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑4 To replace the battery: Anti-Theft Alarm System on for additional information. 1. Push the button on the page 2‑12. Programming Transmitters to transmitter to extend the key. V (Remote Liftgate Release): the Vehicle 2. Remove the battery cover by First press K, then press and hold Only RKE transmitters programmed prying with a finger. V to unlock the liftgate. For to this vehicle will work. If a 3. Remove the battery by pushing vehicles with the power liftgate, transmitter is lost or stolen, a on the battery and sliding it press and hold V until the liftgate replacement can be purchased and toward the keyblade. programmed through your dealer. begins to move to open the liftgate. 4. Insert the new battery, positive When the replacement transmitter 7 side facing up. Push the battery (Vehicle Locator/Panic is programmed to this vehicle, all down until it is held in place. Alarm): Press and release one remaining transmitters must also be Replace with a CR2032 or time to locate the vehicle. The reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen equivalent battery. exterior lamps flash and the horn transmitters will no longer work chirps. Press and hold 7 for at least once the new transmitter is 5. Snap the battery cover back on two seconds to sound the panic programmed. to the transmitter. alarm. The horn sounds and the turn signals flash until 7 is pressed Battery Replacement Remote Vehicle Start Replace the battery if the REPLACE again or the key is placed in the The vehicle may have this feature BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY ignition and turned to ON/RUN. that allows you to start the engine message displays in the DIC. See / (Remote Vehicle Start): For from outside the vehicle. Replace Battery in Remote Key vehicles with this feature, first press “ ” under Key and Lock Messages on / (Remote Vehicle Start): This Q then press and hold / to start page 5‑27. button will be on the RKE the engine from outside the vehicle transmitter if the vehicle has remote start. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

Vehicles with an automatic climate Starting the Engine Using Remote When the remote start is extended, control system will default to a Start the second 10 minutes will start heating or cooling mode depending To start the engine using the remote immediately. on the outside temperature during a start feature: For example, if the engine has remote start. Once the key is turned been running for 5 minutes, and to ON/RUN, the system will turn on 1. Press Q on the RKE transmitter. 10 minutes are added, the engine at the setting the vehicle was last / will run for a total of 15 minutes. set to. If the vehicle has heated 2. Press and hold for about seats, they may come on during a two seconds. The turn signal A maximum of two remote starts or remote start. See Heated Front lamps will briefly flash to confirm remote start attempts are allowed the vehicle has been started. Seats on page 3‑8 for more between ignition cycles. information. The parking lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the The vehicle's ignition switch must Laws in some local communities engine is running. The vehicle's be turned to ON/RUN and then back may restrict the use of remote doors will be locked. to LOCK/OFF using the key, before starters. For example, some laws the remote start procedure can be require a person using remote start 3. The key must be inserted and used again. to have the vehicle in view. Check turned to ON/RUN before driving. Shutting the Engine Off After a local regulations for any Remote Start requirements. The engine will shut off after To shut off the engine: There are other conditions which 10 minutes unless a time can affect the performance of the extension is done or the key is . Press / until the parking lamps transmitter. See Remote Keyless inserted and turned to ON/RUN. turn off. Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑3 for Extending Engine Run Time . Turn on the hazard warning additional information. For a 10-minute extension, repeat flashers. Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is . Insert the key and turn it to still running. The remote start can ON/RUN and then back to be extended once. LOCK/OFF. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

Conditions in Which Remote Start This feature allows your dealer to Will Not Work add the manufacturer's remote WARNING (Continued) vehicle start feature. See your The remote vehicle start feature will . Young children who get into not operate if: dealer to add the manufacturer's remote vehicle start feature to the unlocked vehicles may be . The key is in the ignition. vehicle. unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat . The hood or doors are not and can suffer permanent closed. Door Locks injuries or even death from . The hazard warning flashers heat stroke. Always lock the are on. { WARNING vehicle whenever leaving it. . There is an emission control Unlocked doors can be . Outsiders can easily enter system malfunction. dangerous. through an unlocked door when slowing or stopping the . The engine coolant temperature . Passengers, especially vehicle. Lock the doors to is too high. children, can easily open the help prevent this from . The oil pressure is low. doors and fall out of a moving happening. vehicle. The chance of being . Two remote vehicle starts have thrown out of the vehicle in a already been used. crash is increased if the To lock or unlock a door from the . The vehicle is not in P (Park). doors are not locked. So, all outside of the vehicle, use the passengers should wear Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Remote Start Ready safety belts properly and the transmitter. Pull the handle once If the vehicle does not have the doors should be locked from the inside to unlock the door, remote vehicle start feature, it may whenever the vehicle is and a second time to open it. have the remote start ready feature. driven. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

Power Door Locks Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. Safety Locks When locking the doors with the power lock switch and a door or the liftgate is open, the doors will lock five seconds after the last door is closed. Three chimes sound to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use. Pressing the power lock switch twice or Q on the RKE transmitter twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock all the doors. The power door lock switches are This feature will not operate if the Rear door safety locks prevent on the instrument panel. key is in the ignition. passengers from opening the rear K (Unlock): Press to unlock the This feature can be programmed. doors from inside the vehicle. doors. See “Delayed Door Lock” under Press { to activate the safety locks. Vehicle Personalization on When activated, the LED light in the page 5‑30. switch changes to amber. Pressing the button again deactivates the safety locks.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

Doors Press the touchpad located in the WARNING (Continued) handle of the liftgate, above the license plate, and lift up to open. Liftgate (Manual) . Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that Do not press the touchpad while closing the liftgate. This will cause { WARNING brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the the liftgate to be unlatched. Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See Climate Always close the liftgate before vehicle if it is driven with the Control System in the Index. driving. liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with For more information about any objects that pass through the carbon monoxide, see Engine Liftgate (Power) seal between the body and the Exhaust on page 9‑33. trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine Power Liftgate Operation exhaust contains Carbon Notice: If you open the liftgate Monoxide (CO) which cannot be { WARNING without checking for overhead seen or smelled. It can cause obstructions such as a garage unconsciousness and even death. Exhaust gases can enter the door, you could damage the vehicle if it is driven with the If the vehicle must be driven with liftgate or the liftgate glass. liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: Always check to make sure the any objects that pass through the area above and behind the liftgate . seal between the body and the Close all of the windows. is clear before opening it. trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine . Fully open the air outlets on Unlock the vehicle before opening exhaust contains carbon or under the instrument the liftgate. monoxide (CO) which cannot be panel. seen or smelled. It can cause (Continued) unconsciousness and even death. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

On vehicles with a power liftgate, WARNING (Continued) the switch is on the overhead console. The vehicle must be in If the vehicle must be driven with P (Park) to use the power feature. the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: The taillamps flash when the power . Close all of the windows. liftgate moves. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument { WARNING panel. You or others could be injured if . Adjust the Climate Control caught in the path of the power system to a setting that liftgate. Make sure there is no one brings in only outside air and in the way of the liftgate as it is Choose the power liftgate mode by set the fan speed to the opening and closing. highest setting. See Climate turning the dial on the switch until Control System in the Index. the indicator lines up with the Notice: If you open the liftgate desired position. The vehicle must . If the vehicle is equipped with without checking for overhead be in P (Park). a power liftgate, disable the obstructions such as a garage The three modes are: power liftgate function. door, you could damage the For more information about liftgate or the liftgate glass. MAX: The liftgate power opens to carbon monoxide, see Engine Always check to make sure the the full open height. Exhaust on page 9‑33. area above and behind the liftgate 3/4: The liftgate power opens to a is clear before opening it. reduced open height that can be set The power liftgate has three modes by the vehicle operator. Use this of operation. Mode selection is setting to prevent the liftgate from controlled by the interior mode opening into overhead obstructions switch. such as a garage door or roof Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

mounted cargo during power . Pressing the touchpad switch on There is a minimum distance that operation. The liftgate can still be the liftgate outside handle, with the power liftgate must already be fully opened manually. all doors unlocked, to open the open for the system to hold it open. liftgate. OFF: The liftgate only operates If movement is stopped below that manually in this position. minimum, the liftgate closes. Manual operation of a liftgate that Do not force the liftgate open or also has power operation requires closed during a power cycle. more effort than a standard manual The power liftgate may be liftgate. temporarily disabled under extreme In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode, temperatures or low battery the liftgate can be power opened conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate and closed by: can still be operated manually. If you shift the transmission out of . K First pressing and then P (Park) while the power function is pressing and holding V on the in progress, the liftgate power Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) function will continue to completion. transmitter until the liftgate starts Press and release & on the If you shift the transmission out of moving. See Remote Keyless liftgate adjacent to the latch to close P (Park) and accelerate before the Entry (RKE) System Operation the liftgate. power liftgate latch is closed, the on page 2‑3. liftgate may reverse to the open Pressing any button, or the position. Cargo could fall out of the . Pressing the power liftgate touchpad switch, while the liftgate is vehicle. Always make sure the button in the center of the mode moving stops it. Pressing the button switch on the overhead console, power liftgate is closed and latched or RKE switch again reverses the before you drive away. with the driver door unlocked. direction. The touchpad switch will stop the liftgate from moving.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

If you power open the liftgate and Pinch sensors are located on the When power opened with the the liftgate support struts have lost side edges of the liftgate. If an 3/4 mode selected, the liftgate pressure, the turn signals flash and object is caught between the liftgate stops at the new set position. a chime sounds. The liftgate stays and the body and presses against If you do not hear the audible and open temporarily, then slowly this sensor, the liftgate will reverse visual feedback when setting the closes. See your dealer for service direction and open fully. The liftgate intermediate stop position, you are before using the liftgate. will remain open until it is activated attempting to set the height below again or closed manually. Obstacle Detection Features the 3/4 open height minimum Power Liftgate 3/4 Mode (approximately 1.5 m or 5 ft). The If the liftgate encounters an obstacle liftgate cannot be set below that during a power open or close cycle, To program the liftgate opening minimum and the new setting will a warning chime will sound and the height: not be recorded. liftgate will automatically reverse 1. Turn the liftgate switch to either direction to the full closed or open the MAX, or the 3/4 mode Manual Operation of Power position. After removing the position and power open the Liftgate obstruction, the power liftgate liftgate. To change the liftgate to manual operation can be used again. If the operation, turn the mode switch to liftgate encounters multiple 2. Stop the liftgate movement at the OFF position. obstacles on the same power cycle, the desired height by pressing the power function will deactivate. any liftgate switch. Manually With the power liftgate disabled and The MANUALLY CLOSE POWER adjust the liftgate position if all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate LIFTGATE warning message in the required. can be manually opened and Driver Information Center (DIC) will 3. Press and hold the button on the closed. Manual operation of a display. After removing the liftgate adjacent to the latch until liftgate that also has power obstructions, the liftgate will resume the turn signals flash and a beep operation requires more effort than normal power operation. sounds to indicate that the new a standard manual liftgate. setting is recorded.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

To open the liftgate, press the Vehicle Security Press V on the RKE transmitter to touchpad on the handle on the open the liftgate without setting off outside of the liftgate, and lift the This vehicle has theft-deterrent the alarm. The system rearms when gate open. To close the liftgate, use features; however, they do not make the liftgate is closed. the pull cup to lower the liftgate and it impossible to steal. close. With the power liftgate Disarming the System disabled, the liftgate electric latch Anti-Theft Alarm System To disarm the system, do one of the will still power latch once contact is following: made with the striker. Always close This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system. the liftgate before driving. . Press K on the RKE transmitter. If the RKE button is pressed while Arming the System . Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. power operation is disabled, the turn To arm the system, do one of the . Allow the alarm to time out after signals flash and the liftgate will following: not move. about 30 seconds and reset . Press on the RKE transmitter. itself. The liftgate has an electric latch. Q The alarm automatically disarms. If the battery is disconnected or has . Lock the vehicle using the key in low voltage, the liftgate will not the driver door. If the system is armed and any door open. The liftgate will resume The alarm automatically arms after is unlocked without pressing K on operation when the battery is about 30 seconds. The security the RKE transmitter, the alarm reconnected and charged. light, located on the instrument sounds. panel, flashes.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

How to Detect a Tamper The vehicle is automatically When trying to start the vehicle, the Condition immobilized when the key is security light comes on briefly when removed from the ignition. the ignition is turned on. If K is pressed and the horn The system is automatically If the engine does not start and the sounds, an attempted break-in has disarmed when the vehicle is security light stays on, there is a occurred while the system was started with the correct key. The key problem with the system. Turn the armed. uses a transponder that matches an ignition off and try again. If the alarm has been activated, the immobilizer control unit in the If the engine still does not start, and THEFT ATTEMPTED message will vehicle and automatically disarms the key appears to be undamaged appear on the DIC. See Key and the system. Only an authorized key or the light continues to stay on, try Lock Messages on page 5 27 for ‑ starts the vehicle. The vehicle may another ignition key. If the engine additional information. not start if the key is damaged. does not start with the other key, the vehicle needs service. If the vehicle Immobilizer does start, the first key may be See Radio Frequency Statement on damaged. See your dealer who can page 13‑16 for information service the theft-deterrent system regarding Part 15 of the Federal and have a new key made. Communications Commission (FCC) Do not leave the key or device that rules and Industry Canada disarms or deactivates the The security light, located in the Standards RSS-210/220/310. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. instrument panel cluster, comes on Immobilizer Operation if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent This vehicle has a passive system. theft-deterrent system. The system does not have to be manually armed or disarmed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move each mirror in the Convex Mirrors desired direction. 3. Return the selector switch to the middle position. { WARNING

A convex mirror can make things, Heated Mirrors like other vehicles, look farther For vehicles with heated mirrors: away than they really are. If you The heated outside rearview mirrors cut too sharply into the right lane, turn on when the rear window you could hit a vehicle on the defogger is on and help to clear fog right. Check the inside mirror or or frost from the surface of the glance over your shoulder before mirrors. changing lanes. Controls for the outside power < (Rear Window Defogger): This mirrors are on the driver door. button is on the climate control The passenger side mirror is convex panel. shaped. A convex mirror's surface is To adjust the mirrors: curved so more can be seen from 1. Move the selector switch to See “Rear Window Defogger” under the driver seat. L (left) or R (right) to choose Automatic Climate Control System the driver or passenger mirror. on page 8‑3 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15

Park Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors vehicle behind you. The dimming feature comes on and the indicator If the vehicle is equipped with light comes on each time the vehicle memory mirrors, there is an option Manual Rearview Mirror is started. to have the mirrors tilt down, when Hold the inside rearview mirror in in R (Reverse), to more easily see O : Press to turn automatic the center and move it for a clearer dimming on or off. the ground near the vehicle. view behind the vehicle. Adjust the When the vehicle is shifted to mirror to avoid glare from the If the vehicle has a rear vision R (Reverse), both the driver and headlamps behind you. Push the camera (RVC) the O button for passenger mirrors will tilt downward. tab forward for daytime use and pull turning the automatic dimming They will return to their previous it for nighttime use. feature on or off will not be position when the vehicle is shifted Vehicles with OnStar® have three available. See Rear Vision Camera out of R (Reverse), the ignition is additional control buttons located at (RVC) on page 9‑46 for more turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left the bottom of the mirror. See your information. in R (Reverse) for an extended dealer for more information on the Vehicles with OnStar® have three period of time. system and how to subscribe to additional control buttons located at This feature can be turned on OnStar. See the OnStar Owner's the bottom of the mirror. See your or off. See Vehicle Personalization Guide for more information about dealer for more information on the on page 5‑30. the services OnStar provides. system and how to subscribe to OnStar. See the OnStar Owner's Automatic Dimming Guide for more information about Rearview Mirror the services OnStar provides. The vehicle may have an automatic Cleaning the Mirror dimming inside rearview mirror. Do not spray glass cleaner directly Automatic dimming reduces the on the mirror. Use a soft towel glare from the headlamps of the dampened with water.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

Windows Power Windows

{ WARNING { WARNING

Leaving children, helpless adults, Leaving children in a vehicle with or pets in a vehicle with the the keys is dangerous for many windows closed is dangerous. reasons. Children or others could They can be overcome by the be badly injured or even killed. extreme heat and suffer They could operate the power permanent injuries or even death windows or other controls or even from heat stroke. Never leave a make the vehicle move. The child, a helpless adult, or a pet windows will function and they alone in a vehicle, especially with The vehicle aerodynamics are could be seriously injured or killed designed to improve fuel economy the windows closed in warm or if caught in the path of a closing performance. This may result in a hot weather. window. Do not leave keys in a pulsing sound when either rear vehicle with children. window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the When there are children in the sound, open either a front window rear seat use the window lockout or the sunroof (if equipped). button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-17

ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Window Lockout Accessory Power (RAP). See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑30. Press or pull on the switch to lower or raise the window. Express Down Windows Windows that have the express‐ down feature allow the windows to be lowered without holding the switch. Press the window switch The power window controls are on fully and release it to activate the each of the side doors. express‐down feature. The express mode can be canceled at any time The driver door also has switches by briefly pressing, or pulling the o (Window Lockout): The window that control the passenger and rear switch. lockout switch is on the driver door. windows. The power windows work This feature prevents the rear when the ignition is in ON/RUN or passenger windows from operating, except from the driver position. Press the switch to turn the lockout feature on or off. An indicator light shows the feature is on.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors and Windows

Sun Visors Roof Sunroof On vehicles with a sunroof, the switches used to operate it are on the headliner above the rearview mirror. The ignition must be in ON/ RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to operate the sunroof. See Ignition Positions on page 9‑27 and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . Press and hold the front or rear on page 9‑30. of the driver side switch to open or close the sunroof. The Pull the sun visor down to block sunshade automatically opens glare. Detach the sun visor from the with the sunroof, but must be center mount to pivot to the side closed manually. window, or to extend along the rod, if available. . Press and hold the rear of the passenger side switch to vent the sunroof. Press and hold the front of the switch to close.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-19

Express-open/Express-close Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose Press and release the front or debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and rear of the driver side switch to roof sealing area using a clean express-open or express-close cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not the sunroof. remove grease from the sunroof. Anti-Pinch Feature If an object is in the path of the sunroof when it is closing, the anti-pinch feature detects the object and stops the sunroof from closing at the point of the obstruction. The sunroof then returns to the full-open Dirt and debris may collect on the position. sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof operation, noise, or plugging the water drainage system.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

2-20 Keys, Doors and Windows

2 NOTES

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Safety System Check ...... 3-22 Child Restraints Seats and Safety Belt Care ...... 3-23 Older Children ...... 3-38 Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System Infants and Young Parts After a Crash ...... 3-23 Children ...... 3-40 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-42 Airbag System Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-44 Head Restraints Airbag System ...... 3-24 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Lower Anchors and Tethers Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-26 for Children (LATCH Front Seats When Should an Airbag System) ...... 3-46 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Inflate? ...... 3-27 Replacing LATCH System Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 What Makes an Airbag Parts After a Crash ...... 3-51 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-6 Inflate? ...... 3-29 Securing Child Restraints Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 How Does an Airbag (Rear Seat ) ...... 3-52 Heated Front Seats ...... 3-8 Restrain? ...... 3-29 Securing Child Restraints What Will You See After an (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-54 Rear Seats Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-29 Rear Seats ...... 3-9 Passenger Sensing System ...... 3-31 Safety Belts Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Safety Belts ...... 3-10 Vehicle ...... 3-35 How to Wear Safety Belts Adding Equipment to the Properly ...... 3-14 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-36 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-18 Airbag System Check ...... 3-37 Safety Belt Use During Replacing Airbag System Pregnancy ...... 3-22 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-37 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-22

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints The vehicle's front and rear seats have head restraints in all outboard seating positions.

{ WARNING

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the 1. Pull the head restraint up to drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same raise it. To lower the head all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's restraint, press the release adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the button, located on the head chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraint post on the top of the seatback, while you push the head restraint down. 2. Push down on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The vehicle's rear seat head restraints are not adjustable. The head restraints are not designed to be removed. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Front Seats Power Seat Adjustment Four Way Power Driver Seat Seat Adjustment ‐

{ WARNING

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a To adjust a manual seat: pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when 1. Pull the handle at the front of the the vehicle is not moving. seat cushion. 2. Move the seat forward or A. Seat Position Handle rearward to adjust the seat B. Height Adjustment Control position. To adjust a power seat, if equipped: 3. Release the handle to stop the . seat from moving. Move the seat forward or rearward using the handle under 4. Try to move the seat back and the front of the seat cushion (A). forth to be sure it is locked in See Seat Adjustment on place. page 3‑3. . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the control (B) up

Information Provided by:Provided Information or down. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

To adjust the seatback, see . Raise or lower the entire seat by mirror positions. These manually Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6. moving the entire control up stored positions are referred to as or down. To adjust the lumbar support, see Button Memory positions. Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑6. To adjust the seatback, see The vehicle will also automatically Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6. save driver seat and outside mirror Eight‐Way Power Seats To adjust the lumbar support, see positions to the current driver Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑6. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter when the ignition is Memory Seat and Mirrors turned off. These automatically stored positions are referred to as RKE Memory positions. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2‑3 for more information. Storing Button Memory Positions To save positions into Button Memory: 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback To adjust a power seat, if equipped: recliner, and both outside mirrors . Move the seat forward or to the desired driving positions. rearward by sliding the control 2. Press and release the forward or rearward. On vehicles with the memory MEM (Memory) button. feature, the 1 and 2 buttons on . “ ” “ ” Raise or lower the front or rear the outboard side of the driver seat 3. Press “1” until a beep sounds. part of the seat cushion by are used to manually save and 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for a moving the front or rear of the recall the driver seat and outside control up or down. second driver using “2.” Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Recalling Button Memory Recalling RKE Memory Positions This feature is turned on or off using Positions (Memory Remote Recall) the vehicle personalization menu. To recall the manually saved The Memory Remote Recall feature See “Memory Remote Recall” under Button Memory positions, press and can recall the driver seat and Vehicle Personalization on page 5 30 for more information. hold “1” or “2.” The driver seat and outside mirrors to previously stored ‑ outside mirrors move to the RKE Memory positions when To stop recall movement, press any positions stored to those buttons entering the vehicle. of the memory, power mirror, when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” Every time the ignition is turned off, or power seat controls. before the stored positions are the positions of the driver seat and If something has blocked the driver reached stops the recall. outside mirrors are automatically seat while recalling a memory If something has blocked the driver stored to the RKE transmitter that position, the recall may stop. seat while recalling a memory was used to start the vehicle. These Remove the obstruction; then press position, the recall may stop. positions are called RKE Memory and hold the appropriate manual Remove the obstruction; then press positions and may be different than control for the memory item that is and hold the appropriate manual the previously mentioned Button not recalling for two seconds. Try control for the memory item that is Memory positions saved to the recalling the memory position again not recalling for two seconds. Try “1” or “2” buttons. To automatically by opening the driver door and recalling the memory position again recall RKE Memory positions, pressing the RKE K button. If the by pressing the appropriate memory unlock the driver door with the RKE memory position is still not recalling, button. If the memory position is still transmitter and open the driver door. see your dealer for service. not recalling, see your dealer for If the driver door is already open, service. pressing the RKE transmitter K button will also activate the RKE Memory recall. The driver seat and outside mirrors will move to the previously saved RKE Memory positions.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Easy Exit Driver Seat Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks This feature moves the seat Power Lumbar rearward allowing the driver more { WARNING room to exit the vehicle. To activate, turn the ignition off and Sitting in a reclined position when open the driver door. If the driver the vehicle is in motion can be door is already open, turning the dangerous. Even when buckled ignition off will activate the easy exit up, the safety belts cannot do driver seat. their job when reclined like this. This feature can be turned on or off The shoulder belt cannot do its using the vehicle personalization job because it will not be against menu. See “Easy Exit Driver Seat” your body. Instead, it will be in under Vehicle Personalization on front of you. In a crash, you could page 5‑30 for more information. go into it, receiving neck or other To stop recall movement, press one Eight-Way Power Seat Shown, injuries. of the memory or power seat Four-Way Similar The lap belt cannot do its job controls. A. Lumbar Switch either. In a crash, the belt could If something has blocked the driver go up over your abdomen. The If available, press and hold the front seat while recalling the exit position, belt forces would be there, not at or rear of the switch (A) to increase the recall may stop. Remove the your pelvic bones. This could or decrease lumbar support. obstruction; then press and hold the cause serious internal injuries. Release the switch when the power seat control rearward for seatback reaches the desired level (Continued) two seconds. Try recalling the exit of lumbar support. position again. If the exit position is still not recalling, see your dealer for service. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Manual Reclining Seatbacks WARNING (Continued)

For proper protection when the { WARNING vehicle is in motion, have the You can lose control of the seatback upright. Then sit well vehicle if you try to adjust a back in the seat and wear the manual driver seat while the safety belt properly. vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. To recline a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. 2. Move the seatback to the { WARNING desired position, and then release the lever to lock the If either seatback is not locked, it seatback in place. could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. injury to the person sitting there. Do not have a seatback reclined if Always push and pull on the the vehicle is moving. seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

To return the seatback to the upright Heated Front Seats position: 1. Lift the lever fully without { WARNING applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will If you cannot feel temperature return to the upright position. change or pain to the skin, the 2. Push and pull on the seatback to seat heater may cause burns make sure it is locked. even at low temperatures. To reduce the risk of burns, people Power Reclining Seatbacks with such a condition should use care when using the seat heater, especially for long periods of time. Do not place anything on Uplevel Climate Control System the seat that insulates against Shown, Base Similar heat, such as a blanket, cushion, If available, the buttons are near the cover, or similar item. This may climate controls. To operate, the cause the seat heater to ignition must be in ON/RUN. overheat. An overheated seat Press z or J to heat the driver or heater may cause a burn or may passenger seat cushion and damage the seat. seatback. To adjust a power seatback, Press the button once for the if available: highest setting. With each press of . Tilt the top of the control the button, the heated seat will rearward to recline. change to the next lower setting, and then the off setting. Three lights . Tilt the top of the control forward indicate the highest setting, and

to raise. by:Provided Information one light indicates the lowest. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

The passenger seat may take Rear Seats longer to heat up. WARNING (Continued) Remote Start Heated Seats Split Folding Seatbacks seriously injured. After raising the When it is cold outside, the heated With this feature, either side of the rear seatback, always check to be seats can be programmed to turn rear seatback can be folded down sure that the safety belts are on automatically during a remote for more cargo space. properly routed and attached, and vehicle start. The heated seats will are not twisted. be canceled when the ignition is { WARNING turned on. Press the heated seat To fold the seatback down: button to use the heated seats after If either seatback is not locked, it the vehicle is started. could move forward in a sudden Notice: Folding a rear seat with stop or crash. That could cause the safety belts still fastened may The heated seat button lights will injury to the person sitting there. cause damage to the seat or the not turn on during a remote start. Always push and pull on the safety belts. Always unbuckle the The temperature of an unoccupied seatbacks to be sure they are safety belts and return them to seat may be reduced. locked. their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. To program the heated seat feature to enabled, see “Remote Start Auto 1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts and place the front seatbacks in Heat Seats” under Vehicle { WARNING Personalization on page 5‑30 for the upright position. See more information. A safety belt that is improperly Reclining Seatbacks on page 3 6. routed, not properly attached, ‑ or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Keep the seatback in the upright, Safety Belts locked position when not in use. This section of the manual To recline the seatback: describes how to use safety belts 1. Lift and hold the lever on top of properly. It also describes some the seatback. things not to do with safety belts. 2. Tilt the seatback rearward, then release the lever when the { WARNING seatback is in the desired position. Do not let anyone ride where a safety belt cannot be worn To slide the entire seat forward or properly. In a crash, if you or your rearward: 2. Lift the lever on the top of the passenger(s) are not wearing 1. Lift and hold the release bar seatback. safety belts, the injuries can be under the front of the seat much worse. You can hit things 3. Fold the seatback forward. cushion to unlock the seat. inside the vehicle harder or be The filler panel behind the seat 2. Slide the seat to the desired ejected from the vehicle. You will fold with the seatback to position. and your passenger(s) can be span the gap between the rear seriously injured or killed. In the 3. Release the bar. of the seat and the cargo area, same crash, you might not be, creating a flat load floor. Do not 4. Try to move the seat back and if you are buckled up. Always lift the filler panel. forth to ensure the seat is locked fasten your safety belt, and check into place. that your passenger(s) are restrained properly too.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

In most states and in all Canadian Why Safety Belts Work { WARNING provinces, the law requires wearing When you ride in or on anything, safety belts. Here is why: It is extremely dangerous to ride you go as fast as it goes. in a cargo area, inside or outside You never know if you will be in a of a vehicle. In a collision, people crash. If you do have a crash, you riding in these areas are more do not know if it will be a likely to be seriously injured or serious one. killed. Do not allow people to ride A few crashes are mild, and some in any area of your vehicle that is crashes can be so serious that even not equipped with seats and buckled up, a person would not safety belts. Be sure everyone in survive. But most crashes are in the vehicle is in a seat and using between. In many of them, people a safety belt properly. who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away. Without safety belts they could have been This vehicle has indicators as a badly hurt or killed. reminder to buckle the safety belts. Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose See Safety Belt Reminders on After more than 40 years of safety it is just a seat on wheels. page 5‑10 for additional information. belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does matter ... a lot!

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the The person keeps going until vehicle. The rider does not stop. stopped by something. In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield...

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

With safety belts, you slow down as them. Whether or not an airbag the vehicle does. You get more time is provided, all occupants still to stop. You stop over more have to buckle up to get the distance, and your strongest bones most protection. That is true not take the forces. That is why safety only in frontal collisions, but belts make such good sense. especially in side and other collisions. Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q: If I am a good driver, and I never drive far from home, Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle why should I wear safety after a crash if I am wearing a belts? safety belt? A: You may be an excellent driver, or the instrument panel... A: You could be — whether you are but if you are in a crash — even wearing a safety belt or not. But one that is not your fault — you your chance of being conscious and your passenger(s) can be during and after an accident, so hurt. Being a good driver does you can unbuckle and get out, is not protect you from things much greater if you are belted. beyond your control, such as And you can unbuckle a safety bad drivers. belt, even if you are Most accidents occur within upside down. 40 km (25 mi) of home. And the Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why greatest number of serious should I have to wear safety injuries and deaths occur at belts? speeds of less than A: Airbags are supplemental 65 km/h (40 mph). systems only; so they work with Safety belts are for everyone. or the safety belts! safety belts — not instead of Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

How to Wear Safety Belts First, before you or your bones and you would be less likely passenger(s) wear a safety belt, to slide under the lap belt. If you slid Properly there is important information you under it, the belt would apply force This section is only for people of should know. on your abdomen. This could cause adult size. serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the Be aware that there are special shoulder and across the chest. things to know about safety belts These parts of the body are best and children. And there are different able to take belt restraining forces. rules for smaller children and infants. If a child will be riding in the The shoulder belt locks if there is a vehicle, see Older Children on sudden stop or crash. page 3‑38 or Infants and Young Children on page 3‑40. Follow those rules for everyone's protection. It is very important for all occupants to buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are Sit up straight and always keep your wearing safety belts. feet on the floor in front of you. The lap part of the belt should be worn Occupants who are not buckled up low and snug on the hips, just can be thrown out of the vehicle in a touching the thighs. In a crash, this crash. And they can strike others in applies force to the strong pelvic the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING

You can be seriously hurt if the lap belt is too loose. In a crash, you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs.

A: The shoulder belt is too loose. A: The lap belt is too loose. It will It will not give as much not give nearly as much protection this way. protection this way.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously hurt if the shoulder belt is too loose. In a crash, you would move forward too much, which could increase injury. The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

the pelvic bones. This could You can be seriously injured if the cause serious internal injuries. belt goes over an armrest like Always buckle the belt into the this. The belt would be much too buckle nearest you. high. In a crash, you can slide under the belt. The belt force would then be applied on the Q: What is wrong with this? abdomen, not on the pelvic bones, and that could cause serious or fatal injuries. Be sure the belt goes under the armrests.

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured if the belt is buckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash, the belt would go up over your abdomen. The A: The belt is over an armrest. belt forces would be there, not on (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Q: What is wrong with this? WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

belt would apply too much force You can be seriously injured by to the ribs, which are not as not wearing the lap-shoulder belt strong as shoulder bones. You properly. In a crash, you would could also severely injure internal not be restrained by the shoulder organs like your liver or spleen. belt. Your body could move too The shoulder belt should go over far forward increasing the chance the shoulder and across the of head and neck injury. You chest. might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be Q: What is wrong with this? applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal A: The shoulder belt is worn under injuries. The shoulder belt should the arm. It should be worn over go over the shoulder and across the shoulder at all times. the chest.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your body would move too far forward, which would increase the chance of head and neck injury. Also, the (Continued) A: The belt is behind the body.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Lap-Shoulder Belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt. The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. A: The belt is twisted across get twisted. the body. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if Pull up on the latch plate to you pull the belt across you very make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety { WARNING quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Belt Extender on page 3‑22. You can be seriously injured by a Then pull the belt across you Position the release button on twisted belt. In a crash, you would more slowly. the buckle so that the safety belt not have the full width of the belt If the shoulder portion of a could be quickly unbuckled if to spread impact forces. If a belt passenger belt is pulled out all necessary. is twisted, make it straight so it the way, the child restraint can work properly, or ask your locking feature may be engaged. dealer to fix it. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Adjust the height so the shoulder height adjuster, move it to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder height that is right for you. See and not falling off of it. The belt “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” should be close to, but not later in this section for contacting, the neck. Improper instructions on use and shoulder belt height adjustment important safety information. could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. See How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3‑14.

To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. Before a door is closed, be sure the safety belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a safety belt, damage can occur to both the safety belt and the vehicle. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster up on the shoulder belt. The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and Move the height adjuster up to the right front passenger seating desired position by pushing up on positions. the height adjuster.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

After the height adjuster is set to the Pretensioners work only once. If the There is one guide for each outside desired position, try to move it down pretensioners are activated in a passenger position in the rear seat. without pressing the release crash, the pretensioners and Here is how to install a comfort button (A) to make sure it has possibly other parts of the safety guide to the safety belt: locked into position. Press the belt system will need to be replaced. release button to lower the height See Replacing Safety Belt System adjuster. Parts After a Crash on page 3‑23. Safety Belt Pretensioners Rear Safety Belt Comfort This vehicle has safety belt Guides pretensioners for front outboard This vehicle may have rear shoulder occupants. Although the safety belt belt comfort guides. If not, they are pretensioners cannot be seen, they available through your dealer. The are part of the safety belt assembly. guides may provide added safety They can help tighten the safety belt comfort for older children who belts during the early stages of a have outgrown booster seats and moderate to severe frontal and near for some adults. When installed and frontal crash if the threshold properly adjusted, the comfort guide 1. Remove the guide from its conditions for pretensioner positions the belt away from the storage pocket on the side of the activation are met. And, if the neck and head. seatback. vehicle has side impact airbags, safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a rollover event.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

WARNING (Continued)

and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.

2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. The belt should not be twisted and insert the two edges of the and it should lie flat. The elastic belt into the slots of the guide. cord must be under the belt and the guide on top.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release protection needed in a crash. The the safety belt as described person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make sure the shoulder portion of the seriously injured. The shoulder belt is on the shoulder and not belt should go over the shoulder falling off of it. The belt should (Continued) be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

To remove and store the comfort Safety Belt Extender guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten be removed from the guide. Slide around you, you should use it. the guide back into its storage But if a safety belt is not long pocket located on the side of the enough, your dealer will order you seatback. an extender. When you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat you Safety Belt Use During will wear, so the extender will be Pregnancy long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone Safety belts work for everyone, else use it, and use it only for the including pregnant women. Like all seat it is made to fit. The extender occupants, they are more likely to A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap has been designed for adults. Never be seriously injured if they do not use it for securing child seats. To wear safety belts. portion should be worn as low as possible, below the rounding, wear it, attach it to the regular safety throughout the pregnancy. belt. For more information, see the instruction sheet that comes with The best way to protect the fetus is the extender. to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is more likely Safety System Check that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for Now and then, check that the safety anyone, the key to making safety belt reminder light, safety belts, belts effective is wearing them buckles, latch plates, retractors, and properly. anchorages are working properly. Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

that might keep a safety belt system Replacing Safety Belt See your dealer to have the safety from doing its job. See your dealer belt assemblies inspected or to have it repaired. Torn or frayed System Parts After a replaced. Crash safety belts may not protect you in a New parts and repairs may be crash. They can rip apart under necessary even if the safety belt impact forces. If a belt is torn or { WARNING system was not being used at the frayed, get a new one right away. time of the crash. A crash can damage the safety Make sure the safety belt reminder Have the safety belt pretensioners light is working. See Safety Belt belt system in the vehicle. A damaged safety belt system checked if the vehicle has been in a Reminders on page 5‑10 for more crash, or if the airbag readiness light information. may not properly protect the person using it, resulting in stays on after you start the vehicle Keep safety belts clean and dry. serious injury or even death in a or while you are driving. See Airbag See Safety Belt Care on page 3 23. Readiness Light on page 5 11. ‑ crash. To help make sure the ‑ safety belt systems are working Safety Belt Care properly after a crash, have them Keep belts clean and dry. inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as { WARNING possible.

Do not bleach or dye safety belts. After a minor crash, replacement of It may severely weaken them. In safety belts may not be necessary. a crash, they might not be able to But the safety belt assemblies that provide adequate protection. were used during any crash may Clean safety belts only with mild have been stressed or damaged. soap and lukewarm water.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word Here are the most important things AIRBAG will appear on the middle to know about the airbag system: The vehicle has the following part of the steering wheel for the airbags: driver and on the instrument panel { WARNING . A frontal airbag for the driver. for the right front passenger. With seat-mounted side impact You can be severely injured or . A frontal airbag for the right front killed in a crash if you are not passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG will appear on the side of the seatback wearing a safety belt — even if . A seat-mounted side impact closest to the door. the vehicle has airbags. Airbags airbag for the driver. are designed to work with safety With roof-rail airbags, the word belts, but do not replace them. . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG will appear along the trim. airbag for the right front Also, airbags are not designed to passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement deploy in every crash. In some the protection provided by safety crashes safety belts are the only . A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags restraint. See When Should an and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑27. directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an Wearing a safety belt during a . A roof-rail airbag for the right inflating bag, all airbags must inflate front passenger and the very quickly to do their job. crash helps reduce your chance passenger seated directly of hitting things inside the vehicle behind the right front passenger. or being ejected from it. Airbags are “supplemental restraints” to All of the airbags in the vehicle will the safety belts. Everyone in the have the word AIRBAG embossed vehicle should wear a safety belt in the trim or on an attached label properly whether or not there is near the deployment opening. — an airbag for that person.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

{ WARNING { WARNING

Airbags inflate with great force, Children who are up against, faster than the blink of an eye. or very close to, any airbag when Anyone who is up against, or very it inflates can be seriously injured close to, any airbag when it or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light inflates can be seriously injured lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster, or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily for adults and older children, but which shows the airbag symbol. close to any airbag, as you would not for young children and infants. be if you were sitting on the edge Neither the vehicle's safety belt The system checks the airbag of the seat or leaning forward. system nor its airbag system is electrical system for malfunctions. Safety belts help keep you in designed for them. Young The light tells you if there is an position before and during a children and infants need the electrical problem. See Airbag crash. Always wear a safety belt, protection that a child restraint Readiness Light on page 5‑11 for even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always more information. should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older the vehicle. Children on page 3‑38 or Infants Occupants should not lean on or and Young Children on sleep against the door or side page 3‑40. windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

Where Are the Airbags?

The right front passenger frontal Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag is in the instrument panel on Side Similar The driver frontal airbag is in the the passenger side. The seat-mounted side impact middle of the steering wheel. airbags for the driver and right front passenger are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

When Should an Airbag WARNING (Continued) Inflate? that person causing severe injury Frontal airbags are designed to or even death. The path of an inflate in moderate to severe frontal inflating airbag must be kept or near-frontal crashes to help clear. Do not put anything reduce the potential for severe between an occupant and an injuries mainly to the driver's or right airbag, and do not attach or put front passenger's head and chest. anything on the steering wheel However, they are only designed to hub or on or near any other inflate if the impact exceeds a airbag covering. predetermined deployment threshold. Deployment thresholds Driver Side Shown, Passenger Do not use seat accessories that Side Similar are used to predict how severe a block the inflation path of a crash is likely to be in time for the The roof-rail airbags for the driver, seat-mounted side impact airbag. airbags to inflate and help restrain right front passenger, and second Never secure anything to the roof the occupants. row outboard passengers are in the of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags ceiling above the side windows. Whether the frontal airbags will or by routing a rope or tie down should deploy is not based on how through any door or window fast your vehicle is traveling. { WARNING opening. If you do, the path of an It depends largely on what you hit, the direction of the impact, and how If something is between an inflating roof-rail airbag will be quickly your vehicle slows down. occupant and an airbag, the blocked. airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to the system's designed threshold different crash speeds. For inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear level. The threshold level can vary example: impacts, or in many side impacts. with specific vehicle design. . If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has Seat-mounted side impact airbags object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. are not intended to inflate in frontal at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the impacts, near-frontal impacts, the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-rail The vehicle has electronic frontal airbags are not intended to inflate in . If the vehicle hits an object that deforms, the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing rear impacts. A seat-mounted side inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a impact airbag is intended to deploy than if the vehicle hits an object moderate frontal impact and a more on the side of the vehicle that is that does not deform. severe frontal impact. For moderate struck. Both roof-rail airbags will frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags deploy when either side of the . If the vehicle hits a narrow object inflate at a level less than full vehicle is struck, or if the sensing (like a pole), the airbags could deployment. For more severe frontal system predicts that the vehicle is inflate at a different crash speed impacts, full deployment occurs. about to roll over, or in a severe than if the vehicle hits a wide frontal impact. object (like a wall). The vehicle has seat-mounted side impact and roof-rail airbags. See In any particular crash, no one can . If the vehicle goes into an object Airbag System on page 3‑24. say whether an airbag should have at an angle, the airbags could Seat-mounted side impact and inflated simply because of the inflate at a different crash speed roof-rail airbags are intended to damage to a vehicle or because of than if the vehicle goes straight inflate in moderate to severe side what the repair costs were. For into the object. crashes. In addition, these roof-rail frontal airbags, inflation is Thresholds can also vary with airbags are intended to inflate determined by what the vehicle hits, specific vehicle design. during a rollover or in a severe the angle of the impact, and how frontal impact. Seat-mounted side quickly the vehicle slows down. For impact and roof-rail airbags will seat-mounted side impact and

inflate if theby: crashProvided Information severity is above roof-rail airbags, deployment is Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

determined by the location and How Does an Airbag full or partial ejection in rollover severity of the side impact. In a events, although no system can rollover event, roof-rail airbag Restrain? prevent all such ejections. deployment is determined by the In moderate to severe frontal or But airbags would not help in many direction of the roll. near frontal collisions, even belted types of collisions, primarily occupants can contact the steering because the occupant's motion is What Makes an Airbag wheel or the instrument panel. In not toward those airbags. See When Inflate? moderate to severe side collisions, Should an Airbag Inflate? on even belted occupants can contact page 3‑27 for more information. In a deployment event, the sensing the inside of the vehicle. system sends an electrical signal Airbags should never be regarded Airbags supplement the protection triggering a release of gas from the as anything more than a supplement provided by safety belts. Frontal inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the to safety belts. airbags distribute the force of the airbag causing the bag to break out impact more evenly over the of the cover and deploy. The inflator, occupant's upper body, stopping the What Will You See After the airbag, and related hardware are occupant more gradually. Seat an Airbag Inflates? all part of the airbag module. ‐ mounted side impact and roof-rail After the frontal airbags and Frontal airbag modules are located airbags distribute the force of the seat-mounted side impact airbags inside the steering wheel and impact more evenly over the inflate, they quickly deflate, so instrument panel. For vehicles with occupant's upper body. quickly that some people may not seat-mounted side impact airbags, Rollover capable roof-rail airbags even realize an airbag inflated. there are airbag modules in the side are designed to help contain the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least of the front seatbacks closest to the head and chest of occupants in the partially inflated for some time after door. For vehicles with roof-rail outboard seating positions in the they deploy. Some components of airbags, there are airbag modules in first and second rows. The rollover the airbag module may be hot for the ceiling of the vehicle, near the capable roof-rail airbags are several minutes. For location of the side windows that have occupant designed to help reduce the risk of airbag modules, see What Makes seating positions. Information Provided by:Provided Information an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑29. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm, WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) but not too hot to touch. There may be some smoke and dust coming If you experience breathing systems, etc. Even if the vehicle from the vents in the deflated problems following an airbag appears to be drivable after a airbags. Airbag inflation does not deployment, you should seek moderate crash, there may be prevent the driver from seeing out of medical attention. concealed damage that could the windshield or being able to steer make it difficult to safely operate the vehicle, nor does it prevent the vehicle. people from leaving the vehicle. The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors, turn Use caution if you should attempt on the interior lamps, turn on the to restart the engine after a crash { WARNING hazard warning flashers, and shut has occurred. off the fuel system after the airbags When an airbag inflates, there inflate. You can lock the doors, turn may be dust in the air. This dust In many crashes severe enough to off the interior lamps, and turn off inflate the airbag, windshields are could cause breathing problems the hazard warning flashers by for people with a history of broken by vehicle deformation. using the controls for those Additional windshield breakage may asthma or other breathing trouble. features. To avoid this, everyone in the also occur from the right front passenger airbag. vehicle should get out as soon as { WARNING it is safe to do so. If you have . Airbags are designed to inflate breathing problems but cannot A crash severe enough to inflate only once. After an airbag get out of the vehicle after an the airbags may have also inflates, you will need some new airbag inflates, then get fresh air damaged important functions in parts for the airbag system. If you do not get them, the by opening a window or a door. the vehicle, such as the fuel airbag system will not be there system, brake and steering (Continued) to help protect you in another (Continued) crash. A new system will include Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

airbag modules and possibly The passenger sensing system other parts. The service manual turns off the right front passenger for your vehicle covers the need frontal airbag under certain to replace other parts. conditions. The driver airbag, seat‐ mounted side impact airbags and . The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which the roof-rail airbags are not affected records information after a United States by the passenger sensing system. crash. See Vehicle Data The passenger sensing system Recording and Privacy on works with sensors that are part of page 13‑14 and Event Data the right front passenger seat. The Recorders on page 13‑14. sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly-seated . Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems. occupant and determine if the right front passenger frontal airbag Improper service can mean that Canada an airbag system will not work should be enabled (may inflate) properly. See your dealer for The words ON and OFF, or the or not. service. symbol for on and off, are visible According to accident statistics, during the system check. If you are children are safer when properly Passenger Sensing using remote start, if equipped, to secured in a rear seat in the correct start the vehicle from a distance, System child restraint for their weight you may not see the system check. and size. The vehicle has a passenger When the system check is We recommend that children be sensing system for the right front complete, either the word ON or secured in a rear seat, including: passenger position. The passenger OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will an infant or a child riding in a airbag status indicator will be visible be visible. See Passenger Airbag rear-facing child restraint; a child on the overhead console when the Status Indicator on page 5‑11. vehicle is started.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

riding in a forward-facing child seat; The passenger sensing system is an older child riding in a booster WARNING (Continued) designed to turn off the right front seat; and children, who are large passenger frontal airbag if: enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right . The right front passenger seat is A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag, no unoccupied. Never put a rear-facing child seat in “ system is fail-safe. No one can . The system determines that an the front.” This is because the risk to guarantee that an airbag will not infant is present in a child the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual restraint. if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though the . A right front passenger takes airbag is turned off. { WARNING his/her weight off of the seat for Secure rear-facing child restraints a period of time. A child in a rear-facing child in a rear seat, even if the airbag . Or, if there is a critical problem restraint can be seriously injured is off. If you secure a with the airbag system or the or killed if the right front forward-facing child restraint in passenger sensing system. passenger airbag inflates. This is the right front seat, always move When the passenger sensing the front passenger seat as far because the back of the system has turned off the right front rear-facing child restraint would back as it will go. It is better to passenger frontal airbag, the off be very close to the inflating secure the child restraint in a indicator will light and stay lit to airbag. A child in a forward-facing rear seat. remind you that the airbag is off. child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Airbag Status injured or killed if the right front Indicator on page 5‑11. passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

The passenger sensing system is 4. Reinstall the child restraint designed to turn on (may inflate) the { WARNING following the directions provided right front passenger frontal airbag by the child restraint anytime the system senses that a If the airbag readiness light ever manufacturer and refer to person of adult size is sitting comes on and stays on, it means Securing Child Restraints (Rear properly in the right front that something may be wrong Seat ) on page 3‑52 or Securing passenger seat. with the airbag system. To help Child Restraints (Front avoid injury to yourself or others, Passenger Seat) on page 3‑54. When the passenger sensing have the vehicle serviced right system has allowed the airbag to be 5. If, after reinstalling the child away. See Airbag Readiness enabled, the on indicator will light restraint and restarting the Light on page 5 11 for more and stay lit to remind you that the ‑ vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, airbag is active. information, including important turn the vehicle off. Then slightly safety information. For some children, including recline the vehicle seatback and children in child restraints, and for adjust the seat cushion, very small adults, the passenger If the On Indicator is Lit for a if adjustable, to make sure that sensing system may or may not turn Child Restraint the vehicle seatback is not off the right front passenger frontal pushing the child restraint into If a child restraint has been installed the seat cushion. airbag, depending upon the and the on indicator is lit: person’s seating posture and body Also make sure the child build. Everyone in the vehicle who 1. Turn the vehicle off. restraint is not trapped under the has outgrown child restraints 2. Remove the child restraint from vehicle head restraint. If this should wear a safety belt the vehicle. happens, adjust the head properly — whether or not there is restraint. See Head Restraints 3. Remove any additional items an airbag for that person. on page 3‑2. from the seat such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

6. Restart the vehicle. because that person is not sitting Additional Factors Affecting The passenger sensing system properly in the seat. If this happens, System Operation may or may not turn off the use the following steps to allow the system to detect that person and Safety belts help keep the airbag for a child in a child passenger in position on the seat restraint depending upon the enable the right front passenger frontal airbag: during vehicle maneuvers and child’s seating posture and body braking, which helps the passenger build. It is better to secure the 1. Turn the vehicle off. sensing system maintain the child restraint in a rear seat. 2. Remove any additional material passenger airbag status. See If the Off Indicator is Lit for an from the seat, such as blankets, “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” in the Index for additional Adult-Size Occupant cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. information about the importance of proper restraint use. 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright position. A thick layer of additional material, such as a blanket or cushion, 4. Have the person sit upright in or aftermarket equipment such as the seat, centered on the seat seat covers, seat heaters, and seat cushion, with legs comfortably massagers can affect how well the extended. passenger sensing system 5. Restart the vehicle and have the operates. We recommend that you person remain in this position for not use seat covers or other two to three minutes after the on aftermarket equipment except when indicator is lit. approved by GM for your specific vehicle. See Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on If a person of adult-size is sitting in page 3‑36 for more information the right front passenger seat, but about modifications that can affect the off indicator is lit, it could be how the system operates.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

A wet seat can affect the The on indicator may be lit if an Your dealer and the service manual performance of the passenger object, such as a briefcase, have information about servicing the sensing system. Here is how: handbag, grocery bag, laptop or vehicle and the airbag system. To other electronic device, is put on an purchase a service manual, see . The passenger sensing system may turn off the passenger unoccupied seat. If this is not Service Publications Ordering airbag when liquid is soaked into desired remove the object from Information on page 13‑12. the seat. If this happens, the off the seat. indicator will be lit, and the { WARNING airbag readiness light on the { WARNING instrument panel will also be lit. For up to 10 seconds after the Stowing of articles under the ignition is turned off and the . Liquid pooled on the seat that passenger seat or between the battery is disconnected, an airbag has not soaked in may make it passenger seat cushion and can still inflate during improper more likely that the passenger seatback may interfere with the service. You can be injured if you sensing system will enable (turn proper operation of the passenger are close to an airbag when it on) the passenger airbag while a sensing system. inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. child restraint or child occupant is on the seat. If the passenger They are probably part of the airbag is turned on, the on Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow indicator will be lit. proper service procedures, and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle make sure the person performing If the passenger seat gets wet, dry work for you is qualified to do so. the seat immediately. If the airbag Airbags affect how the vehicle readiness light is lit, do not install a should be serviced. There are parts child restraint or allow anyone to of the airbag system in several occupy the seat. See Airbag places around the vehicle. Readiness Light on page 5‑11 for important safety information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

Adding Equipment to the position, which includes sensors for Customer Assistance are in that are part of the passenger Step Two of the Customer Airbag-Equipped Vehicle seat. The passenger sensing Satisfaction Procedure in this Q: Is there anything I might add system may not operate properly manual. See Customer to or change about the vehicle if the original seat trim is Satisfaction Procedure on that could keep the airbags replaced with non-GM covers, page 13‑1. from working properly? upholstery or trim, or with GM If the vehicle has rollover covers, upholstery or trim A: Yes. If you add things that roof-rail airbags, see Different designed for a different vehicle. change the vehicle's frame, Size Tires and Wheels on Any object, such as an bumper system, height, front end page 10‑59 for additional aftermarket seat heater or a or side sheet metal, they may important information. comfort enhancing pad or keep the airbag system from device, installed under or on top Q: Because I have a disability, working properly. Changing or of the seat fabric, could also I have to get my vehicle moving any parts of the front interfere with the operation of modified. How can I find out seats, safety belts, the airbag the passenger sensing system. whether this will affect my sensing and diagnostic module, This could either prevent proper airbag system? steering wheel, instrument deployment of the passenger panel, roof-rail airbag modules, A: If you have questions, call airbag(s) or prevent the ceiling headliner or pillar garnish Customer Assistance. The passenger sensing system from trim, overhead console, front phone numbers and addresses properly turning off the sensors, side impact sensors, for Customer Assistance are in passenger airbag(s). See rollover sensor module, or airbag Step Two of the Customer Passenger Sensing System on wiring can affect the operation of Satisfaction Procedure in this page 3 31. the airbag system. ‑ manual. See Customer If you have questions, call Satisfaction Procedure on In addition, the vehicle has a Customer Assistance. The page 13‑1. passenger sensing system phone numbers and addresses for the right front passenger

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

In addition, your dealer and the Replacing Airbag System If the airbag readiness light stays on service manual have information after the vehicle is started or comes about the location of the airbag Parts After a Crash on when you are driving, the airbag sensors, sensing and diagnostic system may not work properly. Have module and airbag wiring. { WARNING the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light on Airbag System Check A crash can damage the airbag page 5‑11 for more information. systems in the vehicle. The airbag system does not need A damaged airbag system may regularly scheduled maintenance or not work properly and may not replacement. Make sure the airbag protect you and your readiness light is working. See passenger(s) in a crash, resulting Airbag Readiness Light on in serious injury or even death. page 5‑11 for more information. To help make sure the airbag Notice: If an airbag covering is systems are working properly damaged, opened, or broken, the after a crash, have them airbag may not work properly. Do inspected and any necessary not open or break the airbag replacements made as soon as coverings. If there are any possible. opened or broken airbag covers, have the airbag covering and/or airbag module replaced. For the If an airbag inflates, you will need to location of the airbag modules, replace airbag system parts. See see What Makes an Airbag your dealer for service. Inflate? on page 3‑29. See your dealer for service.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints booster. Use a booster seat with a Q: What is the proper way to lap-shoulder belt until the child wear safety belts? Older Children passes the fit test below: A: An older child should wear a . Sit all the way back on the seat. lap-shoulder belt and get the Do the knees bend at the seat additional restraint a shoulder edge? If yes, continue. If no, belt can provide. The shoulder return to the booster seat. belt should not cross the face or neck. The lap belt should fit . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on snugly below the hips, just the shoulder? If yes, continue. touching the top of the thighs. If no, try using the rear safety This applies belt force to the child's pelvic bones in a crash. belt comfort guide. See “Rear It should never be worn over the Safety Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on abdomen, which could cause severe or even fatal internal page 3‑18 for more information. If the shoulder belt still does not injuries in a crash. rest on the shoulder, then return Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Older children who have outgrown “ to the booster seat. Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt on booster seats should wear the ” page 3 18. vehicle safety belts. . Does the lap belt fit low and ‑ snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics, The manufacturer's instructions that thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children and infants are safer when come with the booster seat state the return to the booster seat. properly restrained in a child weight and height limitations for that restraint system or infant restraint . Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the system secured in a rear seating trip? If yes, continue. If no, position. return to the booster seat.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people WARNING (Continued) who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older The child could move too far children need to use safety belts forward increasing the chance of properly. head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap { WARNING belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. Never do this. That could cause serious or fatal Never allow two children to wear injuries. The shoulder belt should the same safety belt. The safety go over the shoulder and across the chest. belt can not properly spread the { WARNING impact forces. In a crash, the two children can be crushed together Never do this. and seriously injured. A safety belt must be used by only one Never allow a child to wear the person at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back. A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Infants and Young Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older WARNING (Continued) Children children, but not for young children Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's For example, in a crash at only protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every infant will suddenly become a distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the arms. An infant should be need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate secured in an appropriate restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. restraint. state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained every Canadian province says properly can strike other people, children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle. restrained while in a vehicle. { WARNING { WARNING Never do this. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Never hold an infant or a child wrapped around their neck and while riding in a vehicle. Due to the safety belt continues to crash forces, an infant or a child tighten. Never leave children will become so heavy it is not unattended in a vehicle and never possible to hold it during a crash. allow children to play with the (Continued) safety belts.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

For most basic types of child { WARNING restraints, there are many different models available. When Never do this. purchasing a child restraint, be Children who are up against, sure it is designed to be used in or very close to, any airbag when a motor vehicle. If it is, the it inflates can be seriously injured restraint will have a label saying or killed. Never put a rear-facing that it meets federal motor child restraint in the right front vehicle safety standards. seat. Secure a rear-facing child The restraint manufacturer's restraint in a rear seat. It is also instructions that come with the better to secure a forward-facing restraint state the weight and child restraint in a rear seat. If you Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular must secure a forward-facing add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there child restraint in the right front A: Add-on child restraints, which are many kinds of restraints seat, always move the front are purchased by the vehicle available for children with special needs. passenger seat as far back as it owner, are available in four basic will go. types. Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child's weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraint Systems { WARNING { WARNING

To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular need complete support. This is safety belt may not remain low on because an infant's neck is not the hip bones, as it should. fully developed and its head Instead, it may settle up around weighs so much compared with the child's abdomen. In a crash, the rest of its body. In a crash, an the belt would apply force on a infant in a rear-facing child body area that is unprotected by restraint settles into the restraint, any bony structure. This alone so the crash forces can be could cause serious or fatal distributed across the strongest injuries. To reduce the risk of part of an infant's body, the back serious or fatal injuries during a (A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat and shoulders. Infants should crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat (A) always be secured in rear-facing always be secured in appropriate provides restraint with the seating child restraints. child restraints. surface against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the (B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

the LATCH system. See Lower In some areas, Certified Child Where to Put the Anchors and Tethers for Children Passenger Safety Technicians Restraint (LATCH System) on page 3‑46 for (CPSTs) are available to inspect more information. Children can be and demonstrate how to correctly According to accident statistics, endangered in a crash if the child use and install child restraints. In children and infants are safer when restraint is not properly secured in the U.S., refer to the National properly restrained in a child the vehicle. Highway Traffic Safety restraint system or infant restraint When securing an add-on child Administration (NHTSA) website to system secured in a rear seating restraint, refer to the instructions locate the nearest child safety seat position. inspection station. For CPST that come with the restraint which We recommend that children and availability in Canada, check with may be on the restraint itself or in a child restraints be secured in a rear Transport Canada or the Provincial booklet, or both, and to this manual. seat, including: an infant or a child Ministry of Transportation office. The child restraint instructions are riding in a rear-facing child restraint; important, so if they are not Securing the Child within the a child riding in a forward-facing available, obtain a replacement Child Restraint child seat; an older child riding in a copy from the manufacturer. booster seat; and children, who are large enough, using safety belts. Keep in mind that an unsecured { WARNING child restraint can move around in a A label on your sun visor says, collision or sudden stop and injure A child can be seriously injured or “Never put a rear-facing child seat in people in the vehicle. Be sure to killed in a crash if the child is not the front.” This is because the risk to properly secure any child restraint in properly secured in the child the rear-facing child is so great, the vehicle — even when no child is restraint. Secure the child if the airbag deploys. in it. properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Depending on where you place the { WARNING WARNING (Continued) child restraint and the size of the child restraint, you may not be able A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints to access adjacent safety belt restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag assemblies or LATCH anchors for or killed if the right front is off. If you secure a additional passengers or child passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint in restraints. Adjacent seating because the back of the the right front seat, always move positions should not be used if the rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far child restraint prevents access to or be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to interferes with the routing of the airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a safety belt. child restraint can be seriously rear seat. Wherever a child restraint is injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System installed, be sure to secure the child passenger airbag inflates and the on page 3‑31 for additional restraint properly. passenger seat is in a forward information. position. Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a Even if the passenger sensing When securing a child restraint in a collision or sudden stop and injure system has turned off the right rear seating position, study the people in the vehicle. Be sure to front passenger frontal airbag, no instructions that came with the child properly secure any child restraint in system is fail-safe. No one can restraint to make sure it is your vehicle — even when no child guarantee that an airbag will not compatible with this vehicle. is in it. deploy under some unusual Child restraints and booster seats If you need to secure more than circumstance, even though it is vary considerably in size, and some one child restraint in the rear seat, turned off. may fit in certain seating positions review the following illustrations. (Continued) better than others. Always make Depending on where you place the sure the child restraint is properly child restraint or the size of the child secured. restraint, you may not be able to Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

access certain safety belt The LATCH system uses anchors in assemblies or LATCH anchors for the vehicle and attachments on the additional passengers or child child restraint that are made for use restraints. with the LATCH system. Configurations for Use of Child Make sure that a LATCH-compatible Restraints child restraint is properly installed A. Child restraint or occupant using the anchors, or use the using safety belt vehicle's safety belts to secure the restraint, following the instructions that came with that restraint, and also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the A. Child restraint using LATCH safety belts to properly secure the B. Occupant prohibited A. Child restraint or occupant child restraint. A child restraint must using safety belt never be installed using only the top tether and anchor. B. Child restraint using LATCH In order to use the LATCH system in Lower Anchors and your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH Tethers for Children attachments. The child restraint (LATCH System) manufacturer will provide you with A. Child restraint using LATCH instructions on how to use the child The LATCH system holds a child restraint and its attachments. The B. Occupant prohibited restraint during driving or in a crash. following explains how to attach a C. Child restraint or occupant This system is designed to make child restraint with these using safety belt installation of a child restraint easier. Information Provided by:Provided Information attachments in your vehicle. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

Not all vehicle seating positions or Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a child restraints have lower anchors single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). and attachments or top tether Either will have a single anchors and attachments. attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Lower Anchors Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that A top tether (A, C) anchors the top forward-facing child restraints have of the child restraint to the vehicle. a top tether, and that the tether be A top tether anchor is built into the attached. Be sure to read and follow vehicle. The top tether the instructions for your child attachment (B) on the child restraint restraint. Lower anchors (A) are metal bars connects to the top tether anchor in built into the vehicle. There are two the vehicle in order to reduce the lower anchors for each LATCH forward movement and rotation of seating position that will the child restraint during driving or in accommodate a child restraint with a crash. lower attachments (B).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchor and Top Tether Do not secure a child restraint in a Anchor Locations position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating Top Tether Anchors position. See Where to Put the The top tether anchors for each rear Restraint on page 3‑44 for additional information. Rear Seat seating position are located on the i back of the rear seatback. The rear (Top Tether Anchor): Seating compartment storage panel/cover positions with top tether anchors. might need to be adjusted to access j (Lower Anchor): Seating the anchors. Be sure to use an positions with two lower anchors. anchor located on the same side of The rear outboard seating positions the vehicle as the seating position have exposed metal anchors where the child restraint will be located in the crease between the placed. seatback and the seat cushion.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH { WARNING WARNING (Continued) System Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock, restraint to a single anchor. if the vehicle has one, after the { WARNING Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed. restraint to a single anchor could If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment not attached to anchors, the child Notice: Do not let the LATCH to come loose or even break attachments rub against the restraint will not be able to protect during a crash. A child or others the child correctly. In a crash, the vehicle’s safety belts. This may could be injured. To reduce the damage these parts. If necessary, child could be seriously injured or risk of serious or fatal injuries killed. Install a LATCH-type child move buckled safety belts to during a crash, attach only one avoid rubbing the LATCH restraint properly using the child restraint per anchor. attachments. anchors, or use the vehicle safety belts to secure the restraint, Do not fold the empty rear seat following the instructions that with a safety belt buckled. This came with the child restraint and { WARNING could damage the safety belt or the instructions in this manual. the seat. Unbuckle and return the Children can be seriously injured safety belt to its stowed position, or strangled if a shoulder belt is before folding the seat. wrapped around their neck and Make sure to attach the child the safety belt continues to restraint at the proper anchor tighten. Buckle any unused safety location. belts behind the child restraint so This system is designed to make children cannot reach them. Pull installation of child restraints easier. the shoulder belt all the way out When using lower anchors, do not (Continued) use the vehicle's safety belts. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Instead use the vehicle's anchors 2. If the child restraint manufacturer single tether is being used, and child restraint attachments to recommends that the top tether route the tether over the secure the restraints. Some be attached, attach and tighten seatback. restraints also use another vehicle the top tether to the top tether anchor to secure a top tether. anchor, if equipped. Refer to the 1. Attach and tighten the lower child restraint instructions and attachments to the lower the following steps: anchors. If the child restraint 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. does not have lower 2.2. Route, attach and tighten attachments or the desired the top tether according to seating position does not have your child restraint lower anchors, secure the child instructions and the restraint with the top tether and following instructions: the safety belts. Refer to the . If the position being used child restraint manufacturer does not have a headrest instructions and the instructions or head restraint and a dual in this manual. tether is being used, route the tether over the 1.1. Find the lower anchors for seatback. the desired seating position. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten the lower . If the position being used attachments on the child does not have a headrest restraint to the lower or head restraint and a anchors.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly . If the position being used . If the position being used secure the child restraint, has a fixed headrest or has a fixed headrest or resulting in serious injury or even head restraint and a dual head restraint and a single death in a crash. To help make tether is being used, route tether is being used, route sure the LATCH system is the tether around the the tether over the headrest working properly after a crash, headrest or head restraint. or head restraint. see your dealer to have the 3. Before placing a child in the system inspected and any child restraint, make sure it is necessary replacements made as securely held in place. To check, soon as possible. grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to If the vehicle has the LATCH system move it side‐to‐side and back‐ and it was being used during a and‐forth. There should be no crash, new LATCH system parts more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of may be needed. movement, for proper installation. New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have (Rear Seat ) a top tether, and that the tether be When securing a child restraint in a attached. rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have instructions that came with the child the LATCH system, you will be restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position. Be If the child restraint has the LATCH sure to follow the instructions that system, see Lower Anchors and came with the child restraint. Secure Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when System) on page 3‑46 for how and and as the instructions say. where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint 3. Push the latch plate into the using LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear buckle until it clicks. secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put Position the release button on safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 3‑44. the buckle so that the safety belt see Lower Anchors and Tethers for could be quickly unbuckled if Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on necessary. page 3‑46 for top tether anchor the seat. locations. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run Do not secure a child seat in a the lap and shoulder portions of position without a top tether anchor the vehicle's safety belt through if a national or local law requires or around the restraint. The child that the top tether be anchored, or if restraint instructions will show the instructions that come with the you how. child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑46 for more information. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. restraint as you tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top Try to pull the belt out of the tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

Armrest Retaining Strap center armrest before installing a Remove the armrest retaining strap rear‐facing child restraint in the before installing a forward facing { WARNING second row center seat position. child restraint in the center seat position, as it may interfere with the A rear center armrest that is not attachment of the top tether to the properly stowed and secured top tether anchor on the seatback. could fall forward during a sudden stop or collision. The armrest Securing Child Restraints could contact an infant secured in (Front Passenger Seat) a rear facing child restraint in the ‐ This vehicle has airbags. A rear center seat position. Fasten the seat is a safer place to secure a retaining strap onto the stowed forward-facing child restraint. See armrest before installing a rear‐ Where to Put the Restraint on facing child restraint in the rear page 3‑44. center seat position. In addition, the vehicle has a Stow the rear seat center armrest. passenger sensing system which is Attach the retaining strap to the designed to turn off the right front armrest loop (A) and to the center passenger frontal airbag under top tether anchor on the certain conditions. See Passenger seatback (B). Make sure the Sensing System on page 3‑31 and retaining strap's clips are firmly Passenger Airbag Status Indicator attached. on page 5‑11 for more information, including important safety When new, the vehicle's glove box Install the rear-facing child restraint information. materials included an armrest using the child restraint retaining strap. Use it to secure the manufacturer's instructions and the instructions described previously.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

A label on the sun visor says, If the child restraint has the LATCH “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and the front.” This is because the risk to Tethers for Children (LATCH Even if the passenger sensing the rear-facing child is so great, System) on page 3‑46 for how and if the airbag deploys. system has turned off the right where to install the child restraint front passenger frontal airbag, no using LATCH. If a child restraint is { WARNING system is fail-safe. No one can secured using a safety belt and it guarantee that an airbag will not uses a top tether, see Lower A child in a rear-facing child deploy under some unusual Anchors and Tethers for Children restraint can be seriously injured circumstance, even though it is (LATCH System) on page 3‑46 for or killed if the right front turned off. top tether anchor locations. passenger airbag inflates. This is Secure rear-facing child restraints Do not secure a child seat in a because the back of the in a rear seat, even if the airbag position without a top tether anchor rear-facing child restraint would is off. If you secure a if a national or local law requires be very close to the inflating forward-facing child restraint in that the top tether be anchored, or if airbag. A child in a forward-facing the right front seat, always move the instructions that come with the child restraint can be seriously the front passenger seat as far child restraint say that the top strap injured or killed if the right front back as it will go. It is better to must be anchored. passenger airbag inflates and the secure the child restraint in a In Canada, the law requires that passenger seat is in a forward rear seat. forward-facing child restraints have position. a top tether, and that the tether be See Passenger Sensing System (Continued) attached. on page 3‑31 for additional information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat‐mounted side impact airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way indicator should light and stay lit buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the when you start the vehicle. See Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is Passenger Airbag Status the buckle, so that the safety set, the belt can be tightened but Indicator on page 5‑11. belt could be quickly unbuckled not pulled out of the retractor. 2. Put the child restraint on if necessary. the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-57

Try to pull the belt out of the If the airbags are off, the off retractor to make sure the indicator in the passenger airbag retractor is locked. If the status indicator will come on and retractor is not locked, repeat stay on when the vehicle is started. Steps 5 and 6. If a child restraint has been installed If the vehicle does not have a and the on indicator is lit, see “If the rear seat and the child restraint On Indicator is Lit for a Child has a top tether, follow the child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing restraint manufacturer's System on page 3‑31 for more instructions regarding the use of information. the top tether. See Lower To remove the child restraint, Anchors and Tethers for unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and 6. To tighten the belt, push down Children (LATCH System) on let it return to the stowed position. on the child restraint, pull the page 3‑46 for more information. shoulder portion of the belt to 7. Before placing a child in the tighten the lap portion of the belt, child restraint, make sure it is and feed the shoulder belt back securely held in place. To check, into the retractor. When installing grasp the child restraint at the a forward-facing child restraint, it safety belt path and attempt to may be helpful to use your knee move it side to side and back to push down on the child and forth. When the child restraint as you tighten the belt. restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

3-58 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage Storage Cupholders Compartments Two cupholders are in the center console. Cupholders may be located Storage Compartments Instrument Panel Storage in the second row seat armrest. To Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 4-1 access, pull the armrest down. Glove Box ...... 4-1 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Center Console Storage Center Console Storage ...... 4-1 Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 Cargo Tie Downs ...... 4-2 Convenience Net ...... 4-2 Roof Rack System Roof Rack System ...... 4-2

There may be a storage compartment on the instrument panel. Pull the handle to open. For vehicles with a center console Glove Box storage, use the lever (A) on the front to open. Open the glove box by lifting up on the lever.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

Additional Storage Cargo Tie Downs Roof Rack System Features { WARNING

Cargo Cover If something is carried on top of For vehicles with a cargo cover, use the vehicle that is longer or wider it to cover items in the rear of the than the roof rack— like paneling, vehicle. plywood, or a mattress— the wind To remove the cover from the can catch it while the vehicle is vehicle, pull both ends toward each being driven. The item being other. To reinstall, place each end of carried could be violently torn off, the cover in the holes behind the and this could cause a collision, rear seat. and damage the vehicle. Never carry something longer or wider The vehicle may be equipped with than the roof rack on top of the four cargo tie downs (A) located in vehicle unless using a GM the rear compartment. certified accessory carrier. Convenience Net This vehicle may be equipped with a This vehicle may have a roof rack. For roof racks that do not convenience net located in the rear have cross rails included, GM of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo certified cross rails can be tie downs for storing small loads. purchased as an accessory. See Do not use the net to store heavy your dealer for additional loads. information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

Notice: Loading cargo on the vehicle. For more information on roof rack that weighs more than vehicle capacity and loading, see 100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑21. rear or sides of the vehicle may damage the vehicle. Load cargo so that it rests evenly between the cross rails, making sure to fasten cargo securely. To prevent damage or loss of cargo when driving, check to make sure cross rails and cargo are securely fastened. Loading cargo on the roof rack will make the vehicle's center Lift the lever to release and move of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, the cross rail. sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt maneuvers; Position the cross rail on both sides of the vehicle at the same time. otherwise it may result in loss of The roof rack cross rails can be control. If driving for a long distance, locked in four positions along the on rough roads, or at high speeds, roof rack side rails. These are the occasionally stop the vehicle to only positions that the cross rails make sure the cargo remains in its will lock. place. Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading the

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

Try sliding the cross rails forward and backward to ensure that they are correctly secured and that the levers stay tight to the cross rails. Do not stand on the plastic lower body panels when loading cargo on the roof rack. When the roof rack is not in use, lock one cross rail at the furthest forward position and lock the other cross rail at the furthest rearward position to reduce wind noise. Push the lever down to completely engage into the side rail holes. If the lever is not tight, then the cross rail is not engaged in a side rail hole. Slide the cross rails back and forth until the lock pins engage in the holes and a click is heard as the pins align and the cross rail locks.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Engine Coolant Temperature Information Displays Instruments and Gauge ...... 5-10 Driver Information Controls Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-10 Center (DIC) ...... 5-20 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-11 Passenger Airbag Status Vehicle Messages Controls Indicator ...... 5-11 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-23 Charging System Light ...... 5-12 Battery Voltage and Charging Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Messages ...... 5-24 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 5-13 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-24 Horn ...... 5-3 Compass Messages ...... 5-24 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Brake System Warning Light ...... 5-15 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-24 Rear Window Wiper/ Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-25 Washer ...... 5-4 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light ...... 5-16 Engine Cooling System Compass ...... 5-4 Messages ...... 5-25 Clock (With Date Display) . . . . . 5-5 Traction Off Light ...... 5-16 StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-16 Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-26 Clock (Without Date Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-26 Display) ...... 5-6 Traction Control System ® Fuel System Messages ...... 5-27 Power Outlets ...... 5-6 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . 5-17 Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-17 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-27 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-18 Object Detection System Indicators Fuel Economy Light ...... 5-18 Messages ...... 5-27 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-19 Ride Control System Indicators ...... 5-7 Security Light ...... 5-19 Messages ...... 5-27 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-8 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-19 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-28 Speedometer ...... 5-9 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-20 Safety Belt Messages ...... 5-28 Odometer ...... 5-9 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-20 Anti-Theft Alarm System Tachometer ...... 5-9 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-20 Messages ...... 5-28 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-9

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-28 Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel Tire Messages ...... 5-28 while driving. Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-29 Vehicle Reminder Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls Messages ...... 5-29 Adjustment Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-30

For vehicles with audio steering To adjust the steering wheel: wheel controls, some audio controls 1. Pull the lever (A) down. can be adjusted at the steering wheel. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. b g (Push to Talk): For vehicles with a Bluetooth® or OnStar®, press 3. Pull or push the steering wheel to interact with those systems. See closer or away from you. Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑43 4. Pull the lever (A) up to lock the or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) steering wheel in place. on page 7‑44 or Bluetooth (Voice Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

Recognition) on page 7‑48 or the Windshield Wiper/Washer Clear snow and ice from the wiper OnStar Owner's Guide for more blades before using them. If frozen information. to the windshield, carefully loosen or $ i (Mute/End Call): Press to thaw them. Damaged wiper blades reject an incoming call, or end a should be replaced. See Wiper current call. Press to silence the Blade Replacement on page 10‑29. vehicle speakers while using the Heavy snow or ice can overload the infotainment system. Press again to wiper motor. A circuit breaker will turn the sound on. stop the motor until it cools down. The windshield wiper/washer lever _ SRC ^ (Toggle Switch): Press to is located on the right side of the Windshield Washer select an audio source. steering column. Pull the lever toward you to spray Toggle up or down to select the next Move the lever to one of the washer fluid on the windshield. The or previous favorite radio station or following positions: spray continues until the lever is CD/MP3 track. 8 (Mist): Single wipe, move the released. The wipers will run a few times. See Washer Fluid on + x − (Volume): Press + or − to lever to 8 and then release. The page 10‑24 for information on filling increase or decrease the volume. wipers stop after one wipe. the windshield washer fluid ( reservoir. Horn (Off): Turns the wipers off. & (Adjustable Interval Wipes): Press near the horn symbols or Adjusts the time between wipes. { WARNING press on the steering wheel pad to Turn the & band up for more sound the horn. In freezing weather, do not use frequent wipes or down for less the washer until the windshield is frequent wipes. warmed. Otherwise the washer 1 (Low Speed): Slow wipes. fluid can form ice on the 2 (High Speed): Fast wipes. windshield, blocking your vision.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Rear Window Wiper/ 5 (Rear Wiper Delay): Sets a its heading and other information Washer delay between wipes. from the Global Positioning = System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, The rear wiper controls are on the (Rear Washer): Push the and vehicle speed information. end of the windshield wiper lever. windshield wiper lever forward to spray washer fluid on the rear Avoid covering the GPS antenna for window. The lever returns to its long periods of time with objects starting position when released. that may interfere with the antenna's ability to receive a satellite signal. The windshield washer reservoir is See Multi-Band Antenna on used for the windshield and the rear page 7‑18 for the location of the window. Check the fluid level in the vehicle's antenna. The compass reservoir if either washer is not system is designed to operate for a working. See Washer Fluid on certain number of miles or degrees page 10‑24. of turn before needing a signal from the GPS satellites. When the { WARNING compass display shows CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in an In freezing weather, do not use open area where it can receive a Press the upper or lower portion of the washer until the windshield is GPS signal. The compass system the button to control the rear wiper warmed. Otherwise the washer will automatically determine when a and rear wiper delay. fluid can form ice on the GPS signal is restored and provide windshield, blocking your vision. a heading again. See Compass The system turns off when the Messages on page 5‑24 for more button is returned to the middle information on the messages that position. Compass may be displayed for the compass. Z (Rear Wiper): For continuous The vehicle may have a compass rear window wipes. display on the Driver Information Center (DIC). The compass receives Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

Clock (With Date Display) 6. To save the time or date and 3. Highlight Month and Day return to the Time and Date Format. The infotainment system controls, Settings menu, press the } located on the instrument panel, are 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to used to access the time and date BACK button at any time or select MM/DD (month/day) or settings through the menu system. press the MENU/SEL knob after DD/MM (day/month). adjusting the minutes or year. See Operation on page 7‑7 for Setting the Auto Time Adjust information about how to use the Setting the 12/24 Hour Format menu system. 1. Turn the infotainment 1. Turn the infotainment system ON. Setting the Time and Date system ON. 2. Press the CONFIG button and 1. Turn the infotainment 2. Press the CONFIG button and select Time and Date Settings. system ON. select Time and Date Settings. 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. 2. Press the CONFIG button and 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to select Time and Date Settings. 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to turn Auto Time Adjust on or off. 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. select the 12 hour or 24 hour display format. 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select Time Zone, and then adjust the highlighted value. Setting the Month and Day select the time zone. 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to Format 6. Press the MENU/SEL knob to select the next value. 1. Turn the infotainment turn Daylight Savings on or off. system ON. 2. Press the CONFIG button and select Time and Date Settings.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Clock (Without Date 6. To save the time and return to There are four accessory power Display) the Time Settings menu, press outlets in the following locations: the } BACK button at any time below the CD slot, inside the center The infotainment system controls, or press the SELECT button console storage, on the rear of the located on the instrument panel, are after adjusting the minutes. center console storage, and in the used to access the time and date rear cargo compartment. Setting the 12/24 Hour Format settings through the menu system. To use the outlets, remove the cover See Operation on page 7‑7 for 1. Turn the infotainment and close when not in use. information about how to use the system ON. menu system. Notice: Leaving electrical 2. Press the CONFIG button and equipment plugged in for an Setting the Time select Time Settings, or press extended period of time while the 1. Turn the infotainment the H button. vehicle is off will drain the system ON. battery. Always unplug electrical 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. equipment when not in use and 2. Press the CONFIG button and 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to do not plug in equipment that select Time Settings, or press select the 12 hour or 24 hour exceeds the maximum 20 ampere the H button. display format. rating. 3. Select Set Time. Certain accessory plugs may not be Power Outlets 4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to compatible with the accessory power outlets and could overload adjust the highlighted value. The accessory power outlets can be used to connect electrical vehicle and adapter fuses. If a 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to equipment, such as a cell phone or problem is experienced, see your select the next value. MP3 player. dealer.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

When adding electrical equipment, Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there be sure to follow the installation could be a problem with a vehicle instructions included with the Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning equipment. See Add-On Electrical Indicators lights work together to indicate a Equipment on page 9‑64. problem with the vehicle. Notice: Hanging heavy Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights equipment from the power outlet signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while can cause damage not covered before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges by the vehicle warranty. The to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, power outlets are designed for replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what accessory power plugs only, such warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice. as cell phone charge cords. prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. could be a problem with a vehicle function. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Speedometer Tachometer Here are some situations that can occur with the fuel gauge. None of The vehicle's speed can be selected The tachometer displays the engine these indicate a problem with the to display on the Driver Information speed in revolutions per fuel gauge. Center (DIC) and the speedometer minute (rpm). in either kilometers per hour (km/h) . At the service station, the fuel or miles per hour (mph). Telltales on Fuel Gauge pump shuts off before the gauge the speedometer indicate whether reads full. kilometers or miles were chosen. . It takes a little more or less fuel The DIC will show the vehicle's to fill up than the gauge speed after the limit on the indicated. For example, the speedometer has been reached. gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually Odometer English Metric took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill The odometer shows how far the When the ignition is on, the fuel the tank. vehicle has been driven, in either gauge shows about how much fuel kilometers or miles. . The gauge moves a little while the vehicle has left in the fuel tank. turning a corner or speeding up. This vehicle has a tamper resistant ‐ An arrow on the fuel gauge odometer. The digital odometer will . The gauge takes a few seconds indicates the side of the vehicle the read 999,999 if it is turned back. to stabilize after the ignition is fuel door is on. turned on, and goes back to If the vehicle needs a new odometer The gauge will first indicate empty empty when the ignition is installed, it must be set to the before the vehicle is out of fuel and turned off. mileage total of the old odometer. the low fuel light comes on, but the vehicle's fuel tank should be filled soon.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Temperature Gauge Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light The passenger safety belt reminder light is by the passenger airbag There is a driver safety belt status indicator. reminder light on the instrument panel cluster.

English Metric

This gauge measures the temperature of the vehicle's engine. If the indicator needle moves to the When the engine is started this light hot side of the gauge toward the and the chime come on and stay on colored line, the engine is too hot. When the engine is started this light for several seconds to remind the and a chime come on and stay on If the vehicle has been operated passenger to fasten their safety belt. for several seconds to remind under normal driving conditions, pull The light also begins to flash. drivers to fasten their safety belts. off the road, stop the vehicle, and The light also begins to flash. This cycle repeats if the passenger turn off the engine as soon as remains unbuckled and the vehicle possible. This cycle repeats if the driver is moving. remains unbuckled and the vehicle is moving. If the passenger safety belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the If the driver safety belt is already light comes on. buckled, neither the light nor chime comes on.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

The front passenger safety belt Passenger Airbag Status warning light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such Indicator as a briefcase, handbag, grocery The vehicle has a passenger bag, laptop, or other electronic sensing system. See Passenger device. To turn off the warning light Sensing System on page 3‑31 for and/or chime, remove the object The airbag readiness light comes on important safety information. The from the seat or buckle the and stays on for several seconds overhead console has a passenger safety belt. when the vehicle is started. Then airbag status indicator. the light goes out. Airbag Readiness Light This light shows if there is an { WARNING electrical problem. The system check includes the airbag sensor, If the airbag readiness light stays the pretensioners, the airbag on after the vehicle is started or modules, the wiring, and the crash comes on while driving, it means United States sensing and diagnostic module. For the airbag system might not be more information on the airbag working properly. The airbags in system, see Airbag System on the vehicle might not inflate in a page 3‑24. crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away. Canada When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, or the symbol

Information Provided by:Provided Information for on and off, for several seconds Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

as a system check. If you are using The light turns off when the engine remote start to start the vehicle from { WARNING is started. If it does not, have the a distance, if equipped, you may not vehicle serviced by your dealer. see the system check. Then, after If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means If the light stays on, or comes on several more seconds, the status while driving, there may be a indicator will light either ON or OFF, that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help problem with the electrical charging or either the on or off symbol to let system. Have it checked by your you know the status of the right front avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right dealer. Driving while this light is on passenger frontal airbag. could drain the battery. away. See Airbag Readiness If the word ON or the on symbol is Light on page 5 11 for more When this light comes on, the Driver lit on the passenger airbag status ‑ information, including important Information Center (DIC) also indicator, it means that the right displays a message. front passenger frontal airbag is safety information. enabled (may inflate). See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages on page 5‑24. If the word OFF or the off symbol is Charging System Light lit on the passenger airbag status If a short distance must be driven indicator, it means that the with the light on, be sure to turn off passenger sensing system has all accessories, such as the radio turned off the right front passenger and air conditioner. frontal airbag. If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a The charging system light comes on problem with the lights or the briefly when the ignition is turned passenger sensing system. See on, but the engine is not running, as your dealer for service. a check to show the light is working.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by these systems could lead to the system before any problem is costly repairs not covered by the Indicator Lamp apparent. Being aware of the light vehicle warranty. This could also A computer system called OBD II can prevent more serious damage result in a failure to pass a (On-Board Diagnostics-Second to the vehicle. This system assists required Emission Inspection/ Generation) monitors operation of the service technician in correctly Maintenance test. See the fuel, ignition, and emission diagnosing any malfunction. Accessories and Modifications on control systems. It ensures that Notice: If the vehicle is page 10‑3. emissions are at acceptable levels continually driven with this light This light comes on during a for the life of the vehicle, helping to on, after a while, the emission malfunction in one of two ways: produce a cleaner environment. controls might not work as well, Light Flashing: A misfire condition the vehicle fuel economy might has been detected. A misfire not be as good, and the engine increases vehicle emissions and might not run as smoothly. This could damage the emission control could lead to costly repairs that system on the vehicle. Diagnosis might not be covered by the and service might be required. vehicle warranty. The following can prevent more Notice: Modifications made to the serious damage to the vehicle: This light comes on when the engine, transmission, exhaust, ignition is on, but the engine is not intake, or fuel system of the . Reduce vehicle speed. running, as a check to show it is vehicle or the replacement of the . Avoid hard accelerations. working. If it does not, have the original tires with other than vehicle serviced by your dealer. those of the same Tire . Avoid steep uphill grades. If the check engine light comes on Performance Criteria (TPC) can . If towing a trailer, reduce the and stays on, while the engine is affect the vehicle's emission amount of cargo being hauled as running, this indicates that there is controls and can cause this light soon as it is possible. an OBD II problem and service is to come on. Modifications to

required. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

If the light continues to flash, when . Make sure the electrical system If none of the above have made the it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. is not wet. The system could be light turn off, your dealer can check Find a safe place to park the wet if the vehicle was driven the vehicle. The dealer has the vehicle. Turn the key off, wait at through a deep puddle of water. proper test equipment and least 10 seconds, and restart the The condition is usually diagnostic tools to fix any engine. If the light is still flashing, corrected when the electrical mechanical or electrical problems follow the previous steps and see system dries out. A few driving that might have developed. your dealer for service as soon as trips should turn the light off. Emissions Inspection and possible. . Make sure to fuel the vehicle Maintenance Programs Light On Steady: An emission with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality control system malfunction has causes the engine not to run as Some state/provincial and local been detected on the vehicle. efficiently as designed and may governments have or might begin Diagnosis and service might be cause: stalling after start-up, programs to inspect the emission required. stalling when the vehicle is control equipment on the vehicle. changed into gear, misfiring, Failure to pass this inspection could The following may correct an hesitation on acceleration, prevent getting a vehicle emission system malfunction: or stumbling on acceleration. registration. . Make sure the fuel cap is fully These conditions might go away Here are some things to know to installed. See Filling the Tank on once the engine is warmed up. help the vehicle pass an inspection: page 9‑54. The diagnostic If one or more of these system can determine if the fuel . The vehicle will not pass this conditions occurs, change the inspection if the check engine cap has been left off or fuel brand used. It will require at improperly installed. A loose or light is on with the engine least one full tank of the proper running, or if the key is in ON/ missing fuel cap allows fuel to fuel to turn the light off. evaporate into the atmosphere. RUN and the light is not on. A few driving trips with the cap See Recommended Fuel on properly installed should turn the page 9‑51. light off. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

. The vehicle will not pass this Brake System Warning after the parking brake is fully inspection if the OBD II released, there is a brake problem. (on-board diagnostic) system Light Have the brake system inspected determines that critical emission The vehicle brake system consists immediately. control systems have not been of two hydraulic circuits. If one completely diagnosed by the circuit is not working, the remaining { WARNING system. The vehicle would be circuit can still work to stop the considered not ready for vehicle. For normal braking The brake system might not be inspection. This can happen if performance, both circuits need to working properly if the brake the battery has recently been be working system warning light is on. replaced or if the battery has run Driving with the brake system down. The diagnostic system is warning light on can lead to a designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during crash. If the light is still on after normal driving. This can take the vehicle has been pulled off several days of routine driving. the road and carefully stopped, have the vehicle towed for If this has been done and the English Metric vehicle still does not pass the service. inspection for lack of OBD II The brake indicator light should system readiness, your dealer come on briefly as the engine is If the light comes on while driving, a can prepare the vehicle for started. If it does not come on have chime sounds. Pull off the road and inspection. the vehicle serviced by your dealer. stop. The pedal might be harder to When the ignition is on, the brake push or go closer to the floor. system warning light comes on It might also take longer to stop. when the parking brake is set. The If the light is still on, have the light stays on if the parking brake vehicle towed for service. See does not fully release. If it stays on Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑76.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system warning The traction off light comes on when light is not on, the vehicle still has the Traction Control System (TCS) (ABS) Warning Light brakes, but not antilock brakes. has been turned off by pressing and If the regular brake system warning releasing the traction control button. light is also on, the vehicle does not This light and the StabiliTrak Off have antilock brakes and there is a light come on when StabiliTrak is problem with the regular brakes. turned off. See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑15. If the Traction Control System (TCS) is off, wheelspin is not limited. See Brake System Messages on For vehicles with the Antilock Brake Adjust driving accordingly. page 5‑24 for all brake‐related DIC System (ABS), this light comes on messages. See Traction Control System (TCS) briefly when the engine is started. on page 9‑40 and StabiliTrak® If the light does not come on, have it Traction Off Light System on page 9‑41 for more fixed so it will be ready to warn if information. there is a problem. ® If the ABS light comes on and stays StabiliTrak OFF Light on while driving, stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off. Start the engine again to reset the system. If the light stays on after driving at a speed above 20 km/h This light comes on briefly while (13 mph), see your dealer for starting the engine. If it does not, service. A chime may also sound have the vehicle serviced by your when the light comes on steady. dealer. If the system is working This light comes on when the normally, the indicator light then StabiliTrak system is turned off. turns off. If the Traction Control System (TCS)

Information Provided by:Provided Information is off, wheel spin is not limited. If the Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

StabiliTrak system is off, the system If the light does not come on, have Tire Pressure Light does not assist in controlling the the vehicle serviced by the dealer. vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the If the system is working normally, StabiliTrak system and the warning the indicator light turns off. light turns off. If the light is on and not flashing, the Check the DIC for applicable TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak messages. See Ride Control system have been disabled. A DIC System Messages on page 5‑27 for message may display. Check the more information. DIC messages to determine which For vehicles with the Tire Pressure See Traction Control System (TCS) feature(s) is no longer functioning Monitor System (TPMS), this light ® and whether the vehicle requires on page 9‑40 and StabiliTrak comes on briefly when the engine is service. System on page 9‑41 for more started. It provides information information. If the indicator/warning light is on about tire pressures and the TPMS. and flashing, the TCS and/or the When the Light is On Steady Traction Control System StabiliTrak system is actively (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light working. This indicates that one or more of ® the tires are significantly See StabiliTrak System on underinflated. page 9‑41 and Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑40 for A tire pressure message can more information. accompany the light. See Tire Messages on page 5‑28 for more information. Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the pressure value shown on the Tire The StabiliTrak system or the and Loading Information label. See Traction Control System (TCS) Tire Pressure on page 10‑49 for indicator/warning light come on more information. briefly when the engine is started. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

When the Light Flashes First and Notice: Lack of proper engine oil Fuel Economy Light Then is On Steady maintenance can damage the This indicates that there may be a engine. The repairs would not be problem with the TPMS. The light covered by the vehicle warranty. flashes for about a minute and stays Always follow the maintenance on steady for the remainder of the schedule for changing engine oil. ignition cycle. This sequence repeats with every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor For vehicles with the fuel economy Operation on page 10‑52 for more mode light, it comes on when the information. eco (economy) switch, located on the center console near the shifter, Engine Oil Pressure Light is pressed. For vehicles with a The oil pressure light should come Driver Information Center (DIC) an on briefly as the engine is started. { WARNING ECO MODE ON message displays. If it does not come on have the See Fuel System Messages on Do not keep driving if the oil vehicle serviced by your dealer. page 5‑27 for more information. pressure is low. The engine can If the light comes on and stays on, it Press the switch again to turn off become so hot that it catches fire. means that oil is not flowing through the light and exit the fuel Someone could be burned. Check the engine properly. The vehicle saver mode. the oil as soon as possible and could be low on oil and might have have the vehicle serviced. some other system problem. See your dealer.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light High-Beam On Light

English Shown, Metric Similar The security light comes on briefly The high-beam on light comes on This light comes on for a few when the engine is started. If it does when the high-beam headlamps are seconds when the ignition is turned not have the vehicle serviced by in use. on as a check to indicate it is your dealer. working. If it does not come on, See Headlamp High/Low-Beam have it fixed. This light comes on if there is a Changer on page 6‑2 for more problem with the security system, information. The low fuel warning light is a circle or if the vehicle has been located on the fuel gauge. This light tampered with. comes on and a chime sounds periodically when the vehicle is low For more information, see Vehicle on fuel. The light goes off when fuel Security on page 2‑12. is added to the fuel tank. For vehicles with a Driver Information Center (DIC), see Fuel System Messages on page 5‑27 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) The vehicle may have a Driver Information Center (DIC). It displays information about the vehicle and The front fog lamp light comes on The cruise control light is white warning messages if there is a when the fog lamps are in use. whenever the cruise control is set, system problem detected. DIC and turns green when the cruise messages display in the center of The light goes out when the fog the instrument panel cluster. See lamps are turned off. See Fog control is active. Vehicle Messages on page 5‑23 for Lamps on page 6‑4 for more The light turns off when the cruise more information. information. control is turned off. See Cruise Control on page 9‑42 for more The vehicle may also have features Lamps On Reminder information. that can be customized through the controls on the radio. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑30 for more information. DIC Operation and Displays Use the DIC buttons located in the center of the instrument panel to access different displays. The DIC For vehicles with the lamps on displays trip, fuel, vehicle system reminder light, it comes on when information, and warning messages. the lights are in use.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

It also shows the shift lever position, SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Use this the last reset for the trip odometer. the odometer, and the direction the button to set or clear the menu item The trip odometer can be reset to vehicle is driving. when it is displayed. zero by pressing SET/CLR while the trip odometer display is showing. DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Menu Items Fuel Range Press the MENU button until Trip/ Fuel Information Menu is displayed. This display shows the approximate Then press x to scroll through the distance the vehicle can be driven following menu items: without refueling. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of . Trip 1 the vehicle's fuel economy over . Trip 2 recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel . Fuel Range tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. . Average Fuel Economy Average Fuel Economy . Instantaneous Fuel Economy This display shows the approximate . Average Vehicle Speed average liters per 100 kilometers (L/ MENU: Press this button to get to 100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). . Timer the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle This number is calculated based on Information Menu. . Digital Speedometer the number of L/100 km (mpg) w x : Use these buttons to scroll . Turn-by-Turn recorded since the last time this menu item was reset. The fuel through the items in each menu. . Blank Display A small marker will move along the economy can be reset by pressing page as you scroll through the Trip 1 and Trip 2 SET/CLR while the Average Fuel items. This shows where each page Economy display is showing. The This display shows the current display may not reset to zero. is in the menu. distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

Instantaneous Fuel Economy display will show the amount of time Blank Display This display shows the current fuel that has passed since the timer was This display shows no information. economy in either liters per last reset, not including time the 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles ignition is off. Time will continue to Vehicle Information Menu per gallon (mpg). This number be counted as long as the ignition is Items on, even if another display is being reflects only the fuel economy that Press the MENU button until Vehicle the vehicle has right now and shown on the DIC. The timer will record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes Information Menu is displayed. Then changes frequently as driving press to scroll through the conditions change. Unlike average and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after x following menu items: economy, this display cannot be which the display will return to zero. reset. To stop the timer, press SET/CLR . Unit briefly while Timer is displayed. To Average Vehicle Speed reset the timer to zero, press and . Tire Pressure This display shows the average hold SET/CLR. . Remaining Oil Life speed of the vehicle in kilometers Digital Speedometer . Blank Display per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). This average is The speedometer shows how fast Unit calculated based on the various the vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Press SET/CLR to enter the unit vehicle speeds recorded since the menu. Then press or to last reset of this value. The average per hour (mph). The speedometer w x switch between METRIC or US speed can be reset by pressing cannot be reset. when the Unit display is active. SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle Turn-by-Turn Press SET/CLR to confirm the Speed display is showing. This display is used for the OnStar setting. This will change the Timer or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn displays on the cluster and DIC to either metric or English (US) This display can be used as a timer. guidance. See The OnStar Owner's measurements. To start the timer, press SET/CLR Guide or the Navigation manual, while Timer is displayed. The if the vehicle has navigation, for more information.by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

Tire Pressure Maintenance Schedule in this Vehicle Messages The display will show a vehicle with manual. See Scheduled Messages are displayed on the DIC the approximate pressures of all Maintenance on page 11‑2 for more to notify the driver that the status of four tires. Tire pressure is displayed information. the vehicle has changed and that in either kilopascal (kPa) or in Remember, the Oil Life display must some action may be needed by the pounds per square inch (psi). be reset after each oil change. It will driver to correct the condition. not reset itself. Also, be careful not See Tire Pressure Monitor System Multiple messages may appear one to reset the Oil Life display on page 10‑50 and Tire Pressure after another. Monitor Operation on page 10 52 for accidentally at any time other than ‑ Some messages may not require more information. when the oil has just been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until immediate action, but you can press Remaining Oil Life the next oil change. To reset the SET/CLR to acknowledge that you received the messages and to clear This display shows an estimate of engine oil life system, press SET/ them from the display. Some the oil's remaining useful life. CLR while the Oil Life display is messages cannot be cleared from If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is active. The display will ask for the DIC display because they are displayed, that means 99% of the confirmation of a reset. Press w or more urgent. These messages current oil life remains. x to select Yes or No. Then press SET/CLR to confirm the selection. require action before they can be When the remaining oil life is low, See Engine Oil Life System on cleared. You should take any the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON messages that appear on the page 10‑13. message will appear on the display. display seriously and remember that See Engine Oil Messages on Blank Display clearing the messages will only page 5 26. The oil should be ‑ This display shows no information. make the messages disappear, not changed as soon as possible. See correct the problem. You will find the Engine Oil on page 10‑10. In Compass possible messages that can be addition to the engine oil life system The vehicle may have a compass in displayed and some information monitoring the oil life, additional about them grouped by subject in the Driver Information Center (DIC). maintenance is recommended in the the following information. See Compassby:Provided Information on page 5‑4. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Battery Voltage and SERVICE BATTERY Compass Messages CHARGING SYSTEM Charging Messages CAL This message is displayed when BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE there is a fault in the battery This message is displayed when the This message displays when the charging system. Take the vehicle to compass needs to be calibrated. vehicle has detected that the battery your dealer for service. See Compass on page 5‑4. voltage is dropping beyond a ––– reasonable point. The battery saver Brake System Messages system starts reducing certain Three dashes will be displayed if the features of the vehicle that you may BRAKE FLUID LOW compass needs service. See your be able to notice. At the point that This message is displayed when the dealer for service. features are disabled, this message brake fluid level is low; see Brake is displayed. It means that the Fluid on page 10‑25. Cruise Control Messages vehicle is trying to save the charge in the battery. Turn off unnecessary RELEASE PARKING BRAKE APPLY BRAKE BEFORE CRUISE accessories to allow the battery to This message is displayed as a recharge. reminder that the parking brake is If this message displays when LOW BATTERY on. Release it before you attempt to attempting to activate cruise control, drive. apply the brake pedal and try again. This message is displayed when the battery voltage is low. See Battery CRUISE SET TO XXX on page 10‑27 for more information. This message displays when the cruise control is set and shows the speed it was set to. See Cruise Control on page 9‑42 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Door Ajar Messages REAR ACCESS OPEN COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD COOLANT DOOR OPEN This message will display along with a symbol when the liftgate is open. This message will display if the A door open symbol will be Close the liftgate completely. coolant is low. See Engine Coolant displayed on the DIC showing which on page 10‑18. door is open. If the vehicle has been Engine Cooling System shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR ENGINE OVERHEATED — OPEN message will also be Messages IDLE ENGINE displayed. Close the door A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH This message displays when the completely. ENGINE TEMP engine coolant temperature is too HOOD OPEN This message displays when the hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down. This message will display along with engine coolant becomes hotter than a hood open symbol when the hood the normal operating temperature. ENGINE OVERHEATED — is open. Close the hood completely. To avoid added strain on a hot STOP ENGINE engine, the air conditioning MANUALLY CLOSE THE compressor automatically turns off. This message displays and a POWER LIFTGATE When the coolant temperature continuous chime sounds if the engine cooling system reaches This message will display if the returns to normal, the air conditioning compressor turns back unsafe temperatures for operation. power liftgate encounters multiple Stop and turn off the vehicle as obstacles on the same power cycle. on. You can continue to drive the vehicle. soon as it is safe to do so to avoid After removing the obstructions, the severe damage. This message liftgate will resume normal power If this message continues to appear, clears when the engine has cooled operation. have the system repaired by your to a safe operating temperature. dealer as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

HIGH COOLANT ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE Engine Power Messages TEMPERATURE ENGINE ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays if the coolant This message displays when the temperature is hot. See Engine engine oil temperature is too hot. This message displays when the Overheating on page 10‑21. Stop and allow the vehicle to idle vehicle's engine power is reduced. until it cools down. Reduced engine power can affect Engine Oil Messages the vehicle's ability to accelerate. ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL If this message is on, but there is no CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message displays when the reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. The This message displays when the engine oil level is too low. Check the performance may be reduced the engine oil needs to be changed. oil level. See Engine Oil on next time the vehicle is driven. The When you change the engine oil, be page 10‑10. vehicle may be driven at a reduced sure to reset the Oil Life System. OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP speed while this message is on, but See Engine Oil Life System on — ENGINE maximum acceleration and speed page 10 13 and Driver Information ‑ may be reduced. Anytime this Center (DIC) on page 5 20 for This message displays if low oil ‑ message stays on, the vehicle information on how to reset the pressure levels occur. Stop the should be taken to your dealer for system. See Engine Oil on vehicle as soon as safely possible service as soon as possible. page 10‑10 and Scheduled and do not operate it until the cause Maintenance on page 11‑2 for more of the low oil pressure has been information. corrected. Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

Fuel System Messages Object Detection System warning message, turn the ignition off and then back on again. If the ECO MODE ON Messages message stays on, see your dealer On some models, this message PARK ASSIST OFF right away. See All-Wheel Drive on page 9‑37 for more information. displays when the fuel economy This message is displayed when the mode has been turned on by park assist system has been turned SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE pressing the eco button near the off. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist If your vehicle has the All-Wheel shift lever. See Fuel Economy Mode on page 9‑45. on page 9‑36 for more information. Drive (AWD) system, this message SERVICE PARK ASSIST displays if a problem occurs with FUEL LEVEL LOW this system. If this message This message is displayed if there is This message displays when the appears, stop as soon as possible a problem with the park assist and turn off the vehicle. Restart the vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as system. Take the vehicle to your soon as possible. vehicle and check for the message dealer for service. on the DIC display. If the message TIGHTEN GAS CAP is still displayed or appears again Ride Control System when you begin driving, the AWD This message displays when the system needs service. See your fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the Messages dealer. fuel cap. ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF SERVICE TRACTION Key and Lock Messages If your vehicle has the All-Wheel CONTROL Drive (AWD) system, this message REPLACE BATTERY IN displays when the rear drive system This message displays when there REMOTE KEY is overheating. This message turns is a problem with the Traction off when the rear drive system cools Control System (TCS). See Traction This message displays when the down. If the warning message stays Control System (TCS) on battery in the Remote Keyless Entry on for a while, you need to reset the page 9‑40. (RKE) transmitter needs to be warning message. To reset the replaced. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE STABILITRAK Airbag System Messages Service Vehicle Messages This message displays if there is a SERVICE AIRBAG SERVICE AC SYSTEM problem with the StabiliTrak system. StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑41. This message displays if there is a This message is displayed if there is problem with the airbag system. a problem with the air conditioning STABILITRAK OFF Take the vehicle to your dealer for system. Take the vehicle to your This message displays when the service. dealer for service. StabiliTrak system is turned off. See SERVICE POWER STEERING StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑41 Safety Belt Messages for more information. This message is displayed if there is BUCKLE SEATBELT a problem with the power steering TRACTION CONTROL OFF This message displays as a system. Take the vehicle to your This message displays when the reminder when the safety belt is not dealer for service. Traction Control System (TCS) is buckled. SERVICE VEHICLE SOON turned off. Adjust your driving accordingly. Anti-Theft Alarm System This message is displayed if there is a problem with the vehicle. Take the TRACTION CONTROL ON Messages vehicle to your dealer for service. This message displays when the THEFT ATTEMPTED Traction Control System (TCS) is Tire Messages This message displays if the vehicle first turned on. See Traction Control detects a tamper condition. System (TCS) on page 9‑40 for SERVICE TIRE MONITOR more information. SYSTEM This message displays if there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on

Information Provided by:Provided Information page 10‑52 for more information. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE You can receive more than one tire Stop the vehicle and let it idle to pressure message at a time. The allow the transmission to cool. This This message displays when the DIC also shows the tire pressure message clears when the fluid system is learning new tires. See values. See Driver Information temperature reaches a safe level. Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on Center (DIC) on page 5‑20. page 10‑52 for more information. Vehicle Reminder TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE Transmission Messages Messages This message displays when the SERVICE TRANSMISSION pressure in one or more of the ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE vehicle tires is low. This message displays if there is a WITH CARE problem with the transmission. See This message is displayed when ice This message also displays LEFT your dealer. FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT conditions are possible. REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate SHIFT TO PARK TURN WIPER CONTROL TO the location of the low tire. This message displays when the INTERMITTENT FIRST The low tire pressure warning light transmission needs to be shifted to This message is displayed when P (Park). This may appear when will also come on. See Tire attempting to adjust the intermittent attempting to remove the key if the Pressure Light on page 5‑17. wiper speed without intermittent vehicle is not in P (Park). If a tire pressure message appears selected on the wiper control. See on the DIC, stop as soon as you TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE Windshield Wiper/Washer on can. Inflate the tires by adding air ENGINE page 5‑3. until the tire pressure is equal to the values shown on the Tire and This message displays and a chime Loading Information label. See Tires sounds if the transmission fluid in on page 10‑43, Vehicle Load Limits the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the on page 9‑21, and Tire Pressure on transmission fluid temperature high page 10‑49. can cause damage to the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle 2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Climate and Air Quality highlight Vehicle Settings. Personalization Select the Climate and Air Quality 3. Press the center of the MENU/ menu and the following will be The audio system controls are used SELECT knob to select the displayed: to access the personalization Vehicle Settings menu. . Auto Fan Speed menus for customizing vehicle The following list of menu items will . Air Conditioning Mode features. be available: . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats CONFIG (Configuration): Press to . Climate and Air Quality access the Configuration Auto Fan Speed Settings Menu. . Comfort and Convenience This selection is available on MENU/SELECT Knob: Press the . Collision/Detection Systems vehicles with the Automatic Climate center of this knob to enter the . Languages Control System. Choose from the menus and select menu items. Turn . following blower speed settings: the knob to scroll through the Lighting menus. . Power Door Locks High: Increased speed. } BACK: Press to exit or move . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Low: Reduced speed. backwards in a menu. . Return to Factory Settings Normal: Moderate speed. Entering the Personalization Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Press the MENU/SELECT knob Menus highlight the menu. Press the knob when Auto Fan Speed is 1. Turn the infotainment system on to select it. Each of the menus is highlighted. Turn the knob to and press the CONFIG button to detailed in the following information. highlight “High,”“Normal,” or “Low.” access the Configuration All of the menus may not be Press the knob to confirm the Settings menu. available. Only those tied to the selection and go back to the features on your vehicle will be last menu. shown.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

Air Conditioning Mode Remote Start Auto Heat Seats See the “Easy Exit Driver Seat” This will allow you to select whether When on, this feature will turn the information under Power Seat or not the air conditioning comes on heated seats on when using remote Adjustment on page 3‑3 for more automatically the next time the start on cold days. information. vehicle is started. “On” means that Press the MENU/SELECT knob This allows you to turn the easy exit the air conditioning will be on at seat feature on or off. when “Remote Start Auto Heat start up, regardless of whether it Seats” is highlighted to toggle Press the MENU/SELECT knob was on or off the last time the between “On” or “Off.” Press when “Easy Exit Driver Seat” is vehicle was turned off. “Off” means } BACK to confirm the selection highlighted. Turn the knob to select the air conditioning will be off at the and go back to the last menu. “On” or “Off.” Press the knob to next start up, regardless of whether confirm and go back to the it was on or off the last time the Comfort and Convenience last menu. vehicle was turned off. Last “ Select the Comfort and Setting means that when the Chime Volume ” Convenience menu and the vehicle is started, the air following will be displayed: This allows the selection of the conditioning will resume whichever chime volume level. setting it was at the last time the . Easy Exit Driver Seat Press the MENU/SELECT knob vehicle was turned off. . Chime Volume when “Chime Volume” is Press the MENU/SELECT knob . Reverse Tilt Mirror highlighted. Turn the knob to select when Air Conditioning Mode is Normal or High. Press the knob Easy Exit Driver Seat “ ” “ ” highlighted. Turn the knob to to confirm and go back to the highlight “On,”“Off,” or “Last When on, this feature will move the last menu. Setting.” Press the knob to confirm driver seat rearward upon turning the selection and go back to the the ignition off and the driver door last menu. opening. This may be performed to make it easier to exit the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

Reverse Tilt Mirror Collision/Detection Systems Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to select the language. Press the knob When on, both the driver and Select the Collision/Detection to confirm and go back to the passenger mirrors will tilt downward Systems menu and the following will last menu. when vehicle is shifted to be displayed: R (Reverse) to improve visibility of . Park Assist Lighting the ground near the rear wheels. They will return to their previous Park Assist Select the Lighting menu and the driving position when the vehicle is following will be displayed: This allows the Ultrasonic Parking shifted out of R (Reverse), the . Assist feature to be turned on or off. Vehicle Locator Lights ignition is turned to OFF, or the . Exit Lighting vehicle is left in reverse. See Park Press the MENU/SELECT knob Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑15 for more when “Park Assist” is highlighted. Vehicle Locator Lights information. Turn the knob to select “On,”“Off,” or Tow Bar. Press the knob to This allows the vehicle locator lights This allows you to turn the park tilt “ ” confirm and go back to the to be turned on or off. mirrors feature on or off. last menu. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Press the MENU/SELECT knob See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on when “Vehicle Locator Lights” is when “Reverse Tilt Mirror” is highlighted to toggle between On page 9‑45 for more information “ ” highlighted. Turn the knob to select or “Off.” Press } BACK to confirm “On” or “Off.” Press the knob to Languages the selection and go back to the confirm and go back to the last menu. last menu. Select the Languages menu and the following will be displayed: . English . French . Spanish

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

Exit Lighting Press the MENU/SELECT knob “On” or “Off.” Press the knob to This allows the selection of how when “Unlocked Door Anti Lock confirm and go back to the long the exterior lamps stay on Out” is highlighted to toggle last menu. between “On” or “Off.” Press when leaving the vehicle when it is } Remote Lock/Unlock/Start dark outside. BACK to confirm the selection and go back to the last menu. Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Press the MENU/SELECT knob and the following will be displayed: when “Exit Lighting” is highlighted. Auto Door Unlock . Remote Unlock Light Feedback Turn the knob to select “Off,” This allows selection of which of the “30 Seconds,”“1 Minute,” or doors will automatically unlock when . Remote Lock Feedback “2 Minutes.” Press the knob to the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). . Remote Door Unlock confirm and go back to the Press the MENU/SELECT knob last menu. . Memory Remote Recall when “Auto Door Unlock” is Power Door Locks highlighted. Turn the knob to select Remote Unlock Light Feedback All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Select Power Door Locks and the “ ”“ ” “ ” When on, the exterior lamps will Press the knob to confirm and go following will be displayed: flash when unlocking the vehicle back to the last menu. with the RKE transmitter. . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Delayed Door Lock Press the MENU/SELECT knob . Auto Door Unlock When on, this feature will delay the when “Remote Unlock Light . Delayed Door Lock locking of the doors. If you want to Feedback” is highlighted. Turn the knob to select “Flash Lights” or Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out override the delay you can press the power door lock on the instrument “Off.” Press the knob to confirm and When on, this feature will keep the panel. go back to the last menu. driver door from locking when the door is open. If off is selected, the Press the MENU/SELECT knob Delayed Door Lock menu will be when “Delayed Door Lock” is available. highlighted. Turn the knob to select Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Remote Lock Feedback Memory Remote Recall Return to Factory Settings This allows selection of what type of This allows the Memory Remote Select “Return to Factory Settings” feedback is given when unlocking Recall feature to be turned on or off. to return all of the vehicle the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. When on, this feature will recall the personalization to the default Press the MENU/SELECT knob current driver's last seat, outside settings. Turn the knob to select when “Remote Lock Feedback” is mirrors upon unlocking the driver “Yes” or “No.” Press the knob to highlighted. Turn the knob to select door with the RKE, and opening that confirm and go back to the “Lights and Horn,”“Lights Only,” door. The current driver is identified last menu. “Horn Only,” or “Off.” Press the knob when the RKE transmitter is used to to confirm and go back to the unlock the driver door. See “Memory last menu. Remote Recall” under Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3 for more Remote Door Unlock information. This allows selection of which doors Memory Remote Recall is when the will unlock when pressing the unlock memorized settings will be recalled button on the RKE transmitter. as you unlock the vehicle. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Press the MENU/SELECT knob when Remote Door Unlock is “ ” when “Memory Remote Recall” is highlighted. Turn the knob to select highlighted to toggle between “On” “All Doors” or “Driver Door.” Press } the knob to confirm and go back to or “Off.” Press BACK to confirm the last menu. the selection and go back to the last menu.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic Headlamps): Lighting Turns the exterior lamps on and off Exterior Lamp Controls automatically depending on the Exterior Lighting exterior light. Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Headlamp High/Low-Beam parking lamps together with the Changer ...... 6-2 following: Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 . Sidemarker Lamps Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 . Taillamps Automatic Headlamp . License Plate Lamps System ...... 6-3 The exterior lamp control is on the Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3 turn signal/lane change lever. . Instrument Panel Lights Turn and Lane-Change O (Exterior Lamp Control): 5 (Headlamps): Turns on the Signals ...... 6-3 Operates the exterior lamps. Turn to headlamps, together with the Fog Lamps ...... 6-4 one of the following positions: previously listed lamps and lights. Interior Lighting O (Off): Turns the exterior Instrument Panel Illumination lamps off. Control ...... 6-4 Dome Lamps ...... 6-4 Reading Lamps ...... 6-5 Lighting Features Entry Lighting ...... 6-5 Battery Load Management . . . . 6-5

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

Headlamp High/ Flash-to-Pass . The light sensor determines it is daytime. Low-Beam Changer The flash to pass feature works with ‐ ‐ . The parking brake is released. the low beams or Daytime Running 2 3 Headlamp High/Low‐Beam Changer: Push the turn/lane Lamps (DRL) on or off. Fully functional Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are required on all change lever away from you to turn To flash the high beams, pull the vehicles first sold in Canada. the high beams on. turn signal/lane change lever all the Pull the lever toward you to return to way toward you, then release it. When the DRL are on the taillamps, low beams. sidemarker, instrument panel lights Daytime Running and other lamps will not be on. The Lamps (DRL) instrument panel cluster will be lit. When the exterior lamp band is Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) turned to the headlamp position, the system makes the low-beam low-beam headlamps come on. The headlamps come on at a reduced other lamps that come on with the brightness in daylight when the headlamps will also come on. following conditions are met: This indicator light turns on in the To idle your vehicle with the DRL instrument panel cluster when the . The ignition is on. off, move the shift lever to P (Park). high‐beam headlamps are on. . The exterior lamp band is in the The DRL will stay off until the shift automatic position. lever is moved out of the P (Park) position. . The transmission is not in P (Park). The regular headlamp system should be turned on when needed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

Automatic Headlamp Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change System Signals When it is dark enough outside, the headlamps come on automatically.

An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change. Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. Do not cover the light sensor on top | (Hazard Warning Flasher): Raise or lower the lever until the of the instrument panel or the Press this button, on the center of arrow starts to flash to signal a lane headlamps will come on when they the instrument panel, to make the change. Hold it there until the lane are not needed. front and rear turn signal lamps change is complete. The system may also turn on the flash on and off. This warns others headlamps when driving through a that you are having trouble. The lever returns to its starting parking garage or tunnel. position when it is released. Press | again to turn the flashers off.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

If after signaling a turn or a lane # (Fog Lamps): Turn the fog lamp Interior Lighting change the arrows flash rapidly or band on the lever to # and release do not come on, a signal bulb may it, to turn the fog lamps on or off. be burned out. Instrument Panel The band will return to its original Illumination Control Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb position. is not burned out, check the fuse; This control is located on the The parking lamps or low beam see Fuses on page 10 37 for more ‐ instrument panel, to the left of the ‑ headlamps must be on to use the information. steering column. fog lamps. D (Instrument Panel The fog lamps will go off whenever Fog Lamps Brightness): Turn clockwise or the high-beam headlamps are counterclockwise to brighten or dim turned on. When the high beam ‐ the lights. headlamps are turned off, the fog lamps will come on again. Dome Lamps Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on There are front and rear dome along with the fog lamps. lamps. For vehicles with fog lamps, the The dome lamp controls are located control is located on the turn signal/ in the overhead console. To change lane change lever. the settings, press the following: * Use the fog lamps for better vision (Dome Lamp Override): Turns in foggy or misty conditions. the lamps off, even when a door is open.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

1 (Door): The lamps come on Lighting Features Battery Load automatically when a door is Management opened. Entry Lighting The vehicle has Electric Power + (On): Turns the dome lamps on. The dome lamp, cargo lamp, and Management (EPM) that estimates The dome lamps can also be turned foot lamp inside the vehicle come the battery's temperature and state on and off by pressing the buttons on when any door is opened, if the of charge. It then adjusts the voltage next to the lamps. dome lamp is in the door position. In for best performance and extended addition, these lamps come on life of the battery. Reading Lamps when the Remote Keyless Entry When the battery's state of charge (RKE) unlock button is pressed. is low, the voltage is raised slightly The reading lamps are located on They stay on for 20 seconds or until the overhead console. These lamps to quickly bring the charge back up. a door is opened. After the door is When the state of charge is high, come on automatically when any opened and then closed, the light door is opened. the voltage is lowered slightly to remains on for 20 seconds, or until prevent overcharging. If the vehicle For manual operation, press the the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage button next to each lamp to turn it display on the Driver Information on or off. Center (DIC), you may see the voltage move up or down. This is normal. If there is a problem, an alert will be displayed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

The battery can be discharged at Normally, these actions occur in idle if the electrical loads are very steps or levels, without being high. This is true for all vehicles. noticeable. In rare cases at the This is because the generator highest levels of corrective action, (alternator) may not be spinning fast this action may be noticeable to the enough at idle to produce all the driver. If so, a Driver Information power needed for very high Center (DIC) message might be electrical loads. displayed, such as BATTERY A high electrical load occurs when SAVER ACTIVE, BATTERY several of the following are on, such VOLTAGE LOW, or LOW BATTERY. as: headlamps, high beams, fog If one of these messages displays, it lamps, rear window defogger, is recommended that the driver climate control fan at high speed, reduce the electrical loads as much heated seats, engine cooling fans, as possible. See Driver Information trailer loads, and loads plugged into Center (DIC) on page 5‑20. accessory power outlets. EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery. It does this by balancing the generator's output and the vehicle's electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power, whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

Audio Players Phone Infotainment CD Player ...... 7-18 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 7-43 System CD/DVD Player ...... 7-20 Bluetooth (Infotainment Mass Storage Controls) ...... 7-44 Media (MEM) ...... 7-23 Bluetooth (Voice Introduction Auxiliary Devices (Radio Recognition) ...... 7-48 Infotainment ...... 7-2 with CD) ...... 7-27 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Auxiliary Devices (Radio with Overview (Radio with CD) . . . . . 7-3 CD/DVD/MEM) ...... 7-30 Overview (Radio with CD/ Rear Seat Infotainment DVD/MEM) ...... 7-5 Rear Seat Entertainment Operation ...... 7-7 (RSE) System ...... 7-32 Radio Rear Seat Audio (RSA) AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 System ...... 7-41 Satellite Radio ...... 7-13 Radio Reception ...... 7-17 Multi-Band Antenna ...... 7-18

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

Introduction . Set up the tone, speaker The vehicle has Retained adjustments, and preset radio Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, stations. Infotainment the audio system can be played For more information, see Defensive even after the ignition is turned off. Read the following pages to Driving on page 9‑2. See Retained Accessory Power become familiar with the audio (RAP) on page 9‑30 for more This vehicle's infotainment system system's features. information. may be equipped with a noise reduction system which can work Navigation System { WARNING improperly if the audio amplifier, For vehicles with a navigation engine calibrations, exhaust system, system, see the separate navigation Taking your eyes off the road for microphones, radio, or speakers are manual. extended periods could cause a modified or replaced. This could crash resulting in injury or death result in more noticeable engine to you or others. Do not give noise at certain speeds. Theft-Deterrent Feature extended attention to Notice: Contact your dealer The theft-deterrent feature works by entertainment tasks while driving. before adding any equipment. learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to the Adding audio or communication This system provides access to infotainment system. The equipment could interfere with many audio and non‐audio listings. infotainment system does not the operation of the engine, radio, operate if it is stolen or moved to a To minimize taking your eyes off the or other systems, and could different vehicle. road while driving, do the following damage them. Follow federal while the vehicle is parked: rules covering mobile radio and . Become familiar with the telephone equipment. operation and controls of the audio system.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

Overview (Radio with CD) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. g SEEK . Radio: Seeks the previous station. . CD: Selects the previous track or rewinds within a track. C. RADIO/BAND . Changes the band while listening to the radio. . Selects the radio when listening to a different audio source. D. AUX . Selects a connected external audio source. E. Buttons 1 to 6 . Radio: Saves and selects favorite stations.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

F. FAV K. k O. INFO . . Radio: Opens the . CD: Pauses the CD. Radio: Shows available favorites list. information about the L. CD G. TONE current station. . Selects the CD player . CD: Shows available . Opens the tone menu. when listening to a information about the H. CONFIG different audio source. current track. . Opens the settings menu. M. X (CD Eject) P. 5 / > I. MENU/SEL . Removes a disc from the . Opens the phone . Press: Opens the menus CD slot. main menu. and selects menu items. N. l SEEK . Mutes the audio system. . Turn: Highlights menu . Radio: Seeks the next H items or sets values while Q. station. in a menu. Manually . Opens the clock menu. selects radio stations while . CD: Selects the next track listening to the radio. or fast forwards within a R. } BACK track. J. CD Slot . Menu: Moves one level back. . Insert a CD. . Character Input: Deletes the last character.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

Overview (Radio with CD/DVD/MEM) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. g SEEK . Radio: Seeks the previous station. . CD/DVD: Selects the previous track or rewinds within a track. . MEM: Selects the previous track or rewinds within a track. C. RADIO/BAND . Changes the band while listening to the radio. . Selects the radio when listening to a different audio source. D. MEM/DVD/AUX . Selects MEM, CD/DVD, USB, or a connected front or rear auxillary audio source.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

E. Buttons 1 to 6 J. CD/DVD Slot N. l SEEK . . Radio: Saves and selects Insert a disc. . Radio: Seeks the next favorite stations. K. k (Play/Pause) station. . MEM: Saves and selects . CD/DVD: Selects the next favorite tracks and . Radio: Pauses time shifted content. track or fast forwards playlists. within a track. . CD/DVD: Pauses CD/DVD‐ F. FAV . MEM: Selects the next A and DVD‐V playback. . track or fast forwards Radio: Opens the Stops DVD‐V playback. favorites list. within a track. . MEM: Pauses MEM . MEM: Opens the playback. O. INFO favorites list. . Radio: Shows available L. O REC G. TONE information about the . current station. . Opens the tone menu. CD/DVD: Records content from audio CDs and MP3/ . CD/DVD: Shows available H. CONFIG WMA CDs. information about the . Opens the settings menu. . AUX: Records content current track. I. MENU/SEL from USB mass storage . MEM: Shows available devices. . Press: Opens menus and information about the selects menu items. M. X (CD Eject) current track. 5 . Turn: Highlights menu . Removes a disc from the P. / > (Phone/Mute) items or sets values while CD/DVD slot. . Opens the phone in a menu. Manually main menu. selects radio stations while listening to the radio. . Mutes the audio system.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

Q. DEL Automatic Switch‐Off Menu System . MEM: Deletes the current If the infotainment system has been Controls track from MEM. turned on after the ignition is turned The MENU/SEL knob and the } off, the system will turn off } R. BACK automatically after 10 minutes. BACK button are used to . navigate the menu system. Menu: Moves one Volume Control level back. MENU/SEL (Menu/Select): Press to: . Character Input: Deletes VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Turn to the last character. adjust the volume. . Enter the menu system. 5 / > (Mute): For vehicles with . Select or activate the highlighted Operation OnStar, press and hold 5 / > to menu option. Controls mute the infotainment system. Press . Confirm a set value. and hold 5 / > again, or turn the The infotainment system is operated . Turn a system setting on or off. VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. by using the pushbuttons, Turn to: multifunction knobs, display menus, For vehicles without OnStar, press . Highlight a menu option. and steering wheel controls, 5 / > to mute the infotainment if equipped. . system. Press 5 / > again, or turn Select a value. Turning the System On or Off the VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. } BACK: Press to: VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press to . Exit a menu. turn the system on and off. . Return from a submenu screen to the previous menu screen. . Delete the last character in a sequence.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

Selecting a Menu Option Activating a Setting Turning a Function On or Off

1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to move the highlighted bar. highlight the setting. highlight the function. 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to select the highlighted option. activate the setting. turn the function on or off. Submenus Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence

An arrow on the right‐hand edge of 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to the menu indicates that it has a change the current value of the highlight the character. submenu with other options. setting. 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to select the character. confirm the setting.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

Press the } BACK button to delete Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Press the } BACK button to go the last character in the sequence and Bass back to the Tone Settings menu. or press and hold to delete the entire character sequence. Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) For vehicles that have an equalizer: Audio Settings The audio settings can be set for each radio band and each audio player source. 1. Press the TONE button. To quickly reset an audio setting 2. Select Treble, Midrange, value to 0: or Bass. 1. Press the TONE button. 3. Select the value. 1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select the audio setting. Press the } BACK button to go 2. Select EQ. 3. Press and hold the MENU/SEL back to the Tone Settings menu. 3. Select the setting. button until the value changes to 0. Adjusting the Fader and Balance Press the } BACK button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. Press the } BACK button to go back to the Tone Settings menu.

1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select Fader or Balance. 3. Select the value. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

System Settings Auto Volume Maximum Startup Volume Configuring the Number of The auto volume feature The maximum volume played when Favorite Pages automatically adjusts the radio the Radio with CD is first turned on volume to compensate for road and can be set. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up or slows down, so that the volume level is consistent. The level of volume compensation can be selected, or the auto volume feature can be turned off. To configure the number of available favorite pages: 1. Press the CONFIG button. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Radio Settings. 2. Select Radio Settings. 3. Select Maximum Startup Volume. 3. Select Radio Favorites. 4. Select the setting. 4. Select the number of available 1. Press the CONFIG button. favorite pages. 5. Press the } BACK button } 2. Select Radio Settings. to go back to the System 5. Press the BACK button Configuration menu. to go back to the System 3. Select Auto Volume. Configuration menu. 4. Select the setting. 5. Press the } BACK button to go back to the System Configuration menu.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

Radio 1 to 6: Press to select preset Selecting a Band stations. Press the RADIO/BAND button to AM-FM Radio RDS (Radio Data System) choose AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. The last station that Control Buttons The radio may have RDS. The RDS was playing starts playing again. feature is available for use only on The buttons used to control the FM stations that broadcast RDS Selecting a Station radio are: information. This feature only works Seek Tuning (Radio with CD) RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the when the information from the radio radio on and choose between AM, station is available. In rare cases, a If the radio station is not known: FM, and XM™, if equipped. radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes the Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK, MENU/SEL: Turn to manually radio features to work improperly. to automatically search for the next search for stations. If this happens, contact the radio available station. If a station is not FAV: Press to open the station. found, the radio switches to a more sensitive search level. If a station favorites list. While the radio is tuned to an l g still is not found, the frequency that SEEK or SEEK: Press to FM-RDS station, the station name was last active begins to play. search for stations. Press and hold or call letters display. to fast forward and rewind time If the radio station is known: shifted data. See Time Shifting Radio Menus “ Press and hold g SEEK or (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) ” Radio menus are available for AM l SEEK until the station on the later in this section. and FM. display is reached, then release the k : Press to pause and resume Press the MENU/SEL knob to open button. time shifted data. See “Time Shifting the main radio menu for that band. (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM)” later in this section.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

Seek Tuning (Radio with CD/DVD Station Lists 3. Select the programming type. and MEM) 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. A list of stations that transmit l g programming of the selected Briefly press SEEK or SEEK, 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All type displays. to automatically search for the next receivable stations in the current available station. If a station is not reception area are displayed. If a 4. Select the station. found, the radio switches to a more station list has not been created, The category lists are updated sensitive search level. If a station an automatic station search when the station lists are still is not found, the frequency that is done. updated. was last active begins to play. 3. Select the station. Updating Station & Category Lists Manual Tuning Category Lists If stations stored in the station list Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select can no longer be received: the frequency on the display. Most stations that broadcast an RDS program type code specify the 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. Favorites List type of programming transmitted. 2. Select Update AM or FM Station 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. Some stations change the program List, if the stations stored in the type code depending on the 2. Select Favorites List. station list are no longer content. The system stores the RDS received. A station search will be 3. Select the station. stations sorted by program type in completed and the first station in the FM category list. the updated list will play. To search for a programming type To cancel the station search, press determined by station: the MENU/SEL knob. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. 2. Select FM category list. A list of all programming types available displays.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

Storing a Station as a Favorite the radio, the content from the When the radio station is changed, current station is always being the buffer is cleared and Stations from all bands can be buffered. automatically restarted for the stored in any order in the favorite current station. Content from a pages. k Press to pause the radio. The previously tuned station is no longer Up to six stations can be stored in radio displays the time shift status available. each favorite page and the number bar. The status bar shows the The time shift feature is not of available favorite pages can amount of content stored in the available while recording or with be set. buffer and the current pause point. other sources of playback. Storing a Station as a Favorite To resume playback from the current pause point, press k again. Pausing AM/FM with the Vehicle To store the station to a position in Turned Off The radio is no longer live, but the list, press the corresponding played from the time shift buffer. If AM/FM is paused when the button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. A status bar displays below the vehicle is turned off, the radio Retrieving Stations station number. continues to buffer the current radio station for up to 20 minutes. If the Press the FAV button to open a Press and hold g SEEK or vehicle is turned back on within favorite page or to switch to another l SEEK to fast forward or rewind 20 minutes, the radio resumes favorite page. Briefly press one of through the time shift buffer. Hold playback from the paused point. the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the l SEEK until the end of the station. recorded buffer resumes live Satellite Radio Time Shifting (Radio with CD/ playback. Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite DVD and MEM) Press and release g SEEK or Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite The radio with MEM time shift l SEEK to jump forward or back Radio subscription can receive XM feature can rewind 20 minutes of 30 seconds in the time shift buffer. programming. FM/AM content. While listening to

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

XM Satellite Radio Service FAV: Press to open the Removing or Adding Categories favorites list. XM is a satellite radio service based Channels in a category that have in the 48 contiguous United States k : Press to pause and resume been removed can still be accessed and 10 Canadian provinces. XM time shifted data. See “Time Shifting by using the g SEEK or l SEEK Satellite Radio has a wide variety of (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM)” in buttons, or the MENU/SEL knob. programming and commercial-free this section. To add or remove categories: music, coast-to-coast, and in 1 to 6: Press to select preset digital-quality sound. If XM service stations. 1. Press the CONFIG button. needs to be reactivated, the radio 2. Select Radio Settings. will display “No Subscription Please MENU/SEL: Turn to select stations. Renew on channel XM1.” A service Press to open the XM Satellite 3. Select XM Categories. Radio menu. fee is required to receive the XM 4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to service. For more information, Selecting the XM Band highlight the category. contact XM at www.xmradio.com or call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and Press the RADIO/BAND button to 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to www.xmradio.ca or call choose between the AM, FM, and remove or add the category. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. XM bands. The last channel played in that band begins to play when Selecting an XM Channel Control Buttons that band is selected. XM channels can be selected by g l The buttons used to control the XM XM Categories using SEEK, SEEK, the radio are: MENU/SEL knob, or the menu XM channels are organized in system. RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the categories. radio on and choose between AM, FM, and XM™, if equipped. g SEEK / l SEEK: Press to go to the previous or next station.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

Selecting a Channel Using To select a channel using the menu: Storing a Channel as a Favorite g SEEK or l SEEK (Radio 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob and To store the channel to a position with CD) select Channel List. in the list, press and hold the corresponding 1 to 6 button until . Press and release g SEEK or 2. Select the desired channel. l the channel can be heard again. SEEK to go to the previous Selecting a Channel Using the or next channel. Menu System Retrieving Channels . Press and hold g SEEK or 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. Press the FAV button to open a l SEEK to scroll through the favorite page or to change to 2. Select XM Category List. previous or next channel until another favorite page. Briefly press the channel is reached. 3. Select the category. one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the channel. Selecting a Channel Using 4. Select the channel. g l Time Shifting (Radio with CD/ SEEK or SEEK (Radio Storing an XM Channel as a DVD and MEM) with CD/DVD and MEM) Favorite The radio with MEM time shift Press and release g SEEK or Channels from all bands can be feature can rewind 20 minutes of l SEEK to go to the previous or stored in any order in the favorite XM content. While listening to the next channel. pages. radio, the content from the current Selecting a Channel Using the Up to six channels can be stored in channel is always being buffered. each favorite page and the number MENU/SEL Knob Press k to pause the radio. The of available favorite pages can To select an XM channel using the be set. radio displays the time shift status MENU/SEL knob: bar. The status bar shows the Turn the MENU/SEL knob to amount of content stored in the highlight an XM channel. The buffer and the current pause point. channel is selected after a short delay. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

To resume playback from the Pausing XM with the Vehicle Channel Off Air: This channel is current pause point, press k again. Turned Off not currently in service. Tune in to The radio is no longer live, but If XM is paused when the vehicle is another channel. played from the time shift buffer. turned off, the radio continues to Channel Unauth: This channel is A status bar displays below the buffer the current radio station for blocked or cannot be received with channel number. up to 20 minutes. If the vehicle is your XM Subscription package. turned back on within 20 minutes, Press and hold g SEEK or Channel Unavailable: This l the radio resumes playback from the previously assigned channel is no SEEK to fast forward or rewind paused point. through the time shift buffer. Hold longer assigned. Tune to another l SEEK until the end of the XM Messages station. recorded buffer resumes live XL (Explicit Language No Artist Info: The system is playback. Channels): These channels, or any working properly. No artist Press and release g SEEK or others, can be blocked by request, information is available at this time on this channel. l SEEK to go to the next or by calling 1-800-929-2100 in the previous song in the time shift U.S. and 1-877-438-9677 in No Title Info: The system is buffer. Canada. working properly. No song title information is available at this time When the channel is changed, the XM Updating: The encryption code on this channel. buffer is cleared and automatically in the receiver is being updated, no restarted for the current channel. action is required. This process No CAT Info: The system is Content from a previously tuned should take no longer than working properly. No category station is no longer available. 30 seconds. information is available at this time on this channel. The time shift feature is not Loading XM: The audio system is available while recording or with acquiring and processing audio and other sources of playback. text data; no action is needed. This message should disappear shortly.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

No Information: The system is Unknown: If this message is FM working properly. No text or received when tuned to channel 0, FM signals only reach about 16 to informational messages are there could be a receiver fault. 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the available at this time on this Consult with your dealer. radio has a built-in electronic circuit channel. Check Antenna: If this message that automatically works to reduce No Subscription Please Renew: does not clear within a short period interference, some static can occur, XM subscription needs to be of time, the receiver could have a especially around tall buildings or reactivated. Contact XM at fault. Consult with your dealer. hills, causing the sound to fade in www.xmradio.com or call XM Not Available: If this message and out. 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and does not clear within a short period AM www.xmradio.ca or call of time, the receiver could have a 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. fault. Consult with your dealer. The range for most AM stations is No XM Signal: The system is greater than for FM, especially at working properly. The vehicle may Radio Reception night. The longer range can cause be in a location where the XM signal station frequencies to interfere with is being blocked. When the vehicle Frequency interference and static each other. Static can occur when is moved into an open area, the can occur during normal radio things like storms and power lines signal should return. reception if items such as cell phone interfere with radio reception. When chargers, vehicle convenience this happens, try reducing the treble CAT Not Found: The system is accessories, and external electronic on the radio. working properly. There are no devices are plugged into the channels available for the selected accessory power outlet. If there is category. interference or static, unplug the XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, item from the accessory power this message alternates with the XM outlet. Radio 8‐digit radio ID label. This label is needed to activate the service. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

XM™ Satellite Radio Service Audio Players mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe XM Satellite Radio Service gives the disc from the center to the digital radio reception from coast to CD Player outer edge. coast in the 48 contiguous United States, and in Canada. Just as with The CD player can play audio CDs Care of the CD Player FM, tall buildings or hills can and MP3 CDs. Do not add a label to a disc, as it interfere with satellite radio signals, The CD player will not play could get caught in the CD player. causing the sound to fade in and 8 cm (3 in) CDs. If a label is needed, label the top of out. In addition, traveling or standing the recorded disc with a under heavy foliage, bridges, Care of CDs marking pen. garages, or tunnels may cause loss Sound quality can be reduced due of the XM signal for a period of time. to disc quality, recording method, Do not use disc lens cleaners quality of the music recorded, and because they could contaminate the Cellular Phone Usage how the disc has been handled. lens of the disc optics and damage Cellular phone usage can cause Handle discs carefully and store the CD player. interference with the vehicle's radio. them in their original cases or other Notice: If a label is added to a protective cases away from direct CD, more than one CD is inserted Multi-Band Antenna sunlight and dust. If the bottom into the slot at a time, or an surface of a disc is damaged, the attempt is made to play scratched The multi-band antenna is on the disc may not play properly or at all. roof of the vehicle. The antenna is or damaged CDs, the CD player Do not touch the bottom surface of could be damaged. While using used for the AM‐FM radio, OnStar, a disc while handling it; this could the CD player, use only CDs in the XM Satellite Radio Service damage the surface. Pick up discs System, and GPS (Global good condition without any label, by grasping the outer edges or the load one CD at a time, and keep Positioning System), if the vehicle edge of the hole and the outer edge. has these features. Keep the the CD player and the loading slot antenna clear of obstructions for If the bottom surface of a disc is free of foreign materials, liquids, clear reception. dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth, and debris. or dampen aby:Provided cleanInformation soft cloth in a Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

Control Buttons Removing a CD Using the CD Menu: The buttons used to control the CD Press the X button. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. player are: The disc is pushed out of the 2. Select Tracks list. CD: Press to choose between the CD slot. 3. Select the track. CD and AUX player. If the disc is not removed after it is Playing Tracks in Random Order l SEEK or g SEEK: Press to ejected, it is pulled back in after a select tracks or to fast forward or few seconds. Press the MENU/SEL knob and rewind within a track. then set Shuffle Songs to On. Playing a CD or MP3 CD INFO: Press to display additional Fast Forward and Rewind information about the CD that may Press the CD button. If there is a be available. disc in the player it begins playing. Press and hold l SEEK or g SEEK to fast forward or rewind MENU/SEL: Turn to select tracks. Information about the disc and within the current track. current track is shown on the X (Eject): Press to remove display depending on the data Selecting an MP3 Track the CD. stored. Using the control buttons: k : Press to pause a CD or MP3 Selecting a CD Track track; press again to resume . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to playback. Using the control buttons: select the previous or next track. Inserting a CD . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to . Turn the MENU/SEL knob. With the printed side facing up, select the previous or next track. Using the CD Menu: insert a disc into the CD slot until it . Turn the MENU/SEL knob. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. is drawn in. 2. Select Playlists/Folders. 3. Select the playlist or folder.

Information Provided by:Provided Information 4. Select the track. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

Searching for MP3 Tracks CD/DVD Player mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe The search feature may take some The CD/DVD player can play CDs, time to display the information after the disc from the center to the DVD‐As, MP3/WMA CDs, MP3/ outer edge. reading the disc due to the amount WMA DVDs, and DVD‐Vs. of information stored on the disc. Care of the CD/DVD Player FM automatically plays while the The CD/DVD player will not play disc is being read. 8 cm (3 in) discs. Do not add a label to a disc, as it could get caught in the CD/DVD Tracks can be searched by: Care of CDs and DVDs player. If a label is needed, label the . Playlists Sound quality can be reduced due top of the recorded disc with a to disc quality, recording method, marking pen. . Artists quality of the music recorded, and Do not use disc lens cleaners . Albums how the disc has been handled. because they could contaminate the Handle discs carefully and store . Song Titles lens of the disc optics and damage them in their original cases or other the CD/DVD player. . Genres protective cases away from direct Notice: If a label is added to a . Folder View sunlight and dust. If the bottom surface of a disc is damaged, the CD, more than one CD is inserted To search for tracks: disc may not play properly or at all. into the slot at a time, or an 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. Do not touch the bottom surface of attempt is made to play scratched a disc while handling it; this could or damaged CDs, the CD player 2. Select Search. damage the surface. Pick up discs could be damaged. While using 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, by grasping the outer edges or the the CD player, use only CDs in Song Titles, Genres, edge of the hole and the outer edge. good condition without any label, or Folder View. load one CD at a time, and keep If the bottom surface of a disc is the CD player and the loading slot 4. Select the track. dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth, free of foreign materials, liquids, or dampen a clean soft cloth in a and debris.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

Control Buttons Removing a CD or DVD Using the menu: The buttons used to control the CD/ Press the X button. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. DVD player are: The disc is pushed out of the CD/ 2. Select Tracks List. MEM/DVD/AUX: Press to choose DVD slot. 3. Select the track. between the MEM, CD/DVD, and AUX. If the disc is not removed after it is Pausing a CD or DVD‐A Track ejected, it is pulled back in after a l SEEK or g SEEK: Press to few seconds. Press k to pause a CD or DVD‐A select tracks or to fast forward or track. Press k again to continue rewind within a track. Playing a CD or DVD A Disc ‐ playing the track. INFO: Press to display additional Press the MEM/DVD/AUX button. information about the disc that may If there is a disc in the player, it Playing CD or DVD‐A Tracks in be available. begins playing. Random Order MENU/SEL: Turn to select tracks. Information about the disc and Press the MENU/SEL knob and current track is shown on the then set Shuffle Songs to On. X (Eject): Press to remove a disc. display depending on the data Fast Forward and Rewind k : Press to pause a CD, DVD‐A, stored. or DVD‐V; press again to resume Press and hold l SEEK or playback. Press and hold to stop a Selecting CD or DVD‐A Tracks g SEEK to fast forward or rewind DVD‐V disc. Using the control buttons: within the current track.

Inserting a CD or DVD . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to Playing an MP3 CD or DVD With the printed side facing up, select the previous or next track. Files that are not stored in folders insert a disc into the slot until it is . Turn the MENU/SEL knob. are displayed in the root drawn in. directory (disc).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

The search rate increases if the Files that do not have any meta Playing MP3 Tracks in Random MENU/SEL knob is continuously data stored in the ID3 tag display Order turned while searching in a list. as Unknown. Press the MENU/SEL knob and Selecting an MP3 Track Tracks can be searched for by: then set Shuffle Songs to On. Using the control buttons: . Playlists Recording an Audio or MP3 . CD to MEM . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to Artists select the previous or next track. . Albums See Mass Storage Media (MEM) on page 7‑23 for more information. . Turn the MENU/SEL knob. . Song Titles Using the CD or DVD Menu: . Genres Playing a DVD‐V 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. The number of objects in each See Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) System on page 7‑32 for information 2. Select Folder List. category is shown in parentheses after the category. about how to control a Video DVD 3. Select the folder. using the wireless remote control. To search for tracks: 4. Select the track. Selecting a Chapter 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. Using the control buttons: Searching for MP3s on a CD 2. Select Search. or DVD . g l 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Press SEEK or SEEK to It is normal for the search feature Song Titles, or Genres. select the previous or next track. to take some time to display the . information after reading the disc 4. Select the track. The search rate Turn the MENU/SEL knob. due to the amount of information increases if the menu MENU/ Using DVD Menu: SEL knob is continuously turned stored on the disc. The infotainment 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. system automatically switches to while searching in a list. FM while the disc is being read. 2. Select Chapter List. 3. Select the chapter. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

Selecting a Title . Cursor DOWN Mass Storage 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. . Cursor RIGHT Media (MEM) . 2. Select Title List. Cursor LEFT Infotainment systems with MEM 3. Select the title. . Up Menu storage are able to record up to Use the following actions to 1.1 GB (gigabyte) of music from Changing the Audio Stream Audio CDs, MP3/WMA/AAC discs, navigate the menu on a DVD‐V Disc 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. while playing chapters. and USB storage devices. The MEM player can also time shift audio from 2. Select Audio Stream. . Pause (Play) AM, FM, and XM™ radio. 3. Select Change Audio Stream. . Chapter List Music or content stored in MEM that 4. Press MENU/SEL to change the . Title List you did not create, or have the right selection. to distribute, must be deleted before . DVD/DVD the sale or end of the lease of the 5. Select Cancel to exit the menu. . DVD/AUX vehicle. Pausing a DVD . AUX/DVD Control Buttons 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. . AUX/AUX The buttons used to control the 2. Select Pause, to pause the disc. To navigate the menu: MEM player are: Select Pause to start playback. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. MEM/DVD/AUX: Press to select Navigating the DVD‐V Disc Menu the MEM player. 2. Select the action. Use the following actions to l SEEK or g SEEK: Press to navigate the title menu on a select tracks or to fast forward or DVD‐V Disc. rewind within a track. . Select/Enter INFO: Press to display additional . Cursor UP information about the MEM track Information Provided by:Provided Information that may be available. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

k : Press to pause the track playing, the system will restart the Renaming Recorded Discs currently playing; press again to track and begin recording from the Discs that have been recorded to resume playback. beginning of the track. When the MEM can be renamed. O song recording is completed, the REC: Press to record music message Song Recorded to MEM 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. from a CD, DVD-A, or USB drive. displays, and there may be a slight 2. Select Rename Recorded Discs. FAV (Favorites): Press to display pause. 3. Select the disc. MEM favorites. Songs recorded to MEM are stored 4. Select Album or Artist to rename 1‐6: Press to select a track or a as the current date, disc, and track stored playlist. number. either one. MENU/SEL: Turn to select tracks. Re-recording a Previously 5. Use the menu knob to enter the Recorded Disc character sequence. See Recording From Audio CDs Operation on page 7‑7 for more If the disc or track has already been information. The infotainment system can record recorded to MEM, the message The the current song playing or all songs Song(s) is Already Recorded Recording From MP3/WMA from an audio CD to MEM. A status displays. Discs or USB Storage Devices bar appears on the top of the display when the recording process Stopping the Recording USB Host Support starts and disappears when the Press the O REC button while The USB connector uses the USB process has ended. Copy protected standards, 1.1 and 2.0. CDs cannot be recorded to MEM. recording from an audio CD to display the stop recording option. USB Supported Devices Recording to MEM Select Stop Recording Song . to MEM. USB Flash Drives Press O REC, then select Record . Portable USB Hard Drives Current Song or Record All Songs on Disc. If the track has started

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

Recording to MEM Deleting Tracks From MEM Searching For a Track Press O REC, then select Record Individual tracks and all tracks can Tracks can be searched for by: Current Song or Record Current be deleted from MEM. . Playlists Folder. To delete individual tracks, press . Artists The information stored by MEM is and release the DEL button while . titled according to the ID3 tag the track is playing. Albums associated with it. To delete all tracks from MEM, . Song Titles Re-recording a Previously press and hold the DEL button while . Genres a track is playing. Recorded Disc The number of objects in each If the disc or track has already been Playing From MEM category is shown in parentheses recorded to MEM, the message The after the category. Playing Back a Previously Song(s) is Already Recorded Recorded CD To search for tracks: displays. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. Stopping the Recording a track if MEM is already playing 2. Select Search. O from the previously recorded disc. Press the REC button while 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, recording from an MP3/WMA CD or 1. Select Recorded Disc List. Song Titles, or Genres. USB storage device to display the 2. Select the disc. stop recording option. Select Stop 4. Select the track. The search rate Recording Song to MEM. 3. Select the track. increases if the MENU/SEL knob is continuously turned while searching in a list.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

Shuffle Songs 3. Select MEM Favorites. Genre: Saves the genre associated Select the Shuffle Songs option 4. Remove the check mark from with the currently playing track in from the MEM menu to randomly the box to remove that MEM the indicated favorites position. play back tracks stored in MEM. favorites category. Creating Playlists Configuring MEM Favorites Replace the check mark to re-add To create a playlist using tracks the removed category. stored in MEM: During MEM playback, press the FAV button to change between Saving MEM Tracks as 1. Select Playlist from the MEM favorite categories. The favorite Favorites favorites. categories are: Favorites can be saved by 2. Select the track to be stored in . Playlists pressing and holding one of the 1 to the playlist. . Artists 6 buttons. Favorites can be stored 3. Press and hold one of the 1 to according to the following list: 6 buttons until the track can be . Albums Playlist: Adds the currently playing heard again to store the track. . Genres track to the playlist selected. 4. Repeat Steps 1 though 3 to To remove MEM favorites Artist: Saves the artist associated store additional tracks in the categories: with the currently playing track in playlist. 1. Press the CONFIG button. the indicated favorites position. 2. Select Radio Settings. Album: Saves the album associated with the currently playing track in the indicated favorites position.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

Auxiliary Devices (Radio 3.5 mm Auxiliary Input Jack Connecting and Controlling ® with CD) Playback of an audio device that is an iPod connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary The auxiliary input allows portable Not all iPods can be controlled by input jack can only be controlled devices to be connected using the the infotainment system. using the controls on the device. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the Connecting an iPod optional USB port. Adjusting the Volume Connect the iPod to the USB port. Portable devices are controlled by O Turn the VOL/ knob to adjust the Searching For a Track using the menu system described in volume of the infotainment system Operation on page 7‑7. after the volume level has been set Tracks can be searched for by: on the portable audio device. . Playlists USB Port . Artists For vehicles with a USB port, the . Albums following devices may be connected . Song Titles and controlled by the infotainment system. . Podcasts . iPods® . Genres . PlaysForSure Devices (PFD) . Audiobooks . USB Drives . Composers . Zunes To search for tracks: The auxiliary input is located in the Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives, 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. center console. and Zunes are compatible with the 2. Select Search. infotainment system.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Connecting and Controlling a Shuffle Functionality Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Press the MENU/SEL knob and set Audiobooks, or Composers. or Zune™ Shuffle Songs (Random) to On 4. Select the track. Connecting a PFD or Zune or Off. Shuffle Connect the PFD or Zune to the On: Plays current tracks in random order. Press the MENU/SEL knob and set USB port. Off: Plays current tracks in Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Searching For a Track Off, then press the } BACK button sequential order. Tracks can be searched for by: to return to the main screen. Repeat Functionality . Playlists On: Plays tracks in the current Press the MENU/SEL knob and set folder in random order. . Artists Repeat to On or Off. Off: Plays tracks in the current . Albums Repeat On: Repeats the current folder in sequential order. . Song Titles track. Repeat . Podcasts Repeat Off: Playback starts from the beginning of the current track Press the MENU/SEL knob and set . Genres Repeat to On or Off, then press the after the last track finishes. } BACK button to return to the main To search for tracks: Connecting and Controlling a screen. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. USB Drive On: Repeats the current track. 2. Select Search. The infotainment system can only Off: Playback starts from the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, play back .mp3 and .wma files from beginning of the current track after Song Titles, Podcasts, a USB drive. the last track finishes. or Genres. Only the first 2,500 songs are 4. Select the track. recognized on the device.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

When a device is not supported, the Tracks can be searched for by: Shuffle Functionality message No supported data found. “ . Playlists* Press the MENU/SEL knob and set You can safely disconnect the Shuffle Songs (Random) to On . Artists device” appears. or Off. . Albums Connecting a USB Drive On: Plays current tracks in random Connect the USB drive to the . Song Titles order. USB port. . Genres Off: Plays current tracks in Searching For a Track . Folder View sequential order. It is normal for the search feature to *This only displays if a playlist is Repeat Functionality take some time to display the found on the device. Press the MENU/SEL knob and set information after reading the disc To search for tracks: Repeat to On or Off. due to the amount of information stored on the disc. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. Repeat On: Repeats the current track. Files that do not have any meta 2. Select Search. Repeat Off: Playback starts from data stored in the ID3 tag display as 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Unknown. the beginning of the current track Song Titles, Genres, after the last track finishes. or Folder View. 4. Select the track.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

Auxiliary Devices (Radio 3.5 mm Auxiliary Input Jack Connecting and Controlling ® with CD/DVD/MEM) Playback of an audio device that is an iPod connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary The auxiliary input allows portable Not all iPods can be controlled by input jack can only be controlled devices to be connected using the the infotainment system. using the controls on the device. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the Connecting an iPod optional USB port. Adjusting the Volume Connect the iPod to the USB port. Portable devices are controlled by O Turn the VOL/ knob to adjust the Selecting a Track using the menu system described in volume of the infotainment system Operation on page 7‑7. after the volume level has been set Using the control buttons: on the portable audio device. . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to USB Port select the previous or next track. The following devices may be . Turn the MENU/SEL knob to connected to the USB port and select the track in the current controlled by the infotainment submenu. The track will start system. to play. . iPods Playing Tracks in Random Order . USB Mass Storage Devices Press the MENU/SEL knob and set Not all iPod's or USB Mass Storage Shuffle Songs to On or Off. Devices are compatible with the Shuffle On: Plays current tracks in infotainment system. random order. The auxiliary input is located in the Shuffle Off: Plays current tracks in center console. sequential order.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Infotainment System 7-31

Searching for a Track Connecting and Controlling a Selecting a Track Tracks can be searched for by: USB Drive Using the control buttons:

. Files that are not stored in folders Playlists . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to are displayed in the root . select the previous or next track. Artists directory (USB). . Albums . Turn the MENU/SEL knob to Connecting a USB Drive select a track in the current . Song Titles Connect the USB drive to the submenu. The track will start . Genres USB port. to play. . Composers Disconnecting a USB Drive Selecting a track in a different folder: . Audiobooks A USB drive should be ejected from The number of objects in each the USB port before disconnecting 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. category is shown in parentheses it. To eject a USB drive: 2. Select Folder List. after the category. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. 3. Select the folder. To search for tracks: 2. Select USB Eject. 4. Select the track. 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. Playing Tracks in Random Order Searching for Tracks 2. Select Search. Press the MENU/SEL knob and It is normal for the search feature to 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, then set Shuffle Songs to On. take some time to display the Song Titles, Genres, information after reading the device Composers, or Audiobooks. due to the amount of information 4. Select the track. The search rate stored. increases if the MENU/SEL knob Files that do not have any meta is continuously turned while data stored in the ID3 tag display as searching in a list. Unknown.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

7-32 Infotainment System

Tracks can be searched by: Rear Seat Before Driving . Playlists Infotainment The RSE is for rear seat . Artists passengers only. The driver cannot safely view the video screen while . Albums Rear Seat Entertainment driving. . Song Titles (RSE) System In severe or extreme weather . Genres The vehicle may have a DVD Rear conditions, the RSE system may not Seat Entertainment (RSE) system. work until the temperature is within The number of objects in each The RSE system works with the the operating range. The operating category is shown in parentheses vehicle's infotainment system. The range is above −20°C (−4°F) and after the category. DVD player is part of the front radio. below 60°C (140°F). If the To search for tracks: The RSE system includes a radio temperature is outside of this range, heat or cool the vehicle until it is 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. with a DVD player, two rear seat video display screens, audio/video within the operating range. 2. Select Search. jacks, two wireless headphones, Global Off 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, and a remote control. See CD/DVD Song Titles, Genres, Player on page 7‑20 or the separate Depending on the infotainment Composers, or Audiobooks. navigation system manual for more system, the RSE system may have information on the vehicle's DVD a Global Off feature. The Global Off 4. Select the track. The search rate system. feature disables all RSE system increases if the MENU/SEL knob features. Press and hold the radio is continuously turned while power button for more than searching in a list. three seconds for Global Off to Recording Tracks to MEM disable the RSE features. See Mass Storage Media (MEM) on page 7‑23 for more information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Infotainment System 7-33

On some infotainment systems, the Headphones media. The wireless headphones Global Off feature can be turned off have an On/Off button, channel by performing one of the following: 1/2 switch, and a volume control. Turn the headphones off when not . Press and hold the radio power button for more than in use. three seconds. Push the On/Off button to turn on the headphones. A light on the . Insert or eject any disc. headphones comes on. If the light . Insert a DVD video disc. does not come on, check the . Press the remote control power batteries. Intermittent sound or static button. can also indicate weak batteries. See “Battery Replacement” later in . Press the MEM/DVD/AUX button this section for more information. or k when a DVD video disc is Infrared transmitters are on the top in the player. A. Battery Cover of the left seatback video screen. . Press the SRC button on the B. Channel 1 or 2 Switch The headphones shut off steering wheel when a DVD C. Power Button automatically to save the battery video disc is in the player. power if the RSE system is shut off D. Volume Control or if the headphones are out of . Cycle the ignition. E. Power Indicator Light range of the transmitters for more than three minutes. Moving too far RSE includes two 2-channel forward or stepping out of the wireless headphones. Channel 1 is vehicle can cause the headphones dedicated to the DVD player, and to lose the signal or have static. Channel 2 is dedicated to any external auxiliary device connected To adjust the volume on the to the A/V jacks. The headphones headphones, use the volume are used to listen to various multi‐ control. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

7-34 Infotainment System

For optimal audio performance, the Battery Replacement Power for auxiliary devices is not headphones must be worn correctly. To change the batteries: supplied by the radio system. Headphones should be worn with 1. Loosen the screw to the battery To use the auxiliary inputs of the the headband over the top of the RSE system: head for best audio reception. The door located on the left side of symbol L (Left) appears on the the headphones. 1. Connect the auxiliary device outside bottom edge of the ear cup 2. Slide the battery door open. cables to the A/V jacks. and should be positioned on the left 3. Replace the two AAA batteries. 2. Power on both the auxiliary ear. The symbol R (Right) appears device and the RSE video on the outside bottom edge of the 4. Replace the battery door and screen. ear cup and should be positioned on tighten the screw. the right ear. Changing the Source on the Video Remove the batteries if the Display Screens Notice: Do not store the headphones are not going to be headphones in heat or direct used for a long period of time. The image from the auxiliary device sunlight. This could damage the can be switched between the video headphones and repairs will not Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks display screens. be covered by the warranty. If available, the A/V jacks are To change the display: Storage in extreme cold can located on the rear of the floor 1. Press the AUX button on the weaken the batteries. Keep the console. They allow audio or video remote control to change the headphones stored in a cool, dry cables to be connected from an source of both video screens place. auxiliary device such as a from the DVD player to the camcorder or a video game system. If the foam ear pads attached to the auxiliary device. headphones become worn or The A/V jacks are color coded: damaged, the pads can be replaced 2. Press the AUX button a second separately from the headphone set. . Yellow for video input. time to change the left video To purchase replacement ear pads, . White for left audio input. screen source to the DVD player call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then prompt and the right video screen to the . Red for right audio input. auxiliary device. zero (0), or contact your dealer. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Infotainment System 7-35

3. Press the AUX button a third Audio Output time to change the left video Audio from the DVD player or screen source to the auxiliary auxiliary inputs can be heard device and the right video through the following: screen to the DVD player. . Wireless Headphones 4. Press the AUX button a fourth time to change the source of . Vehicle Speakers both video screens to the DVD The RSE system transmits the player. audio signal to the wireless Changing the RSE Video Screen headphones if an audio signal is Settings available. See “Headphones” earlier in this section for more information. The screen display mode, To use the video screen: brightness, and language can be The front seat passengers are able changed from the setup menu using to listen to playback from the A/V 1. Push the release button located the remote control. To change a jacks through the vehicle speakers on the seatback console. setting: by selecting Rear A/V as the source 2. Move the screen to the desired on the radio. viewing position. 1. Press z. Video Screens Push the video screen down into its 2. Use n, q, p, o, and r to locked position when it is not in use. The video screens are located in the select the settings. The screen turns off automatically. back of the driver and front 3. Press z again to exit the passenger seats. Only the left RSE seatback console setup menu. contains the infrared transmitters for the wireless headphones. They may be visible as eight illuminated LEDs.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

7-36 Infotainment System

These LEDs are not on the right Remote Control If a CD, DVD, or MP3 disc is in the video screen. Both seatback Radio DVD slot, the remote control consoles contain an infrared O button can be used to turn on the receiver for the remote control. They video screen display and start the are located at the top of each disc. The infotainment system can console. also turn on the video screen Notice: Avoid directly touching display. See CD/DVD Player on the video screen, as damage may page 7‑20 or the separate occur. See Cleaning the Video navigation system manual for more “ information. Screen” later in this section for more information. Notice: Storing the remote control in a hot area or in direct Video Screen Input Jack sunlight can damage it, and the Each video screen is equipped with repairs will not be covered by the a video input jack to allow video To use the remote control, aim it at warranty. Storage in extreme cold cables to be connected from an the transmitter window at either can weaken the batteries. Keep auxiliary device such as a seatback console and press the the remote control stored in a camcorder or a video game system. button. Direct sunlight or very bright cool, dry place. This signal will override any video light could affect the ability of the Remote Control Buttons provided by the RSE system; either RSE transmitter to receive signals the DVD or auxiliary A/V jack from the remote control. Check the O (Power): Press to turn the video source. The RSE system must be batteries if the remote control does screens on and off. on for this input to operate. not seem to be working. See P (Illumination): Press to turn the “Battery Replacement” later in this remote control backlight on. The section. Objects blocking the line of backlight times out after several sight could also affect the function seconds if no other button is of the remote control. pressed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Infotainment System 7-37

v (Title): Press to return to the c (Stop): Press to stop playing, u (Next Track/Chapter): Press to main menu of the DVD. This rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD. go to the beginning of the next function could vary for each disc. Press twice to return to the chapter or track. This button might y (Main Menu): Press to access beginning of the DVD. not work when the DVD is playing the DVD menu. The DVD menu is s (Play/Pause): Press to start the copyright information or the different on every DVD. Use the playing a DVD. Press to pause a previews. navigation arrows to move the DVD while it is playing. Press again r (Fast Reverse): Press to cursor. After making a selection to continue playing. quickly reverse the DVD or CD. To press the enter button. This button Depending on the infotainment stop fast reversing a DVD video, only operates when using a DVD. system in the vehicle, DVD press s. To stop fast reversing a n, q , p , o (Menu Navigation playback may be slowed down by DVD audio or CD, release r. This Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to pressing s then [. Reverse slow button might not work when the navigate through a menu. play by pressing s then r. Press DVD is playing the copyright r (Enter): Press to select the s again to cancel slow play. information or the previews. highlighted choice in any menu. [ t (Previous Track/Chapter): (Fast Forward): Press to fast z (Display Menu): Press to adjust Press to go to the start of the forward the DVD or CD. To stop fast the brightness and screen display current track or chapter. Press again forwarding a DVD video, press s. mode, and display the to go to the previous track or To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio language menu. chapter. This button may not work or CD, release [. This button might q (Return): Press to exit the when the DVD is playing the not work when the DVD is playing current active menu and return to copyright information or the the copyright information or the the previous menu. This button previews. previews. operates only when the display e (Audio): Press to change audio menu or a DVD menu is active. tracks on DVDs that have this feature when the DVD is playing.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

7-38 Infotainment System

{ (Subtitles): Press to turn ON/ Aux Left Right 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): OFF subtitles and to move through Button Screen Screen The numbered keypad provides the subtitle options when a DVD is Press capability of direct chapter or track playing. number selection. Third Aux Video DVD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to switch Press Source Media Replacing the Remote Control the video display between the DVD Return to Return to If the remote control becomes lost player and an auxiliary source. Fourth Default Default or damaged, a new universal Press The AUX button also controls the State State remote control can be purchased. source display between the left and Use a Toshiba® code set for replacement universal remote right video screens as described in 2 (Camera): Press to change the the table below: camera angle on DVDs that have controls. Aux Left Right this feature when the DVD is Battery Replacement Button Screen Screen playing. Press To change the remote control \ (Clear) (If Available): Press this batteries: Default button within three seconds after DVD DVD 1. Slide back the rear cover on the State (No inputting a numeric selection, to Media Media remote control. Press) clear all numeric inputs. 2. Replace the two batteries in the } 10 (Double Digit Entries) (If First Aux Video Aux Video compartment. Press Source Source Available): Press this button to select chapter or track numbers 3. Replace the battery cover. Second DVD Aux Video greater than 9. Press this button Press Media Source Remove the batteries from the before inputting the number. remote control if unused for an extended period of time.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Infotainment System 7-39

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action No power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or on both sides or it pressing the display menu button on the remote control. looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, I push Play but sometimes the If the Stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player DVD starts where I left off and sometimes at the resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the beginning. stop button was pressed two times the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. The auxiliary source is running but there is no picture or Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary sound. source mode by pressing the AUX button on the remote control. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

7-40 Infotainment System

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont.) Problem Recommended Action Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers or by using a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. Check that the headphones are positioned properly with the headband across the top of the head. I lost the remote and/or the headphones. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player by pressing the AUX button on the remote control.

DVD Display Error Messages Disc Format Error or Unknown No Disc Inserted: No disc is Format: The disc is inserted with The DVD display error message present when the X EJECT or the disc label wrong side up, or the depends on which radio the vehicle MEM/DVD/AUX button is pressed disc is damaged. has. The video screen may display on the radio. one of the following: Disc Region Error or Disc Error: The disc is not from a correct Disc Load/Eject Error or region. Mechanical Error: There are disc load or eject problems.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Infotainment System 7-41

DVD Distortion Rear Seat Audio (RSA) To listen to a portable audio device through the RSA, attach the Video distortion can occur when System portable audio device to either the operating cellular phones, scanners, Vehicles with this feature allow the front or rear auxiliary input, CB radios, Global Position Systems rear seat passengers to listen to if available. Turn the device on, then (GPS)*, two-way radios, mobile fax, and control any of the music choose the front auxiliary input with or walkie talkies. sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other the RSA SRCE button. It might be necessary to turn off the auxiliary sources. RSA can only DVD player when operating one of control music sources that the front these devices in or near the vehicle. seat passengers are not listening to, *Excludes the OnStar® System. except on radios where dual control is allowed. Cleaning the RSE Seatback RSA can function when the front Console radio is off. X displays on the Use only a clean cloth dampened infotainment system when RSA with clean water to clean the RSE is on. seatback console surface. Audio can be heard through wired Cleaning the Video Screen headphones (not included) plugged P (Power): Press to turn the RSA into the jacks on the RSA. If the on or off. Use only a clean cloth dampened vehicle has a Rear Seat with clean water. Use care when Volume: Turn to increase or Entertainment system with wireless touching or cleaning the screen as decrease the volume of the wired headphones, audio can also be damage could result. headphones. The left knob controls heard on Channel 2 of the wireless the left headphones and the right headphones. knob controls the right. Use the volume control on headphones for wireless headphones.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

7-42 Infotainment System

SRCE (Source): Press to select While listening to a disc, press ¨ to When a CD or DVD audio disc is between the radio, CD, and if these go to the next track or chapter on playing, press PROG to go to the features are available: DVD, front or beginning of the disc or display disc the disc. Press to go back to the rear auxiliary, HDD, USB. The front © info. If the front seat passengers are radio may override the rear start of the current track or chapter if listening to a disc, this function may selection as required. more than ten seconds have played. be inactive on some radios. If the front seat passengers are © ¨ (Seek): While listening to the listening to a disc, this function may When a disc is playing in the CD or radio, press to go to the previous or be inactive on some radios. Press DVD changer, press and hold to the next station and stay there. and hold © or ¨ to fast reverse or PROG to select the next disc, If the front seat passengers are if multiple discs are loaded. If the fast forward. listening to the radio, this function front seat passengers are listening may be inactive on some radios. When a DVD video menu is being to a disc, this function may be displayed, press © or ¨ to cursor up inactive on some radios. Press and hold © or ¨ until “Tune” or down on the menu. Hold or to The PROG button may be used to displays. Continue to press or to © ¨ © ¨ cursor left or right on the menu. access the menu of an MP3. Once tune to an individual station. Tune in the menu, use © or ¨ to make stays active until or has not PROG (Program): Press to go to © ¨ selections. been pressed for several seconds. the next preset radio station or If the front seat passengers are channel set on the main radio. If the When a DVD video menu is listening to the radio, this function front seat passengers are listening displayed, press PROG, or press may be inactive on some radios. to the radio, this function may be and hold PROG to perform the inactive on some radios. menu function, ENTER.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Infotainment System 7-43

Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system The system may not work with can use a Bluetooth‐capable cell all cell phones. See “Pairing a phone with a Hands‐Free Profile to Bluetooth (Overview) Phone” in this section for more make and receive phone calls. The For vehicles equipped with information. infotainment system and voice Bluetooth capability, the system can . If the cell phone has voice recognition are used to control the interact with many cell phones, dialing capability, learn to use system. The system can be used allowing: that feature to access the while the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of . address book or contact list. See Placement and receipt of calls in the Bluetooth system can be up to a hands-free mode. “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section for more information. 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support . Sharing of the cell phone s all functions and not all phones work ’ . address book or contact list with See “Storing and Deleting Phone with the Bluetooth system. See the vehicle. Numbers” in this section for www.gm.com/bluetooth for more more information. To minimize driver distraction, information about compatible phones. before driving, and with the vehicle { WARNING parked: Bluetooth Controls . Become familiar with the When using a cell phone, it can Use the buttons located on the features of the cell phone. be distracting to look too long or infotainment system and the Organize the phone book and too often at the screen of the steering wheel to operate the contact lists clearly and delete phone or the infotainment Bluetooth system. duplicate or rarely used entries. (navigation) system. Taking your If possible, program speed dial eyes off the road too long or too Steering Wheel Controls or other shortcuts. often could cause a crash b / g (Push To Talk): Press to . Review the controls and resulting in injury or death. Focus answer incoming calls, to confirm operation of the infotainment your attention on driving. system information, and to start system. voice recognition. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

7-44 Infotainment System

$ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to Audio System Bluetooth (Infotainment end a call, reject a call, or to cancel When using the Bluetooth system, Controls) an operation. sound comes through the vehicle's For information about how to front audio system speakers and Infotainment System Controls navigate the menu system using the overrides the audio system. Use the For information about how to infotainment controls, see Operation VOL/ O knob during a call to navigate the menu system using the on page 7‑7. infotainment controls, see Operation change the volume level. The adjusted volume level remains in Pairing on page 7‑7. memory for later calls. The system A Bluetooth enabled cell phone 5 / > (Phone): Press to enter the ‐ maintains a minimum volume level. must be paired to the Bluetooth Phone main menu. Other Information system first and then connected to the vehicle before it can be used. Voice Recognition ® The Bluetooth word mark and See the cell phone manufacturer ® The voice recognition system uses logos are owned by the Bluetooth user guide for Bluetooth functions commands to control the system SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks before pairing the cell phone. If a and dial phone numbers. by General Motors is under license. Bluetooth phone is not connected, Noise: The system may not Other trademarks and trade names calls will be made using OnStar® recognize voice commands if there are those of their respective owners. Hands‐Free Calling, if available. is too much background noise. See Radio Frequency Statement on Refer to the OnStar Owner's Guide When to Speak: A tone sounds to page 13‑16 for FCC information for for more information. indicate that the system is ready for Federal Communications A Bluetooth phone with MP3 a voice command. Wait for the tone Commission and Industry Canada capability can not be connected to and then speak. information. the vehicle as a phone and an MP3 How to Speak: Speak clearly in a player at the same time. calm and natural voice.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Infotainment System 7-45

The pairing process can be started Pairing a Phone 7. The system responds with by using the voice recognition 1. Press the CONFIG button. “ has been system or the controls on the successfully paired” after the infotainment system. 2. Select Phone Settings. pairing process is complete. Pairing Information: 3. Select Bluetooth. 8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 to pair additional phones. . Up to five cell phones can be 4. Select Pair Device (Phone). paired to the Bluetooth system. A four‐digit Personal Listing All Paired and Connected Identification Number (PIN) . Phones The pairing process is disabled appears on the display. when the vehicle is moving. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Start the pairing process on the . The Bluetooth system links with cell phone that will be paired to 2. Select Phone Settings. the first available paired cell the vehicle. Reference the cell 3. Select Bluetooth. phone in the order the phone phone manufacturers user guide was paired. for information on this process. 4. Select Device List. . Only one paired cell phone can Locate the device named “Your Deleting a Paired Phone be connected to the Bluetooth Vehicle” in the list on the cell 1. Press the CONFIG button. system at a time. phone and follow the instructions 2. Select Phone Settings. . Pairing should only need to be on the cell phone to enter the completed once, unless changes PIN provided by the system. 3. Select Bluetooth. to the pairing information have 6. The system prompts for a name 4. Select Device List. been made or the phone is for the phone and confirms the deleted. 5. Select the phone to delete and name provided. This name is follow the on screen prompts. To link to a different paired phone, used to indicate which phone is see “Linking to a Different Phone” connected. later in this section.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

7-46 Infotainment System

Linking to a Different Phone Making a Call Using Radio with CD To link to a different phone, the new Phone Book To make a call using the Phone phone must be in the vehicle and For cell phones that support the Book menu: available to be connected to the phone book feature, the Bluetooth 1. Press 5 / > twice. Bluetooth system before the system can use the contacts stored process is started. on your cell phone to make calls. 2. Select Phone Book. 1. Press the CONFIG button. See your cell phone's owner's guide 3. You can search through the list or contact your wireless provider to 2. Select Phone Settings. by selecting the letter group the find out if this feature is supported phone book entry begins with, 3. Select Bluetooth. by your phone. or press SELECT to scroll 4. Select Device List. When a cell phone supports the through the entire list of names/ phone book feature, the Phone numbers in the phone book. 5. Select the new phone to link to Book and Call Lists menus are and follow the on screen 4. Select the name or number you automatically available. prompts. want to call. The Phone Book menu allows you If delete is selected, the To make a call using the Call to access the phone book stored in highlighted phone will be Lists menu: the cell phone to make a call. deleted. 5 > The Call Lists menu allows you to 1. Press / twice. access the phone numbers from the 2. Select Call Lists. Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Missed Calls menus on your cell Outgoing Calls, or Missed phone to make a call. Calls list. 4. Select the name or number you want to call.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Infotainment System 7-47

Radio with CD/DVD and MEM Making a Call Accepting or Declining a Call 1. Press 5 / >. Radio with CD When an incoming call is received, the infotainment system mutes and 2. Select Phone Book. 1. Press 5 / > twice. a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. 3. You can search through the list 2. Enter the character sequence. Accepting a Call by selecting the letter group the See “Entering a Character phone book entry begins with, Sequence” in Operation on Press the MENU/SELECT knob to or press SELECT to scroll page 7‑7 for more information. “Answer” and press the MENU/ through the entire list of names/ SELECT knob to accept the call. numbers in the phone book. 3. Select Call to start dialing the number. Declining a Call 4. Select the name or number you Press the MENU/SELECT knob to want to call. Radio with CD/DVD and MEM “Decline” and press the MENU/ To make a call using the Call 1. Press 5 / >. SELECT knob to decline the call. Lists menu: 2. Select Enter number. Call Waiting 1. Press 5 / >. 3. Enter the character sequence. Call waiting must be supported on 2. Select Call Lists. See “Entering a Character the Bluetooth phone and enabled by Sequence” in Operation on 3. Select the Incoming Calls, the wireless service carrier to work. page 7‑7 for more information. Outgoing Calls, or Missed Accepting a Call Calls list. 4. Select Call to start dialing the number. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to 4. Select the name or number you “Answer” and press the MENU/ want to call. SELECT knob to accept the call.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

7-48 Infotainment System

Declining a Call 3. Enter the character sequence Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Press the MENU/SELECT knob to then select Call. See “Entering a (DTMF) Tones Character Sequence” in “Decline” and press the MENU/ The in‐vehicle Bluetooth system can SELECT knob to decline the call. Operation on page 7‑7 for more information. send numbers during a call. This is used when calling a menu‐driven Switching Between Calls (Call 4. After the call has been placed, Waiting Calls Only) phone system. press the MENU/SELECT knob To switch between calls: and choose Merge Calls. 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob and select Enter Number. 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. 5. To add more callers to the conference call, repeat Steps 1 2. Enter the character sequence. 2. Select Switch Call from See “Entering a Character the menu. through 4. The number of callers that can be added are limited by Sequence” in Operation on Conference Calling your wireless service carrier. page 7‑7 for more information. Conference calling and three‐way Ending a Call Bluetooth (Voice calling must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the Press the MENU/SELECT knob and Recognition) select Hang Up. wireless service carrier to work. Pairing Muting a Call To start a conference while in a A Bluetooth cell phone must be current call: To Mute a Call paired to the Bluetooth system and then connected to the vehicle before 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. Press the MENU/SELECT knob and it can be used. See the cell phone 2. Select Enter Number. select Mute Call. manufacturer's user guide for To Cancel Mute Bluetooth functions before pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone Press the MENU/SELECT knob and is not connected, calls will be made select Mute Call.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Infotainment System 7-49

using OnStar® Hands‐Free Calling, To link to a different paired phone, 4. Start the pairing process on the if available. Refer to the OnStar see “Linking to a Different Phone” cell phone that will be paired to owner's guide for more information. later in this section. the vehicle. Reference the cell phone manufacturer's user guide The pairing process can be started Pairing a Phone by using the voice recognition for information on this process. system or the controls on the 1. Press b / g. Locate the device named “Your infotainment system. . For vehicles without a Vehicle” in the list on the cell Pairing Information: navigation system, the phone and follow the instructions system responds Ready, on the cell phone to enter the . “ ” Up to five cell phones can be followed by a tone. four‐digit PIN number that was paired to the Bluetooth system. provided in Step 3. . For vehicles with a . The pairing process is disabled navigation system, the 5. The system prompts for a name when the vehicle is moving. system responds with a for the phone. This name will be . The Bluetooth system links with tone. After the tone say used to indicate which phone is the first available paired cell “Hands Free.” The system connected. The system confirms phone in the order the phone responds “Ready,” followed the name. was paired. by a tone. 6. The system responds with . Only one paired cell phone can 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system “ has been be connected to the Bluetooth responds “Bluetooth ready,” successfully paired” after the system at a time. followed by a tone. pairing process is complete. . Pairing only needs to be 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds 7. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for completed once, unless the with instructions and a four‐digit additional phones to be paired. pairing information changes or Personal Identification Number the phone is deleted. (PIN). The PIN will be used in Step 4.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

7-50 Infotainment System

Listing All Paired and Connected Deleting a Paired Phone 4. Say the name of the phone to be Phones deleted. If the phone name is 1. Press / . b g unknown, use the “List” 1. Press / . b g . For vehicles without a command for a list of all paired . For vehicles without a navigation system, the phones. The system responds navigation system, the system responds “Ready,” “Would you like to delete ? Yes or No,” followed by followed by a tone. a tone. . For vehicles with a . For vehicles with a navigation system, the 5. Say “Yes” to delete the phone. navigation system, the system responds with a The system responds “OK, system responds with a tone. After the tone say deleting .” tone. After the tone say “Hands Free.” The system Linking to a Different Phone “Hands Free.” The system responds “Ready,” followed responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 1. Press b / g. by a tone. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system . For vehicles without a 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system responds “Bluetooth ready,” navigation system, the responds “Bluetooth ready,” followed by a tone. system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks followed by a tone. 3. Say “List.” The system lists which phone to delete followed . For vehicles with a all paired Bluetooth devices. by a tone. navigation system, the The system will respond “is system responds with a connected” if a phone is tone. After the tone say connected to the vehicle. “Hands Free.” The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Infotainment System 7-51

2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system Using the Store Command 3. Say the complete phone number responds “Bluetooth ready,” The store command allows a phone to be stored at once with no followed by a tone. number to be stored without pauses. 3. Say “Change phone.” The entering the digits individually. . If the system recognizes system responds “Please wait the number, the response is while I search for other phones.” 1. Press b / g. “OK, Storing.” . If another phone is found, . For vehicles without a . If the system does not the response will be navigation system, the recognize the phone “ is now system responds “Ready,” number, the response is connected.” followed by a tone. “Store . . Please say yes or no. If . If another phone is not For vehicles with a ” found, the original phone navigation system, the the number is correct, say remains connected. system responds with a “Yes.” If the number is not tone. After the tone say correct, say “No.” The Storing Name Tags “Hands Free.” The system system will ask for the number again. The system can store up to responds “Ready,” followed 30 phone numbers as name tags by a tone. 4. After the system stores the that are shared between the 2. Say “Store.” The system phone number, it responds Bluetooth and OnStar systems. responds “Store, number “Please say the name tag,” followed by a tone. The system uses the following please,” followed by a tone. commands to store and retrieve phone numbers: . Store . Digit Store . Directory

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

7-52 Infotainment System

5. Say a name tag for the phone . For vehicles with a 4. After the complete number has number. The name tag is navigation system, the been entered, say “Store.” The recorded and the system system responds with a system responds “Please say responds “About to store . Does that sound OK?.” “Hands Free.” The system a tone. responds “Ready,” followed . If the name tag does not by a tone. 5. Say a name tag for the phone sound correct, say “No” and number. The name tag is repeat Step 5. 2. Say “Digit Store.” The system recorded and the system responds with “Please say the responds About to store . Does that sound OK?.” correct, say “Yes” and the a tone. name tag is stored. After . If the name tag does not the number is stored the 3. Say the first digit to be stored. sound correct, say “No” and system returns to the The system will repeat back the repeat Step 5. main menu. digit it heard followed by a tone. Continue entering digits until the . If the name tag sounds Using the Digit Store Command number to be stored is complete. correct, say “Yes” and the name tag is stored. After The digit store command allows a . If an unwanted number is the number is stored the phone number to be stored by recognized by the system, system returns to the entering the digits individually. say “Clear” at any time to main menu. 1. Press b / g. clear the last number. . To hear all of the numbers . For vehicles without a recognized by the system, navigation system, the say “Verify” at any time. system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Infotainment System 7-53

Using the Directory Command Deleting Name Tags 2. Say “Delete.” The system responds Delete, please say The directory command lists all of The system uses the following “ the name tag, followed by the name tags stored by the system. commands to delete name tags: ” To use the directory command: a tone. . Delete 3. Say the name tag to be deleted. 1. Press b / g. . Delete all name tags The system responds “Would . you like to delete, ? For vehicles without a Using the Delete Command navigation system, the Please say yes or no.” The delete command is used to system responds “Ready,” . If the name tag is correct, delete specific name tags. followed by a tone. say “Yes” to delete the . For vehicles with a To delete name tags: name tag. The system responds with “OK, deleting navigation system, the 1. Press / . system responds with a b g , returning to tone. After the tone say . For vehicles without a the main menu.” “Hands Free.” The system navigation system, the . If the name tag is incorrect, responds “Ready,” followed system responds “Ready,” say “No.” The system by a tone. followed by a tone. responds with “No. OK, let's 2. Say “Directory.” The system . For vehicles with a try again, please say the responds “Directory” and lists all navigation system, the name tag.” stored name tags. The system system responds with a returns to the main menu when tone. After the tone say the list is complete. “Hands Free.” The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

7-54 Infotainment System

Using the Delete All Name Tags 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” The Using the Dial Command Command system responds “You are about 1. Press b / g. The Delete All Name Tags to delete all name tags stored in command deletes all stored phone your phone directory and your . For vehicles without a book name tags and route name route destination directory. Are navigation system, the tags for OnStar, if stored. you sure you want to do this? system responds “Ready,” Please say yes or no.” followed by a tone. To delete all name tags: . Say “Yes” to delete all . For vehicles with a 1. Press b / g. name tags. navigation system, the system responds with a . For vehicles without a . Say “No” to cancel the navigation system, the function and return to the tone. After the tone say Hands Free. The system system responds “Ready,” main menu. “ ” followed by a tone. responds “Ready,” followed Making a Call by a tone. . For vehicles with a Calls can be made using the navigation system, the 2. Say “Dial.” The system responds following commands: system responds with a “Dial using . tone. After the tone say . Dial “Number please,” followed by a tone. “Hands Free.” The system . Digit Dial responds “Ready,” followed 3. Say the entire number without by a tone. . Call pausing. . Re‐dial . If the system recognizes the number, it responds with “OK, Dialing” and dials the number.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Infotainment System 7-55

. If the system does not 2. Say “Digit Dial.” The system Using the Call Command recognize the number, it responds “Digit dial using confirms the numbers , please say the 1. Press b / g. followed by a tone. If the first digit to dial,” followed by . For vehicles without a number is correct, say a tone. navigation system, the “Yes.” The system responds 3. Say the digits to be dialed one at system responds “Ready,” “OK, Dialing” and dials the followed by a tone. number. If the number is a time. The system repeats back not correct, say “No.” The the digit it heard followed by . For vehicles with a system will ask for the a tone. navigation system, the number again. 4. Continue entering digits until the system responds with a number to be dialed is complete. tone. After the tone say Using the Digit Dial Command After the whole number has “Hands Free.” The system 1. Press b / g. been entered, say “Dial.” The responds “Ready,” followed system responds “OK, Dialing” by a tone. . For vehicles without a and dials the number. 2. Say Call. The system responds navigation system, the “ ” Call using . system responds Ready, . If an unwanted number is “ “ ” Please say the name tag, followed by a tone. recognized by the system, ” say “Clear” at any time to followed by a tone. . For vehicles with a clear the last number. 3. Say the name tag of the person navigation system, the to call. system responds with a . To hear all of the numbers tone. After the tone say recognized by the system, . If the system recognizes “Hands Free.” The system say “Verify” at any time. the name tag it responds responds “Ready,” followed “OK, calling, ” by a tone. and dials the number.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

7-56 Infotainment System

. If the system does not . For vehicles with a Call Waiting recognize the name tag, it navigation system, the confirms the name tag system responds with a Call waiting must be supported on followed by a tone. If the tone. After the tone say the Bluetooth phone and enabled by name tag is correct, say “Hands Free.” The system the wireless service carrier. Yes. The system responds responds with Ready, “ ” “ ” . Press to answer an with OK, calling, and dials the number. ” 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” The is active. The original call is If the name tag is not system responds “Re‐dial using placed on hold. correct, say No. The “ ” ” and dials the system will ask for the last number called from the . Press b g again to return to the name tag again. connected Bluetooth phone. original call. Once connected, the person called Once connected, the person called . To ignore the incoming call, no will be heard through the audio will be heard through the audio action is required. speakers. speakers. . Press $ / i tto disconnect the Using the Re‐dial Command Receiving a Call current call and switch to the call on hold. 1. Press b / g. When an incoming call is received, . For vehicles without a the audio system mutes and a ring navigation system, the tone is heard in the vehicle. system responds Ready, “ ” . Press to answer the call. followed by a tone. b g . Press $ / i to ignore a call.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Infotainment System 7-57

Three‐Way Calling Muting a Call Transferring a Call Three‐way calling must be During a call, all sounds from inside Audio can be transferred between supported on the Bluetooth phone the vehicle can be muted so that the the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system and and enabled by the wireless service person on the other end of the call the cell phone. carrier. cannot hear them. To Transfer Audio to the Cell 1. While on a call, press b g. The To Mute a call Phone system responds with Ready, “ ” 1. Press . The system During a call with the audio in the followed by a tone. b g responds “Ready,” followed by vehicle: 2. Say Three way call. The “ ‐ ” a tone. 1. Press b g. The system system responds with “Three‐ 2. Say Mute Call. The system responds Ready, followed by way call, please say dial or call.” “ ” “ ” responds “Call muted.” a tone. 3. Use the dial or call command to 2. Say Transfer Call. The system dial the number of the third party To Cancel Mute “ ” to be called. responds “Transferring call” and 1. Press b g. The system the audio transfers to the cell 4. Once the call is connected, responds “Ready,” followed by phone. press b g to link all callers a tone. together. 2. After the tone, say “Mute Call.” Ending a Call The system responds “Resuming call.” Press $ / i to end a call.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

7-58 Infotainment System

To Transfer Audio to the In-Vehicle Voice Pass-Thru 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system Bluetooth System responds Bluetooth ready, Voice pass thru allows access to the “ ” ‐ followed by a tone. The cell phone must be paired and voice recognition commands on the connected with the Bluetooth cell phone. See the cell phone 3. Say “Voice.” The system system before a call can be manufacturer's user guide to see if responds “OK, accessing transferred. The connection process the cell phone supports this feature. .” can take up to two minutes after the To access contacts stored in the cell . The cell phone's normal ignition is turned to ON/RUN or phone: prompt messages will go ACC/ACCESSORY. through their cycle For vehicles without a navigation 1. Press b / g. according to the phone's system, press b g during a call . For vehicles without a operating instructions. with the audio on the cell phone. navigation system, the Dual Tone Multi-Frequency The audio transfers to the vehicle. system responds “Ready,” (DTMF) Tones followed by a tone. For vehicles with a navigation The in vehicle Bluetooth system can . For vehicles with a ‐ system, press b g during a call send numbers and the numbers navigation system, the with the audio on the cell phone. stored as name tags during a call. system responds with a If the audio does not transfer to the Use this feature when calling a tone. After the tone say vehicle, use the audio transfer menu driven phone system. Hands Free. The system ‐ feature on the cell phone. See the “ ” Account numbers can also be responds Ready, followed cell phone manufacturer's user “ ” stored for use. guide for more information. by a tone.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Infotainment System 7-59

Sending a Number During a Call Sending a Stored Name Tag Clearing the System During a Call 1. Press b g. The system Unless information is deleted out of responds “Ready,” followed by 1. Press b g. The system the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it a tone. responds “Ready,” followed by will be retained indefinitely. This a tone. includes all saved name tags in the 2. Say “Dial.” The system responds phone book and phone pairing “Say a number to send tones,” 2. Say “Send name tag.” The information. For information on how followed by a tone. system responds “Say a name to delete this information, see the 3. Say the number to send. tag to send tones,” followed by previous sections on Deleting a a tone. Paired Phone and Deleting . If the system recognizes Name Tags. the number, it responds 3. Say the name tag to send. “OK, Sending Number” and . If the system recognizes the dial tones are sent and the number, it responds the call continues. “OK, Sending ” and the dial tones are sent . If the system does not recognize the number, it and the call continues. responds “Dial Number, . If the system does not please say yes or no?,” recognize the name tag, it followed by a tone. If the responds “Dial , number is correct, say please say yes or no?,” “Yes.” The system responds followed by a tone. If the “OK, Sending Number” and name tag is correct, say the dial tones are sent and “Yes.” The system responds the call continues. with “OK, Sending ” and the dial tones are sent and the call continues.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

7-60 Infotainment System

2 NOTES

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled Climate Control Systems with this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-3 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-5 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 8-6

A. Fan Control E. Defrost B. Air Delivery Mode Controls F. Rear Window Defogger C. Temperature Control G. Recirculation D. Outside Air H. Air Conditioning

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

A (Fan Control): Turn to increase For best results, clear all snow and Rear Window Defogger ice from the windshield before or decrease the fan speed. Turn the (Rear Defogger): Press to turn defrosting. < knob completely to T to turn the the rear window defogger on or off. fan off. Do not drive the vehicle until all the The rear window defogger turns off windows are clear. Temperature Control: Turn to after about 10 minutes. It can also be turned off by turning the ignition increase or decrease the Air Conditioning temperature. to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ # (Air Conditioning): Press to OFF. If turned on again, it runs for Air Delivery Mode Control: To turn the air conditioning on or off. about five minutes before change the current mode, select If the fan is turned off or the outside turning off. one of the following: temperature falls below freezing, the Do not drive the vehicle until all the F (Vent): Air is directed to the air conditioning will not work. windows are clear. instrument panel outlets. h (Recirculation): Press to turn Notice: Do not use a razor blade * (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the on the recirculation. An indicator or sharp object to clear the inside instrument panel outlets and the light comes on. Air is recirculated rear window. Do not adhere floor outlets. inside the vehicle. It helps to quickly anything to the defogger grid cool the air inside the vehicle or lines in the rear glass. These 7 (Floor): Air is directed to the prevent outside air and odors from floor outlets. actions may damage the rear entering. The air conditioning may defogger. Repairs would not be W (Defog): Clears the windows of come on under certain conditions. covered by your warranty. fog or moisture. Air is directed to the % (Outside Air): Press to turn windshield and floor outlets. on the outside air. An indicator light 0 (Defrost): Clears the comes on. Outside air is circulated windshield of fog or frost more throughout the vehicle. quickly. Air is directed to the windshield and side window outlets.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

Automatic Climate Control System Automatic Operation The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled The system automatically controls with this system. the fan speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and recirculation to heat or cool the vehicle to the selected temperature. When the AUTO indicator light is on, the system is in full automatic operation. To place the system in automatic mode: 1. Press AUTO. 2. Set the temperature. Allow the system time to stabilize. Then adjust the temperature as needed. A. Fan Control F. Temperature Control B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) G. Power C. Air Delivery Mode Controls H. Driver and Passenger Heated D. Defrost Seats E. Recirculation I. Rear Window Defogger J. Air Conditioning

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

Manual Operation Select from the following: Air Conditioning O (Power): Press to turn the F (Vent): Air is directed to the # (Air Conditioning): Press to climate control system on or off. instrument panel outlets. turn the air conditioning on or off. A (Fan Control): Turn to increase * (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the If the fan is turned off or the outside or decrease the fan speed. instrument panel outlets and the temperature falls below freezing, the Adjusting the fan speed while in floor outlets. air conditioning will not work. When automatic mode places the fan in AUTO, the air conditioning will 7 (Floor): Air is directed to the come on automatically as needed. under manual control. The AUTO floor outlets. indicator light turns off. The air h (Recirculation): Press to turn delivery mode remains in automatic W (Defog): Clears the windows of on the recirculation. Press to control. fog or moisture. Air is directed to the alternate between recirculation and windshield and floor outlets. Temperature Control: Turn to outside air, if the vehicle does not increase or decrease the 0 (Defrost): Clears the have a separate outside air button. temperature inside the vehicle. windshield of fog or frost more The indicator light turns on when H G quickly. Air is directed to the recirculation is selected. Air is / (Air Delivery Mode windshield and side window outlets. Control): Press mode up or mode recirculated inside the vehicle. Selecting defrost disables the It helps quickly cool the air inside down to cycle through the different automatic mode. air delivery modes. The current the vehicle or prevent outside air mode is shown on the display. For best results, clear all snow and and odors from entering. ice from the windshield before % (Outside Air, If Equipped): defrosting. Press to turn on the outside air. An Do not drive the vehicle until all the indicator light comes on. Outside air windows are clear. is circulated throughout the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

Rear Window Defogger Remote Start Climate Control Air Vents Operation: For vehicles with the (Rear Defogger): Press to turn < remote vehicle start feature, the Use the air outlets, located in the the rear window defogger on or off. climate control system may run center and on the side of the The rear window defogger turns off when the vehicle is started remotely. instrument panel, to direct the after about 10 minutes. It can also The system uses the driver's airflow. Use the thumbwheels be turned off by turning the ignition previous settings to heat or cool the located near the center air outlets, to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ inside of the vehicle. The front to open or close off the airflow. OFF. If turned on again, it runs for heated seats will turn on if it is cold about five minutes before Operation Tips outside. The heated seat indicator turning off. lights do not come on during a . Clear away any ice, snow, Do not drive the vehicle until all the remote start. See Remote Vehicle or leaves from air inlets at the windows are clear. Start on page 2‑4. base of the windshield that could block the flow of air into the Notice: Do not use a razor blade Sensors vehicle. or sharp object to clear the inside rear window. Do not adhere The solar sensor, located on top of . Keep the path under the front anything to the defogger grid the instrument panel near the seats clear of objects to help lines in the rear glass. These windshield, monitors the solar heat. circulate the air inside of the actions may damage the rear The climate control system uses vehicle more effectively. defogger. Repairs would not be the information to adjust the . Use of non‐GM approved hood covered by your warranty. temperature, fan speed, deflectors can adversely affect L / M (Driver and Passenger recirculation, and air delivery mode. the performance of the system. Heated Seats): For vehicles with Do not cover the solar sensor or the Check with your dealer before heated seats, see Heated Front system will not work properly. adding equipment to the outside Seats on page 3‑8. of the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter The filter removes dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See Scheduled Maintenance on page 11‑2 for replacement intervals. 2. Push the stop tab upwards until 7. Remove the old air filter. To find out what type of filter to use, the stop tab is under the 8. Install the new air filter. see Maintenance Replacement instrument panel assembly and Parts on page 11‑8. the glove box is released. 9. Close the service door and latches. The passenger compartment air 3. Unsnap the tabs beneath the filter can be accessed by removing glove box that connects it to the 10. Re‐install the glove box. the entire glove box. bottom of the instrument panel See your dealer if additional 1. Open the glove box completely assembly. assistance is needed. and locate the stop tab on top of 4. Remove the glove box. the glove box door. 5. Locate the service door for the passenger compartment air filter. 6. Push the two tabs upwards and release the latches holding the service door. Lift the

service door.by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Retained Accessory Ride Control Systems Driving and Power (RAP) ...... 9-30 Traction Control Operating Engine Coolant Heater ...... 9-31 System (TCS) ...... 9-40 Shifting Into Park ...... 9-31 StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-41 Shifting Out of Park ...... 9-32 Cruise Control Driving Information Parking Over Things Cruise Control ...... 9-42 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 That Burn ...... 9-32 Drunk Driving ...... 9-2 Engine Exhaust Object Detection Systems Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-33 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-45 Braking ...... 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Rear Vision Steering ...... 9-4 Parked ...... 9-33 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-46 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-6 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Automatic Transmission Fuel Off-Road Driving ...... 9-7 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-34 Fuel ...... 9-51 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-17 Manual Mode ...... 9-36 Recommended Fuel ...... 9-51 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-18 Fuel Economy Mode ...... 9-36 Gasoline Specifications (U.S. Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-18 and Canada Only) ...... 9-52 Winter Driving ...... 9-19 Drive Systems California Fuel If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-21 All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-37 Requirements ...... 9-52 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-21 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-52 Brakes Fuel Additives ...... 9-52 Starting and Operating Antilock Brake Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-53 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-27 System (ABS) ...... 9-37 Filling the Tank ...... 9-54 Ignition Positions ...... 9-27 Parking Brake ...... 9-38 Filling a Portable Fuel Starting the Engine ...... 9-29 Brake Assist ...... 9-39 Container ...... 9-56 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-39

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Towing Driving Information General Towing WARNING (Continued) Information ...... 9-57 Driver distraction can cause Driving Characteristics and Defensive Driving collisions resulting in injury or Towing Tips ...... 9-57 Defensive driving means always “ possible death. These simple Trailer Towing ...... 9-60 expect the unexpected.” The first Towing Equipment ...... 9-63 step in driving defensively is to wear defensive driving techniques Trailer Sway the safety belt. See Safety Belts on could save your life. Control (TSC) ...... 9-64 page 3‑10. Conversions and Add-Ons Drunk Driving Add-On Electrical { WARNING Equipment ...... 9-64 Assume that other road users { WARNING (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other Drinking and then driving is very drivers) are going to be careless dangerous. Your reflexes, and make mistakes. Anticipate perceptions, attentiveness, and what they might do and be ready. judgment can be affected by even In addition: a small amount of alcohol. You . Allow enough following can have a serious — or even distance between you and fatal — collision if you drive after the driver in front of you. drinking. . Focus on the task of driving. Do not drink and drive or ride with (Continued) a driver who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will not drink.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

Death and injury associated with Medical research shows that Braking drinking and driving is a global alcohol in a person's system can tragedy. make crash injuries worse, See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑15. Alcohol affects four things that especially injuries to the brain, anyone needs to drive a vehicle: spinal cord, or heart. This means Braking action involves perception judgment, muscular coordination, that when anyone who has been time and reaction time. Deciding to vision, and attentiveness. drinking — driver or passenger — is push the brake pedal is perception in a crash, that person's chance of time. Actually doing it is Police records show that almost being killed or permanently disabled reaction time. 40 percent of all motor is higher than if the person had not vehicle-related deaths involve been drinking. Average reaction time is about alcohol. In most cases, these three‐fourths of a second. But that deaths are the result of someone Control of a Vehicle is only an average. It might be less who was drinking and driving. In with one driver and as long as two recent years, more than The following three systems help or three seconds or more with 17,000 annual motor vehicle-related to control the vehicle while another. Age, physical condition, deaths have been associated with driving — brakes, steering, and alertness, coordination, and the use of alcohol, with about accelerator. At times, as when eyesight all play a part. So do 250,000 people injured. driving on snow or ice, it is easy to alcohol, drugs, and frustration. ask more of those control systems But even in three‐fourths of a For persons under 21, it is against than the tires and road can provide. second, a vehicle moving at the law in every U.S. state to drink Meaning, you can lose control of the 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m alcohol. There are good medical, vehicle. See StabiliTrak® System on (66 ft). That could be a lot of psychological, and developmental page 9‑41. distance in an emergency, so reasons for these laws. keeping enough space between Adding non dealer accessories can ‐ the vehicle and others is important. The obvious way to eliminate the affect vehicle performance. See leading highway safety problem is Accessories and Modifications on for people never to drink alcohol page 10‑3. and then drive. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

And, of course, actual stopping If the engine ever stops while the able to stop the vehicle. If power distances vary greatly with the vehicle is being driven, brake steering assist is lost because the surface of the road, whether it is normally but do not pump the electric power steering system is not pavement or gravel; the condition of brakes. If the brakes are pumped, functioning, the vehicle can be the road, whether it is wet, dry, the pedal could get harder to push steered but it will take more effort. or icy; tire tread; the condition of the down. If the engine stops, there will If you turn the steering wheel in brakes; the weight of the vehicle; still be some power brake assist but either direction several times until and the amount of brake force it will be used when the brake is it stops, or hold the steering wheel applied. applied. Once the power assist is in the stopped position for an Avoid needless heavy braking. used up, it can take longer to stop extended amount of time, you may Some people drive in and the brake pedal will be harder notice a reduced amount of power to push. spurts — heavy acceleration steering assist. The normal amount followed by heavy braking — rather Adding non‐dealer accessories can of power steering assist should than keeping pace with traffic. This affect vehicle performance. See return shortly after a few normal is a mistake. The brakes might not Accessories and Modifications on steering movements. have time to cool between hard page 10‑3. The electric power steering stops. The brakes will wear out system does not require regular much faster with a lot of heavy Steering maintenance. If you suspect braking. Keeping pace with the Electric Power Steering steering system problems, such as traffic and allowing realistic following abnormally high steering effort for a distances eliminates a lot of (2.4L L4 Engine) prolonged period of time, contact unnecessary braking. That means If the engine stalls while driving, the your dealer for service repairs. better braking and longer brake life. power steering assist system will continue to operate until you are

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

Hydraulic Power Steering Steering in Emergencies (3.0L V6 Engine) There are times when steering can If power steering assist is lost be more effective than braking. For because the engine stops or the example, you come over a hill and power steering system is not find a truck stopped in your lane, functioning, the vehicle can be or a car suddenly pulls out from steered but it will take more effort. nowhere, or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right Steering Tips in front of you. These problems can It is important to take curves at a be avoided by braking — if you can reasonable speed. stop in time. But sometimes you cannot stop in time because there Traction in a curve depends on the is no room. That is the time for An emergency like this requires condition of the tires and the road evasive action — steering around close attention and a quick decision. surface, the angle at which the the problem. If holding the steering wheel at the curve is banked, and vehicle speed. The vehicle can perform very well in recommended 9 and 3 o'clock While in a curve, speed is the one positions, it can be turned a full factor that can be controlled. emergencies like these. First apply the brakes. See Braking on 180 degrees very quickly without If there is a need to reduce speed, removing either hand. But you have page 9‑3. It is better to remove as do it before entering the curve, while much speed as possible from a to act fast, steer quickly, and just as the front wheels are straight. collision. Then steer around the quickly straighten the wheel once Try to adjust the speed so you can problem, to the left or right you have avoided the object. drive through the curve. Maintain a depending on the space available. The fact that such emergency reasonable, steady speed. Wait to situations are always possible is a accelerate until out of the curve, and good reason to practice defensive then accelerate gently into the driving at all times and wear safety straightaway. belts properly.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

Off-Road Recovery the right front tire contacts the The three types of skids correspond pavement edge. Then turn the to the vehicle's three control The vehicle's right wheels can drop steering wheel to go straight down systems. In the braking skid, the off the edge of a road onto the the roadway. wheels are not rolling. In the shoulder while driving. steering or cornering skid, too much Loss of Control speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force. Let us review what driving experts And in the acceleration skid, too say about what happens when the much throttle causes the driving three control systems — brakes, wheels to spin. steering, and acceleration — do not have enough friction where the tires If the vehicle starts to slide, ease meet the road to do what the driver your foot off the accelerator pedal has asked. and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go. If you start In any emergency, do not give up. steering quickly enough, the vehicle Keep trying to steer and constantly may straighten out. Always be ready seek an escape route or area of for a second skid if it occurs. less danger. Of course, traction is reduced when If the level of the shoulder is only Skidding water, snow, ice, gravel, or other slightly below the pavement, material is on the road. For safety, recovery should be fairly easy. In a skid, a driver can lose control of slow down and adjust your driving to Ease off the accelerator and then, the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid these conditions. It is important to if there is nothing in the way, steer most skids by taking reasonable slow down on slippery surfaces so that the vehicle straddles the care suited to existing conditions, because stopping distance is longer edge of the pavement. Turn the and by not overdriving those and vehicle control more limited. steering wheel 8 to 13 cm (3 to conditions. But skids are always 5 in), about one-eighth turn, until possible.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

While driving on a surface with Many of the vehicle design features amount of alcohol. You could have a reduced traction, try to avoid that help make the vehicle more serious — or even fatal — accident sudden steering, acceleration, responsive on paved roads during if you drink and drive or ride with a or braking, including reducing poor weather conditions also help driver who has been drinking. vehicle speed by shifting to a lower make it better suited for off‐road Off-roading can be great fun but has gear. Any sudden changes could use than conventional passenger some definite hazards. The greatest cause the tires to slide. You might vehicles. The vehicle does not have of these is the terrain itself. When not realize the surface is slippery features usually thought to be off-road driving, traffic lanes are not until the vehicle is skidding. Learn to necessary for extended or severe marked, curves are not banked, and recognize warning clues — such as off‐road use such as special there are no road signs. Surfaces enough water, ice, or packed snow underbody shielding and transfer can be slippery, rough, uphill, on the road to make a mirrored case low gear range. or downhill. surface — and slow down when The airbag system is designed to you have any doubt. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt work properly under a wide range of maneuvers. Failure to operate the Remember: Antilock brakes help conditions, including off road usage. ‐ vehicle correctly off‐road could avoid only the braking skid. Always wear your safety belt and result in loss of vehicle control or observe safe driving speeds, vehicle rollover. Off-Road Driving especially on rough terrain. Off-roading involves some new Vehicles with all‐wheel drive can be Drinking and driving can be very skills. That is why it is very used for off‐road driving. Vehicles dangerous on any road and this is important that you read these without all‐wheel drive should not be certainly true for off-road driving. driving tips and suggestions to help driven off-road except on a level, At the very time you need special make off-road driving safer and solid surface. alertness and driving skills, your more enjoyable. reflexes, perceptions, and judgment can be affected by even a small

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

Before You Go Off-Roading Loading Your Vehicle for WARNING (Continued) . Have all necessary maintenance Off-Road Driving and service work done. rolls over. Put heavy loads inside { WARNING . Make sure there is enough fuel, the cargo area, not on the roof. that fluid levels are where they . Cargo on the load floor piled Keep cargo in the cargo area as should be, and that the spare higher than the seatbacks far forward and low as possible. tire is fully inflated. can be thrown forward during . Be sure to read all the a sudden stop. You or your There are some important things to information about all-wheel-drive passengers could be injured. remember about how to load your vehicles in this manual. Keep cargo below the top of vehicle. the seatbacks. . Make sure all underbody . The heaviest things should be shields, if the vehicle has them, . Unsecured cargo on the load on the floor, forward of the rear are properly attached. floor can be tossed about axle. Put heavier items as far when driving over rough . forward as you can. Know the local laws that apply to terrain. You or your off-roading where you will be . passengers can be struck by Be sure the load is properly driving or check with law flying objects. Secure the secured, so things are not enforcement people in the area. cargo properly. tossed around. . Be sure to get the necessary . Heavy loads on the roof raise You will find other important permission if you will be on the vehicle's center of gravity, information under Vehicle Load private land. making it more likely to roll Limits on page 9‑21 and Tires on over. You can be seriously or page 10‑43. fatally injured if the vehicle (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

Environmental Concerns . Take extreme care with open Getting Familiar with Off-Road fires (where permitted), camp Driving Off-road driving can provide stoves, and lanterns. wholesome and satisfying It is a good idea to practice in an . recreation. However, it also raises Never park your vehicle over area that is safe and close to home environmental concerns. We dry grass or other combustible before you go into the wilderness. recognize these concerns and urge materials that could catch fire Off-roading requires some new and every off-roader to follow these from the heat of the vehicle's different skills. basic rules for protecting the exhaust system. Tune your senses to different kinds environment: Traveling to Remote Areas of signals. Your eyes need to . Always use established trails, It makes sense to plan your trip, constantly sweep the terrain for roads, and areas that have been especially when going to a remote unexpected obstacles. Your ears specially set aside for public area. Know the terrain and plan need to listen for unusual tire or off-road recreational driving and your route. Get accurate maps of engine sounds. Use your arms, obey all posted regulations. trails and terrain. Check to see if hands, feet, and body to respond to . Avoid any driving practice that there are any blocked or closed vibrations and vehicle bounce. could damage shrubs, flowers, roads. Controlling the vehicle is the key to trees, or grasses or disturb It is also a good idea to travel with successful off-road driving. One of wildlife. This includes at least one other vehicle in case the best ways to control the vehicle wheel-spinning, breaking down something happens to one of them. is to control the speed. At higher trees, or unnecessary driving speeds: through streams or over soft For vehicles with a winch, be sure to . You approach things faster and ground. read the winch instructions. In a remote area, a winch can be handy have less time to react. . Always carry a litter bag and if you get stuck but you will want to . There is less time to scan the make sure all refuse is removed know how to use it properly. terrain for obstacles. from any campsite before leaving.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

. The vehicle has more bounce Surface Conditions: Off-roading . Does the travel take you uphill or when driving over obstacles. surfaces can be hard-packed dirt, downhill? . More braking distance is gravel, rocks, grass, sand, mud, . Will you have to stop suddenly needed, especially on an snow, or ice. Each of these surfaces or change direction quickly? unpaved surface. affects the vehicle's steering, acceleration, and braking in different When driving over obstacles or rough terrain, keep a firm grip on { WARNING ways. Depending on the surface, slipping, sliding, wheel spinning, the steering wheel. Ruts, troughs, delayed acceleration, poor traction, or other surface features can jerk When you are driving off-road, the wheel out of your hands. bouncing and quick changes in and longer braking distances can direction can easily throw you out occur. When driving over bumps, rocks, of position. This could cause you Surface Obstacles: Unseen or or other obstacles, the wheels can to lose control and crash. So, hidden obstacles can be hazardous. leave the ground. If this happens, even with one or two wheels, you whether you are driving on A rock, log, hole, rut, or bump can cannot control the vehicle as well or or off the road, you and your startle you if you are not prepared at all. passengers should wear for them. Often these obstacles are safety belts. hidden by grass, bushes, snow, Because you will be on an unpaved or even the rise and fall of the surface, it is especially important to terrain itself. avoid sudden acceleration, sudden Scanning the Terrain Some things to consider: turns, or sudden braking. Off-road driving can take you over . Is the path ahead clear? Off-roading requires a different kind many different kinds of terrain. Be of alertness from driving on paved familiar with the terrain and its many . Will the surface texture change roads and highways. There are no different features. abruptly up ahead? road signs, posted speed limits, or signal lights. Use good judgment about what is safe and what is not.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

Driving on Hills Approaching a Hill . Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your path, such Off-road driving often takes you up, When you approach a hill, decide if as boulders, trees, logs, or ruts? down, or across a hill. Driving safely it is too steep to climb, descend, on hills requires good judgment and or cross. Steepness can be hard to . What is beyond the hill? Is there an understanding of what the judge. On a very small hill, for a cliff, an embankment, a vehicle can and cannot do. There example, there may be a smooth, drop-off, a fence? Get out and are some hills that simply cannot be constant incline with only a small walk the hill if you do not know. driven, no matter how well built the change in elevation where you can It is the smart way to find out. vehicle. easily see all the way to the top. . Is the hill simply too rough? On a large hill, the incline may get Steep hills often have ruts, { WARNING steeper as you near the top, but you gullies, troughs, and exposed might not see this because the crest rocks because they are more Many hills are simply too steep of the hill is hidden by bushes, susceptible to the effects of for any vehicle. If you drive up grass, or shrubs. erosion. them, you will stall. If you drive Consider this as you approach a hill: Driving Uphill down them, you cannot control . your speed. If you drive across Is there a constant incline, Once you decide it is safe to drive or does the hill get sharply them, you will roll over. You could up the hill: steeper in places? be seriously injured or killed. . Use a low gear and get a firm If you have any doubt about the . Is there good traction on the grip on the steering wheel. steepness, do not drive the hill. hillside, or will the surface cause tire slipping? . Get a smooth start up the hill and try to maintain speed. Not . Is there a straight path up or using more power than needed down the hill so you will not can avoid spinning the wheels or have to make turning sliding. maneuvers?

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

. If the engine has stopped { WARNING { WARNING running, you need to restart it. With the brake pedal pressed Turning or driving across steep Driving to the top (crest) of a hill and the parking brake still hills can be dangerous. You could at full speed can cause an applied, shift the transmission to lose traction, slide sideways, and accident. There could be a P (Park) and restart the engine. possibly roll over. You could be drop-off, embankment, cliff, Then, shift to R (Reverse), seriously injured or killed. When or even another vehicle. You release the parking brake, and driving up hills, always try to go could be seriously injured or slowly back down the hill as straight up. killed. As you near the top of a straight as possible in hill, slow down and stay alert. R (Reverse). . Try to drive straight up the hill if . While backing down the hill, put at all possible. If the path twists If the vehicle stalls, or is about to your left hand on the steering and turns, you might want to find stall, and you cannot make it up wheel at the 12 o'clock position another route. the hill: so you can tell if the wheels are straight and can maneuver as . Ease up on the speed as you . Push the brake pedal to stop the you back down. It is best to back approach the top of the hill. vehicle and keep it from rolling down the hill with the wheels . Attach a flag to the vehicle to be backwards and apply the straight rather than in the left or more visible to approaching parking brake. right direction. Turning the wheel traffic on trails or hills. . If the engine is still running, shift too far to the left or right will increase the possibility of a . Sound the horn as you approach the transmission to R (Reverse), rollover. the top of the hill to let opposing release the parking brake, and traffic know you are there. slowly back down the hill in R (Reverse). . Use headlamps even during the day to make the vehicle more visible to oncoming traffic.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

Things not to do if the vehicle stalls, Driving Downhill or is about to stall, when going up { WARNING When off-roading takes you a hill: downhill, consider: Heavy braking when going down . Never attempt to prevent a stall . How steep is the downhill? Will I a hill can cause your brakes to by shifting into N (Neutral) to be able to maintain vehicle overheat and fade. This could rev-up the engine and regain control? cause loss of control and a forward momentum. This will serious accident. Apply the . What is the surface like? not work. The vehicle can roll brakes lightly when descending a backward very quickly and could Smooth? Rough? Slippery? hill and use a low gear to keep go out of control. Hard-packed dirt? Gravel? vehicle speed under control. . Never try to turn around if about . Are there hidden surface to stall when going up a hill. obstacles? Ruts? Logs? If the hill is steep enough to stall Boulders? Things not to do when driving down a hill: the vehicle, it is steep enough to . What is at the bottom of the hill? cause it to roll over. If you Is there a hidden creek bank or . When driving downhill, avoid cannot make it up the hill, back even a river bottom with large turns that take you across the straight down the hill. rocks? incline of the hill. A hill that is not too steep to drive down might be If, after stalling, you try to back If you decide you can go down a down the hill and decide you just too steep to drive across. The hill safely, try to keep the vehicle vehicle could roll over. cannot do it, set the parking brake, headed straight down. Use a low put your transmission in P (Park), gear so engine drag can help the . Never go downhill with the and turn off the engine. Leave the brakes so they do not have to do all transmission in N (Neutral), vehicle and go get some help. Exit the work. Descend slowly, keeping called free-wheeling. The brakes on the uphill side and stay clear of the vehicle under control at all will have to do all the work and the path the vehicle would take if it times. could overheat and fade. rolled downhill.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

Vehicles are much more likely to . Surface conditions can be a stall when going uphill, but if it WARNING (Continued) problem. Loose gravel, muddy happens when going downhill: spots, or even wet grass can injured or killed. If you have any cause the tires to slip sideways, 1. Stop the vehicle by applying the doubt about the steepness of the downhill. If the vehicle slips regular brakes and apply the incline, do not drive across it. sideways, it can hit something parking brake. Find another route instead. that will trip it — a rock, a rut, 2. Shift to P (Park) and, while still etc. — and roll over. braking, restart the engine. . A hill that can be driven straight . Hidden obstacles can make the 3. Shift back to a low gear, release up or down might be too steep to steepness of the incline even the parking brake, and drive drive across. When going worse. If you drive across a rock straight down. straight up or down a hill, the with the uphill wheels, or if the length of the wheel base the downhill wheels drop into a rut 4. If the engine will not start, get — or depression, the vehicle can tilt out and get help. distance from the front wheels to the rear wheels — reduces the even more. Driving Across an Incline likelihood the vehicle will tumble For these reasons, carefully end over end. But when driving An off-road trail will probably go consider whether to try to drive across an incline, the narrower across the incline of a hill. To decide across an incline. Just because the track width — the distance trail goes across the incline does whether to try to drive across the between the left and right incline, consider the following: not mean you have to drive it. The wheels — might not prevent the last vehicle to try it might have vehicle from tilting and rolling rolled over. { WARNING over. Driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill If you feel the vehicle starting to Driving across an incline that is wheels which could cause a slide sideways, turn downhill. This too steep will make your vehicle downhill slide or a rollover. should help straighten out the roll over. You could be seriously vehicle and prevent the side (Continued) Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

slipping. The best way to prevent If you have to walk down the slope, Hard packed snow and ice offer this is to “walk the course” first, so stay out of the path the vehicle will the worst tire traction. On these you know what the surface is like take if it does roll over. surfaces, it is very easy to lose before driving it. control. On wet ice, for example, the Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, traction is so poor that you will have Stalling on an Incline or Ice difficulty accelerating. And, if the When you drive in mud, snow, vehicle does get moving, poor { WARNING or sand, the wheels do not get good steering and difficult braking can traction. Acceleration is not as cause it to slide out of control. Getting out on the downhill (low) quick, turning is more difficult, and side of a vehicle stopped across braking distances are longer. { WARNING an incline is dangerous. If the It is best to use a low gear when in vehicle rolls over, you could be Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, mud the deeper the mud, the crushed or killed. Always get out — or rivers can be dangerous. lower the gear. In really deep mud, on the uphill (high) side of the Underwater springs, currents vehicle and stay well clear of the keep the vehicle moving so it does not get stuck. under the ice, or sudden thaws rollover path. can weaken the ice. Your vehicle When driving on sand, wheel could fall through the ice and traction changes. On loosely packed you and your passengers could If the vehicle stalls when crossing sand, such as on beaches or sand an incline, be sure you, and any drown. Drive your vehicle on dunes, the tires will tend to sink into safe surfaces only. passengers, get out on the uphill the sand. This affects steering, side, even if the door there is harder accelerating, and braking. Drive at a to open. If you get out on the reduced speed and avoid sharp downhill side and the vehicle starts turns or abrupt maneuvers. to roll over, you will be right in its path.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

Driving in Water Find out how deep the water is After Off-Road Driving before driving through it. Do not Remove any brush or debris that try it if it is deep enough to cover { WARNING has collected on the underbody, the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust chassis, or under the hood. These pipe you probably will not get Driving through rushing water can — accumulations can be a fire hazard. be dangerous. Deep water can through. Deep water can damage sweep your vehicle downstream the axle and other vehicle parts. After operation in mud or sand, have the brake linings cleaned and and you and your passengers If the water is not too deep, drive checked. These substances can could drown. If it is only shallow slowly through it. At faster speeds, cause glazing and uneven braking. water, it can still wash away the water splashes on the ignition Check the body structure, steering, ground from under your tires, and system and the vehicle can stall. suspension, wheels, tires, axles, Stalling can also occur if you get the you could lose traction and roll and exhaust system for damage and tailpipe under water. If the tailpipe is the vehicle over. Do not drive check the fuel lines and cooling under water, you will never be able through rushing water. system for any leakage. to start the engine. When going through water, remember that when The vehicle requires more frequent Heavy rain can mean flash flooding, the brakes get wet, it might take service due to off-road use. Refer to and flood waters demand extreme longer to stop. See Driving on Wet the Maintenance Schedule for caution. Roads on page 9‑17. additional information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

Driving on Wet Roads There is no hard and fast rule about WARNING (Continued) hydroplaning. The best advice is to Rain and wet roads can reduce slow down when the road is wet. vehicle traction and affect your Flowing or rushing water creates ability to stop and accelerate. strong forces. Driving through Other Rainy Weather Tips Always drive slower in these types flowing water could cause the Besides slowing down, other wet of driving conditions and avoid vehicle to be carried away. If this weather driving tips include: driving through large puddles and happens, you and other vehicle deep‐standing or flowing water. occupants could drown. Do not . Allow extra following distance. ignore police warnings and be . Pass with caution. { WARNING very cautious about trying to drive . Keep windshield wiping through flowing water. equipment in good shape. Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a . Keep the windshield washer quick stop and could cause Hydroplaning fluid reservoir filled. pulling to one side. You could Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water . Have good tires with proper lose control of the vehicle. can build up under the vehicle's tread depth. See Tires on After driving through a large tires so they actually ride on the page 10‑43. water. This can happen if the road puddle of water or a car/vehicle . is wet enough and you are going Turn off cruise control. wash, lightly apply the brake fast enough. When the vehicle is pedal until the brakes work hydroplaning, it has little or no normally. contact with the road. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads { WARNING Always be alert and pay attention Driving on steep hills or through to your surroundings while driving. mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) If you become tired or sleepy, find on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for or with the ignition off is a safe place to park the vehicle driving in these conditions include: dangerous. The brakes will have and rest. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in to do all the work of slowing down Other driving tips include: good shape. and they could get so hot that they would not work well. You . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, would then have poor braking or tires, cooling system, and . Keep interior temperature cool. even none going down a hill. You transmission. could crash. Always have the . Keep your eyes moving scan — . the road ahead and to the sides. Shift to a lower gear when going engine running and the vehicle in down steep or long hills. gear when going downhill. . Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often. { WARNING . Stay in your own lane. Do not swing wide or cut across the If you do not shift down, the center of the road. Drive at brakes could get so hot that they speeds that let you stay in your would not work well. You would own lane. then have poor braking or even none going down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

. Top of hills: Be alert — Winter Driving The Antilock Brake System (ABS) something could be in your on page 9‑37 improves vehicle lane (stalled car, accident). Driving on Snow or Ice stability during hard stops on . Pay attention to special road Drive carefully when there is snow slippery roads, but apply the brakes signs (falling rocks area, winding or ice between the tires and the sooner than when on dry pavement. roads, long grades, passing or road, creating less traction or grip. Allow greater following distance on no-passing zones) and take Wet ice can occur at about 0°C any slippery road and watch for appropriate action. (32°F) when freezing rain begins to slippery spots. Icy patches can fall, resulting in even less traction. occur on otherwise clear roads in Avoid driving on wet ice or in shaded areas. The surface of a freezing rain until roads can be curve or an overpass can remain icy treated with salt or sand. when the surrounding roads are Drive with caution, whatever the clear. Avoid sudden steering condition. Accelerate gently so maneuvers and braking while traction is not lost. Accelerating too on ice. quickly causes the wheels to spin Turn off cruise control on slippery and makes the surface under the surfaces. tires slick, so there is even less traction. Try not to break the fragile traction. If you accelerate too fast, the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

Blizzard Conditions WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with the If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about vehicle unless there is help nearby. . Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine If possible, use the Roadside the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 9‑33. Assistance Program on page 13 6. ‑ especially any that is blocking To get help and keep everyone in Snow can trap exhaust gases the exhaust pipe. the vehicle safe: under your vehicle. This can . Check again from time to cause deadly CO (Carbon . Turn on the hazard warning time to be sure snow does Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO flashers. not collect there. could overcome you and kill you. . Tie a red cloth to an outside You cannot see it or smell it, so . Open a window about 5 cm mirror. (2 in) on the side of the you might not know it is in your vehicle that is away from the vehicle. Clear away snow from { WARNING wind to bring in fresh air. around the base of your vehicle, especially any that is blocking the Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on exhaust. under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument cause exhaust gases to get panel. Run the engine for short periods inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control only as needed to keep warm, but Carbon Monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that be careful. cannot be seen or smelled. It can circulates the air inside the cause unconsciousness and even vehicle and set the fan speed To save fuel, run the engine for only death. to the highest setting. See short periods as needed to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine (Continued) Climate Control System in the Index. off and close the window most of (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

the way to save heat. Repeat this possible. To prevent transmission until help arrives but only when you { WARNING wear, wait until the wheels stop feel really uncomfortable from the spinning before shifting gears. cold. Moving about to keep warm If the vehicle's tires spin at high Release the accelerator pedal while also helps. speed, they can explode, and you shifting, and press lightly on the or others could be injured. The accelerator pedal when the If it takes some time for help to vehicle can overheat, causing an arrive, now and then when you run transmission is in gear. Slowly engine compartment fire or other spinning the wheels in the forward the engine, push the accelerator damage. Spin the wheels as little pedal slightly so the engine runs and reverse directions causes a as possible and avoid going faster than the idle speed. This rocking motion that could free the above 55 km/h (35 mph). keeps the battery charged to restart vehicle. If that does not get the the vehicle and to signal for help vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle with the headlamps. Do this as little For information about using tire does need to be towed out, see as possible to save fuel. chains on the vehicle, see Tire Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑76. Chains on page 10‑62. If the Vehicle is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits Slowly and cautiously spin the it Out wheels to free the vehicle when It is very important to know how stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. Turn the steering wheel left and much weight the vehicle can right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the If stuck too severely for the traction front wheels. Turn off any traction vehicle capacity weight and system to free the vehicle, turn the system. Shift back and forth includes the weight of all traction system off and use the between R (Reverse) and a forward rocking method. See Traction gear, spinning the wheels as little as occupants, cargo and all Control System (TCS) on nonfactory‐installed options. page 9‑40.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

Two labels on the vehicle show Tire and Loading Information number of occupant seating how much weight it may Label positions (A), and the maximum properly carry, the Tire and vehicle capacity weight (B) in Loading Information label and kilograms and pounds. the Certification label. The Tire and Loading Information label also shows { WARNING the tire size of the original Do not load the vehicle any equipment tires (C) and the heavier than the Gross recommended cold tire inflation Vehicle Weight Rating pressures (D). For more (GVWR), or either the information on tires and inflation maximum front or rear Gross see Tires on page 10‑43 and Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Tire Pressure on page 10‑49. This can cause systems to Label Example There is also important loading break and change the way the A vehicle specific Tire and information on the Certification vehicle handles. This could Loading Information label is label. It tells you the Gross cause loss of control and a attached to the vehicle's center Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) crash. Overloading can also pillar (B-pillar). With the driver's and the Gross Axle Weight shorten the life of the vehicle. door open, you will find the label Rating (GAWR) for the front and attached near the door lock rear axle. See “Certification post. The Tire and Loading Label” later in this section. Information label shows the

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

Steps for Determining Correct the amount of available cargo Load Limit and luggage load capacity is 1. Locate the statement 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should 5. Determine the combined never exceed XXX kg or weight of luggage and cargo XXX lbs” on your vehicle's being loaded on the vehicle. placard. That weight may not safely 2. Determine the combined exceed the available cargo weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. passengers that will be Example 1 riding in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 3. Subtract the combined a trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred to Example 1 = 453 kg weight of the driver and (1,000 lbs). passengers from XXX kg your vehicle. Consult this or XXX lbs. manual to determine how this B. Subtract Occupant Weight reduces the available cargo @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 4. The resulting figure equals and luggage load capacity of 136 kg (300 lbs). the available amount of cargo your vehicle. and luggage load capacity. C. Available Occupant and See Trailer Towing on page 9 60 For example, if the “XXX” ‑ Cargo Weight = 317 kg amount equals 1400 lbs and for important information on (700 lbs). there will be five 150 lb towing a trailer, towing safety passengers in your vehicle, rules and trailering tips.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

Refer to the vehicle's Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about the vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight.

Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs). C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

Certification Label gross weight capacity of the If the vehicle is carrying a heavy vehicle. This is called Gross load, it should be spread out. Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). See “Steps for Determining The GVWR includes the weight Correct Load Limit” earlier in of the vehicle, all occupants, this section. fuel, and cargo. The Certification/Tire label also { WARNING tells you the maximum weights Do not load the vehicle any for the front and rear axles, heavier than the Gross called Gross Axle Weight Rating Vehicle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual (GVWR), or either the loads on the front and rear maximum front or rear Gross Label Example axles, you need to go to a weigh Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). station and weigh the vehicle. A vehicle-specific Certification This can cause systems to Your dealer can help you with label is attached to the lower break and change the way the this. Be sure to spread out the center pillar on the driver side of vehicle handles. This could load equally on both sides of the the vehicle or on the rear edge cause loss of control and a center line. of the driver door. The label crash. Overloading can also shows the size of the vehicle's Never exceed the GVWR for the shorten the life of the vehicle. original tires and the inflation vehicle, or the GAWR for either pressures needed to obtain the the front or rear axle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

Your warranty does not cover parts or components that fail { WARNING WARNING (Continued) because of overloading. Things inside the vehicle can . Do not leave an The label will help you decide strike and injure people in a unsecured child restraint how much cargo and installed sudden stop or turn, or in a in the vehicle. equipment your vehicle can crash. . Secure loose items in the carry. . Put things in the cargo vehicle. Using heavier suspension area of the vehicle. In the components to get added cargo area, put them as . Do not leave a seat folded durability might not change your far forward as possible. down unless needed. weight ratings. Ask your dealer Try to spread the weight to help you load your vehicle the evenly. right way. . Never stack heavier If you put things inside your things, like suitcases, vehicle – like suitcases, inside the vehicle so that tools, packages, or anything some of them are above else – they will go as fast as the the tops of the seats. vehicle goes. If you have to stop (Continued) or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, they will keep going.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

Starting and gears can be used. Vehicle Ignition Positions speeds above 110 km/h Operating (68 mph) should be limited to five minutes per use. New Vehicle Break-In . Avoid making hard stops for Notice: The vehicle does not the first 322 km (200 mi) or need an elaborate break-in. But it so. During this time the new will perform better in the long run brake linings are not yet if you follow these guidelines: broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean . Do not drive at any one premature wear and earlier constant speed, fast or slow, replacement. Follow this for the first 805 km (500 mi). breaking-in guideline every Do not make full-throttle time you get new brake starts. Avoid downshifting to linings. brake or slow the vehicle. The ignition switch has four different . Do not tow a trailer during positions. . During the first 1 000 km break-in. See Driving Notice: Using a tool to force the (600 mi), avoid using more Characteristics and Towing key to turn in the ignition could than moderate acceleration Tips on page 9 57 for the ‑ cause damage to the switch or in lower gears and avoid trailer towing capabilities of break the key. Use the correct vehicle speeds above your vehicle and more key, make sure it is all the way in, 110 km/h (68 mph). information. and turn it only with your hand. . Between the first 1 000 km Following break‐in, engine speed If the key cannot be turned by (600 mi) and 5 000 km and load can be gradually hand, see your dealer. (3,000 mi), heavy increased. acceleration in lower The key must be fully extended to start the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

To shift out of P (Park), turn the In an emergency, if the vehicle must ignition to ON/RUN and apply the be shut off while driving: { WARNING brake pedal. 1. Brake using a firm and steady Turning off the vehicle while A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is brakes repeatedly. This may assist in the brake and steering stopped, turn the ignition switch to deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags. LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. increased brake pedal force. While driving, only shut the Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency. will remain active. See Retained This can be done while the Accessory Power (RAP) on vehicle is moving. After shifting 5. If the vehicle must be shut off page 9‑30. to N (Neutral), firmly apply the while driving, turn the ignition to This is the only position from which brakes and steer the vehicle to a ACC/ACCESSORY. the key can be removed. This locks safe location. The ignition switch can bind in the the steering wheel, ignition and 3. Come to a complete stop, shift LOCK/OFF position with the wheels automatic transmission. to P (Park), and turn the ignition turned off center. If this happens, Do not turn the engine off when the to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with move the steering wheel from right vehicle is moving. This will cause a an automatic transmission, the to left while turning the key to ACC/ loss of power assist in the brake shift lever must be in P (Park) to ACCESSORY. If this does not work, and steering systems and disable turn the ignition switch to the then the vehicle needs service. the airbags. LOCK/OFF position. 4. Set the parking brake. See Parking Brake on page 9‑38.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This D (START): This position starts the Starting Procedure position provides power to some of engine. When the engine starts, 1. With your foot off the accelerator the electrical accessories. It unlocks release the key. The ignition switch pedal, turn the ignition key to the steering wheel and ignition. will return to ON/RUN for normal START. When the engine starts, To move the key from ACC/ driving. let go of the key. The idle speed ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push A warning tone sounds when the will go down as the engine in the key and then turn it to driver door is opened if the ignition warms. Do not race the engine LOCK/OFF. is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the immediately after starting it. C (ON/RUN): The ignition switch key is in the ignition. Operate the engine and stays in this position when the transmission gently to allow the engine is running. This position can Starting the Engine oil to warm up and lubricate all be used to operate the electrical moving parts. accessories, including the Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). The engine will not start The vehicle has a ventilation fan and 12‐volt power in any other position. To restart the Computer-Controlled Cranking outlets, as well as to display some System. This feature assists in warning and indicator lights. The vehicle when it is already moving, use N (Neutral) only. starting the engine and protects transmission is also unlocked in this components. If the ignition key is position on automatic transmission Notice: Do not try to shift to turned to the START position, vehicles. P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. and then released when the The battery could be drained if the If you do, you could damage the engine begins cranking, the key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY transmission. Shift to P (Park) engine will continue cranking or ON/RUN position with the engine only when the vehicle is stopped. for a few seconds or until the off. The vehicle might not start if the vehicle starts. If the engine does battery is allowed to drain for an not start and the key is held in extended period of time. START for many seconds, cranking will be stopped after

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

15 seconds to prevent cranking hold the key in START for a Retained Accessory motor damage. To prevent gear maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at damage, this system also least 15 seconds between each Power (RAP) prevents cranking if the engine try, to allow the cranking motor These vehicle accessories can be is already running. Engine to cool. When the engine starts, used for up to 10 minutes after the cranking can be stopped by let go of the key and accelerator. engine is turned off: turning the ignition switch to If the vehicle starts briefly but . Audio System ACC/ACCESSORY or then stops again, repeat the LOCK/OFF. procedure. This clears the extra . Power Windows Notice: Cranking the engine for gasoline from the engine. Do not . Sunroof (if equipped) long periods of time, by returning race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the Power to the audio system will the key to the START position continue to operate for up to immediately after cranking has engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and 10 minutes or until the driver ended, can overheat and damage door is opened. the cranking motor, and drain the lubricates all moving parts. battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Notice: The engine is designed to Power to the power windows and between each try, to let the work with the electronics in the sunroof will continue to operate for cranking motor cool down. vehicle. If you add electrical parts up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened. 2. If the engine does not start after or accessories, you could change 5 to 10 seconds, especially in the way the engine operates. All these features will work when very cold weather (below −18°C Before adding electrical the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ or 0°F), it could be flooded with equipment, check with your ACCESSORY. too much gasoline. Push the dealer. If you do not, the engine accelerator pedal all the way to might not perform properly. Any the floor and hold it there as you resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

Engine Coolant Heater Shifting Into Park { WARNING The engine coolant heater, if available, can help in cold weather Plugging the cord into an { WARNING conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) ungrounded outlet could cause an for easier starting and better fuel electrical shock. Also, the wrong It can be dangerous to get out of economy during engine warm-up. kind of extension cord could the vehicle if the shift lever is not Plug in the coolant heater at least overheat and cause a fire. You fully in P (Park) with the parking four hours before starting the could be seriously injured. Plug brake firmly set. The vehicle can vehicle. An internal thermostat in the cord into a properly grounded roll. If you have left the engine the plug-end of the cord will prevent three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. running, the vehicle can move engine coolant heater operation at If the cord will not reach, use a suddenly. You or others could be temperatures above −18°C (0°F). heavy-duty three-prong extension injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on To Use The Engine Coolant cord rated for at least 15 amps. fairly level ground, use the steps Heater that follow. If you are pulling a 1. Turn off the engine. 4. Before starting the engine, be trailer, see Driving Characteristics sure to unplug and store the and Towing Tips on page 9‑57. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the cord as it was before to keep it electrical cord. away from moving engine parts. The electrical cord is located on If you do not it could be Use this procedure to shift into the passenger side of the engine damaged. P (Park): compartment, in front of the air The length of time the heater should 1. Hold the brake pedal down and cleaner. remain plugged in depends on set the parking brake. 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded several factors. Ask a dealer in the See Parking Brake on page 9‑38 110-volt AC outlet. area where you will be parking the for more information. vehicle for the best advice on this.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

2. Hold the button on the shift lever Release the button and check that 3. Press the shift lever button. and push the lever toward the the shift lever cannot be moved out 4. Move the shift lever. front of the vehicle into P (Park). of P (Park). If you still are unable to shift out of 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Torque Lock P (Park): 4. Remove the key. Torque lock is when the weight 1. Fully release the shift lever Leaving the Vehicle With the of the vehicle puts too much button. Engine Running force on the parking pawl in the transmission. This happens when 2. Hold the brake pedal down and parking on a hill and shifting the press the shift lever button { WARNING transmission into P (Park) is not again. done properly and then it is difficult 3. Move the shift lever. It can be dangerous to leave the to shift out of P (Park). To prevent If you still cannot move the shift vehicle with the engine running. torque lock, set the parking brake lever from P (Park), see your dealer The vehicle could move suddenly and then shift into P (Park). To find for service. if the shift lever is not fully in out how, see “Shifting Into Park” P (Park) with the parking brake listed previously. firmly set. And, if you leave the Parking Over Things If torque lock does occur, the vehicle with the engine running, vehicle may need to be pushed That Burn it could overheat and even catch uphill by another vehicle to relieve fire. You or others could be the parking pawl pressure, so you { WARNING injured. Do not leave the vehicle can shift out of P (Park). with the engine running. Things that can burn could touch Shifting Out of Park hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite. Do not park If you have to leave the vehicle with To shift out of P (Park): the engine running, the vehicle must over papers, leaves, dry grass, be in P (Park) and the parking 1. Apply the brake pedal. or other things that can burn. brake set. 2. Turn theby:Provided ignition Information to ON/RUN. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

Running the Vehicle Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued) While Parked . There are holes or openings { WARNING It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. But if you ever have damage or after market Engine exhaust contains carbon to, here are some things to know. monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. { WARNING can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is Idling a vehicle in an enclosed Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: area with poor ventilation is dangerous. Engine exhaust may . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows with poor ventilation (parking completely down. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired which cannot be seen or smelled. that may block underbody immediately. airflow or tail pipes). It can cause unconsciousness Never park the vehicle with the and even death. Never run the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed engine in an enclosed area that sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a has no fresh air ventilation. For . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air more information, see Engine due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. Exhaust on page 9‑33. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

{ WARNING Automatic { WARNING Transmission It can be dangerous to get out It is dangerous to get out of the of the vehicle if the automatic vehicle if the shift lever is not fully transmission shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do not leave the vehicle when Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you the engine is running unless have to. If you have left the you have to. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and always set the parking brake and The automatic transmission shift move the shift lever to P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park). lever is located on the console See Shifting Into Park on between the seats. page 9‑31. If you are pulling a Follow the proper steps to be sure P (Park): This position locks the trailer, see Driving Characteristics the vehicle will not move. See front wheels. Use P (Park) when and Towing Tips on page 9‑57. Shifting Into Park on page 9‑31. starting the engine because the If parking on a hill and pulling a vehicle cannot move easily. The vehicle has an automatic trailer, see Driving Characteristics transmission shift lock control and Towing Tips on page 9‑57. system. You must fully apply the

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

regular brake first and then press N (Neutral): In this position the D (Drive): This position is for the shift lever button before shifting engine and transmission do not normal driving. It provides the best from P (Park) when the ignition key connect. Use N (Neutral) to restart fuel economy. If you need more is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out a vehicle that is already moving. power for passing, and you are: of P (Park), ease pressure on the . Going less than 56 km/h shift lever, then push the shift lever { WARNING (35 mph), push the accelerator all the way into P (Park) as you pedal about halfway down. maintain brake application. Then Shifting into a drive gear while the press the shift lever button and engine is running at high speed is . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or move the shift lever into another dangerous. Unless your foot is more, push the accelerator all gear. See Shifting Out of Park on firmly on the brake pedal, the the way down. page 9‑32. vehicle could move very rapidly. Notice: If the vehicle seems to R (Reverse): Use this gear to You could lose control and hit accelerate slowly or not shift back up. people or objects. Do not shift gears when you go faster, and you continue to drive the vehicle Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed. that way, you could damage the while the vehicle is moving transmission. Have the vehicle forward could damage the serviced right away. transmission. The repairs would Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) not be covered by the vehicle or N (Neutral) with the engine M (Manual Mode): Allows the warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only running at high speed may driver to select the range of gear after the vehicle is stopped. damage the transmission. The positions. See Manual Mode on page 9‑36. To rock the vehicle back and forth to repairs would not be covered by get out of snow, ice or sand without the vehicle warranty. Be sure the damaging the transmission, see If engine is not running at high the Vehicle is Stuck on page 9‑21. speed when shifting the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

Manual Mode When shifting to M (Manual Mode), Fuel Economy Mode the transmission will shift to a preset Electronic Range Select lower gear range. For this preset Vehicles with a 2.4L engine have (ERS) Mode range, the highest gear available is a Fuel Economy Mode. When displayed next to the M in the DIC. engaged, fuel economy mode can ERS or manual mode allows for See Driver Information Center (DIC) improve the vehicle's fuel economy. the selection of the range of gear on page 5 20 for more information. positions. Use this mode when ‑ All gears below that number are driving downhill or towing a trailer to available to use. For example, when limit the top gear and vehicle speed. 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the M, The shift position indicator within the 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are Driver Information Center (DIC) will shifted automatically. To shift to display a number next to the M 5 (Fifth) gear, press the + (Plus) indicating the highest available gear button or shift into D (Drive). under manual mode and the driving conditions when manual mode was M (Manual Mode) will prevent selected. shifting to a lower gear range if the engine speed is too high. If vehicle To use this feature: speed is not reduced within the time 1. Move the shift lever to allowed, the lower gear range shift M (Manual Mode). will not be completed. Slow the Press the “eco” (economy) button 2. Press the plus/minus button on vehicle, then press the − (Minus) by the shift lever to turn this feature the shift lever, to increase or button to the desired lower gear on or off. The “eco” light in the decrease the gear range range. instrument cluster will come on when engaged. See Fuel Economy available. While using the ERS, cruise control Light on page 5 18. A Driver can be used. ‑ Information Center (DIC) message

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

“ECO MODE ON” is also displayed. Drive Systems Brakes See Fuel System Messages on page 5‑27 for more information. All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake When Fuel Economy Mode is on: Vehicles with this feature always System (ABS) . The transmission will upshift send engine power to all four sooner and downshift later. This vehicle has the Antilock Brake wheels. It is fully automatic, and System (ABS), an advanced . The torque converter clutch will adjusts itself as needed for road electronic braking system that helps apply sooner and stay on longer. conditions. prevent a braking skid. . The gas pedal will be less When using a compact spare tire When the engine is started and the sensitive. on an AWD vehicle, the system vehicle begins to drive away, ABS automatically detects the compact . The vehicle's computer will more checks itself. A momentary motor or spare and disables AWD. To restore clicking noise might be heard while aggressively shut off fuel to the AWD operation and prevent engine under deceleration. this test is going on, and it might excessive wear on the system, even be noticed that the brake . The engine idle speed will be replace the compact spare with a pedal moves a little. This is normal. lower. full-size tire as soon as possible. . Driving performance is more See Compact Spare Tire on conservative. page 10‑72 for more information.

If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑16. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

If driving safely on a wet road and it close to the vehicle in front of you, Parking Brake becomes necessary to slam on the there will not be enough time to brakes and continue braking to apply the brakes if that vehicle avoid a sudden obstacle, a suddenly slows or stops. Always computer senses that the wheels leave enough room up ahead to are slowing down. If one of the stop, even with ABS. wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will separately work the Using ABS brakes at each wheel. Do not pump the brakes. Just hold ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal down firmly and let to each wheel, as required, faster ABS work. You might hear the ABS than any driver could. This can help pump or motor operating and feel the driver steer around the obstacle the brake pedal pulsate, but this is while braking hard. normal. As the brakes are applied, the Braking in Emergencies To set the parking brake, hold the computer keeps receiving updates ABS allows the driver to steer and regular brake pedal down, then on wheel speed and controls brake at the same time. In many push the parking brake pedal down. braking pressure accordingly. emergencies, steering can help If the ignition is on, the brake Remember: ABS does not change more than even the very best system warning light will come on. the time needed to get a foot up to braking. See Brake System Warning Light on the brake pedal or always decrease page 5‑15. stopping distance. If you get too

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

Notice: Driving with the parking Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature This vehicle has a brake assist This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist wear or damage to brake system feature designed to assist the driver (HSA) feature, which may be useful parts. Make sure that the parking in stopping or decreasing vehicle when the vehicle is stopped on a brake is fully released and the speed in emergency driving grade. This feature is designed to brake warning light is off before conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling, driving. stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After the driver To release the parking brake, hold power brake system under completely stops and holds the the regular brake pedal down, then conditions where the driver has vehicle in a complete standstill on a push down momentarily on the quickly and forcefully applied the grade, HSA will be automatically parking brake pedal until you feel brake pedal in an attempt to quickly activated. During the transition the pedal release. Slowly pull your stop or slow down the vehicle. The period between when the driver foot up off the park brake pedal. stability system hydraulic brake releases the brake pedal and starts If the parking brake is not released control module increases brake to accelerate to drive off on a grade, when you begin to drive, the brake pressure at each corner of the HSA holds the braking pressure to system warning light will be on and vehicle until the ABS activates. ensure that there is no rolling. The a chime will sound warning you that Minor brake pedal pulsation or brakes will automatically release the parking brake is still on. pedal movement during this time is when the accelerator pedal is If you are towing a trailer and are normal and the driver should applied within the two‐second parking on a hill, see Driving continue to apply the brake pedal window. It will not activate if the Characteristics and Towing Tips on as the driving situation dictates. vehicle is in a drive gear and facing page 9‑57. The brake assist feature will downhill or if the vehicle is facing automatically disengage when the uphill and in R (Reverse). brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

Ride Control Systems TCS is on whenever the vehicle When this message is displayed is started. To limit wheel spin, and d comes on and stays on, the Traction Control especially in slippery road vehicle is safe to drive but the conditions, the system should system is not operational. Driving System (TCS) always be left on. But, TCS can should be adjusted accordingly. be turned off if needed. The vehicle has a Traction Control Notice: Do not repeatedly brake System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. or accelerate heavily when TCS is On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the off. The vehicle's driveline could system operates if it senses that be damaged. one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose If d comes on and stays on, reset traction. On an All-Wheel-Drive the system by: (AWD) vehicle, the system will 1. Stopping the vehicle. operate if it senses that any of the d flashes to indicate that the wheels are spinning or beginning to traction control system is active. 2. Turning the engine off and waiting 15 seconds. lose traction. When this happens, If there is a problem detected with the system brakes the spinning TCS, SERVICE TRACTION 3. Starting the engine. wheel(s) and/or reduces engine CONTROL and SERVICE d power to limit wheel spin. STABILITRAK may be displayed on If still comes on and stays on at a The system may be heard or felt the Driver Information Center (DIC) speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see your dealer for service. while it is working, but this is and d will be on. See Ride Control normal. System Messages on page 5‑27. A chime may also sound when the light comes on steady. The g is located on the console.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

It may be necessary to turn the StabiliTrak activates when the system off if the vehicle ever gets computer senses a difference stuck in sand, mud or snow and between the intended path and the rocking the vehicle is required. See direction the vehicle is actually If the Vehicle is Stuck on page 9‑21 traveling. StabiliTrak selectively for more information. See also applies braking pressure to the The TCS off light comes on and Winter Driving on page 9‑19 for vehicle's brakes to help steer the TRACTION CONTROL OFF is information on using TCS when vehicle in the intended direction. displayed on the Driver Information driving in snowy or icy conditions. StabiliTrak is on automatically Center (DIC) to indicate that the If cruise control is being used when whenever the vehicle is started. To traction control system has been TCS activates, cruise control will assist with directional control of the turned off. See Ride Control System automatically disengage. Press the vehicle, the system should always Messages on page 5‑27. cruise control button to re‐engage be left on. TCS can be turned off by pressing when road conditions allow. See Cruise Control on page 9‑42. and releasing g. When TCS is turned off, i comes on and the Adding non‐GM accessories can affect the vehicle's performance. system will not limit wheel spin. See Accessories and Modifications Driving should be adjusted on page 10‑3 for more information. accordingly. Press and release g again to turn the system back on. StabiliTrak® System When the stability control system activates, the Traction Control When TCS is turned off on AWD The vehicle has a vehicle stability vehicles, the system may still make System (TCS)/StabiliTrak light will enhancement system called flash on the instrument panel. This noise. This is normal and necessary StabiliTrak. It is an advanced with AWD hardware. also occurs when traction control is computer controlled system that activated. A noise may be heard or assists with directional control of the vibration may be felt in the brake vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

pedal. This is normal. Continue to Cruise Control steer the vehicle in the intended direction. With cruise control, the vehicle can maintain a speed of about 40 km/h If there is a problem detected (25 mph) or more without keeping with StabiliTrak, SERVICE your foot on the accelerator. Cruise STABILITRAK is displayed on the control does not work at speeds Driver Information Center (DIC) g is located on the console. below 40 km/h (25 mph). and d will stay on. See Vehicle Both StabiliTrak and Traction If the brakes are applied, the cruise Messages on page 5‑23. When this Control can be turned off if needed control is disengaged. message is displayed and/or d by pressing and holding g until g If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak® comes on and stays on, the vehicle and i come on the instrument is safe to drive but the system is not system and begins to limit wheel panel. When StabiliTrak is turned spin while using cruise control, the operational. Driving should be off, the system will not assist with adjusted accordingly. See Ride cruise control automatically directional control of the vehicle or disengages. See StabiliTrak® Control System Messages on limit wheel spin. Driving should be page 5‑27. System on page 9‑41 or Traction adjusted accordingly. Press and Control System (TCS) on If d comes on and stays on, reset release g again to turn the system page 9‑40. When road conditions the system by: back on. allow you to safely use it again, the 1. Stopping the vehicle. If cruise control is being used when cruise control can be turned StabiliTrak activates, the cruise back on. 2. Turning the engine off and control will automatically disengage. waiting 15 seconds. Press the cruise control button to 3. Starting the engine. reengage when road conditions allow. See Cruise Control on If d still comes on and stays on at a page 9‑42 for more information. speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see your dealer for service. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

Setting Cruise Control { WARNING If the cruise button is on when not in Cruise control can be dangerous use, it could get bumped and go into where you cannot drive safely at cruise when not desired. Keep the a steady speed. So, do not use cruise button turned off when cruise the cruise control on winding control is not being used. roads or in heavy traffic. 1. Press 1. Cruise control can be dangerous 2. Get to the speed desired. on slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes in tire traction can 3. Press the thumbwheel and cause excessive wheel slip, and release it. The desired set speed briefly appears in the Driver you could lose control. Do not use Information Center (DIC) display. cruise control on slippery roads. 1 (On/Off): Press to turn the cruise control system on and off. 4. Take your foot off the accelerator * (Cancel): Press to disengage pedal. cruise control without erasing the Resuming a Set Speed set speed from memory. If the cruise control is set at a RES/+ (Resume/Accel): Move the desired speed and then the brakes thumbwheel up to make the vehicle are applied, the cruise control is resume to a previously set speed or disengaged without erasing the set to accelerate. speed from memory. SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the Once the vehicle reaches about thumbwheel down toward SET/- to 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the set a speed and activate cruise thumbwheel up toward RES/+ control, or to make the vehicle briefly. The vehicle returns to the decelerate. Information Provided by:Provided Information previous set speed and stays there. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

Increasing Speed While Using . To slow down in small amounts, Ending Cruise Control Cruise Control move the thumbwheel toward SET/− briefly. Each time this is There are three ways to end cruise If the cruise control system is done, the vehicle goes about control: already activated, 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. . To disengage cruise control; . Move the thumbwheel up toward step lightly on the brake pedal or Passing Another Vehicle While RES/+ and hold it until the clutch, the indicator light will Using Cruise Control vehicle accelerates to the go off. desired speed, and then Use the accelerator pedal to . * release it. increase the vehicle speed. When Press . you take your foot off the pedal, . To increase the speed in small . To turn off the cruise control, the vehicle will slow down to the amounts, move the thumbwheel press 1. The cruise control previous set cruise speed. up toward RES/+ briefly and cannot be resumed. then release it. Each time this is Using Cruise Control on Hills done, the vehicle goes about Erasing Speed Memory How well the cruise control works 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster. on hills depends upon the vehicle The cruise control set speed is erased from memory by pressing Reducing Speed While Using speed, load, and the steepness of 1 Cruise Control the hills. When going up steep hills, the button or if the ignition is you might have to step on the turned off. If the cruise control system is accelerator pedal to maintain the already activated, vehicle speed. When going . Move the thumbwheel toward downhill, you might have to brake or SET/− and hold until the desired shift to a lower gear to maintain the lower speed is reached, then vehicle's speed. When the brakes release it. are applied the cruise control is disengaged.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

Object Detection When the distance is less than WARNING (Continued) 30 cm (12 in) the beeping is Systems continuous for 5 seconds. . Children, pedestrians, bicyclists, or pets. To be detected, objects must be at Ultrasonic Parking Assist least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and If you do not use proper care For vehicles with the Ultrasonic below taillamp level. Objects must before and while backing, vehicle also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, damage, injury, or death could it assists the driver with parking rear bumper. The distance objects occur. Even with URPA, always and avoiding objects while in can be detected may be less during check behind the vehicle before R (Reverse). URPA operates at warmer or humid weather. backing up. While backing, be speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph), PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the sure to look for objects and check and the sensors on the rear bumper Driver Information Center (DIC) to the vehicle's mirrors. detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) indicate that URPA is off. The behind the vehicle, and at least message disappears after a short 20 cm (8 in) off the ground. How the System Works period of time. { URPA comes on automatically See Object Detection System WARNING when the shift lever is moved into Messages on page 5‑27 for URPA messages. The Ultrasonic Rear Parking R (Reverse). A single tone sounds Assist (URPA) system does not to indicate the system is working. Turning the System On and Off replace driver vision. It cannot URPA operates only at speeds The URPA system can be turned on less than 8 km/h (5 mph). detect: and off using the infotainment . Objects that are below the An obstacle is indicated by audible system controls. See Vehicle bumper, underneath the beeps. The interval between the Personalization on page 5‑30 for vehicle, or too close or far beeps becomes shorter as the more information. vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. from the vehicle. URPA defaults to the on setting (Continued) Information Provided by:Provided Information each time the vehicle is started. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

When the System Does Not . A trailer was attached to the Seem to Work Properly vehicle, or an object was { WARNING hanging out of the trunk during If the URPA system does not the last drive cycle. Once the The Rear Vision Camera (RVC) activate due to a temporary object is removed, URPA will system does not replace driver condition, the message PARK return to normal operation. vision. RVC does not: ASSIST OFF displays on the DIC. . . Detect objects that are See Driver Information Center (DIC) The vehicle's bumper is outside the camera's field of on page 5 20 for more information. damaged. Take the vehicle to ‑ view, below the bumper, This can occur under the following your dealer to repair the system. or underneath the vehicle. conditions: . Other conditions may affect system performance, such as . Detect children, pedestrians, . The driver has disabled the bicyclists, or pets. system. vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on Do not back the vehicle by only . The ultrasonic sensors are not a very large truck. clean. Keep the vehicle's rear looking at the RVC screen, or use bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, Rear Vision the screen during longer, higher ice, and slush. For cleaning speed backing maneuvers or instructions, see Exterior Care Camera (RVC) where there could be cross-traffic. on page 10‑79. The vehicle may have a Rear Vision Your judged distances using the screen will differ from actual . The park assist sensors are Camera (RVC) system. Read this distances. covered by frost or ice, which entire section before using it. can occur after washing the The RVC can assist the driver when If you do not use proper care vehicle in cold weather. Keep backing up by displaying a view of before backing up, you could hit a the sensors free of frost or ice. the area behind the vehicle. vehicle, child, pedestrian, bicyclist, or pet, resulting in vehicle damage, injury, or death. (Continued) Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

Turning the Rear Vision Camera To cancel the delay, do one of the WARNING (Continued) System Off or On following: Even though the vehicle has the To turn off the RVC system, press . Press a hard key on the RVC system, always check and hold z, located on the inside navigation system. carefully before backing up by rearview mirror, until the left . Shift into P (Park). checking behind and around the indicator light turns off. The RVC . Reach a vehicle speed of vehicle. display is now disabled. 8 km/h (5 mph). To turn the RVC system on again, Turning the Rear Vision Camera press and hold until the left Vehicles Without a Navigation z System On or Off System indicator light illuminates. The RVC system display is now enabled and To turn the rear vision camera When the key is in the ON/RUN the display will appear in the mirror system on or off: position and the driver shifts the normally. vehicle into R (Reverse), the video 1. Shift into P (Park). image automatically appears in the Vehicles With a Navigation 2. Press the CONFIG button. inside rearview mirror. Once the System driver shifts out of R (Reverse), 3. Select Display. the video image automatically An image appears on the navigation disappears from the inside rearview screen with the message Check mirror. Surroundings for Safety when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). The navigation screen goes to the previous screen after approximately 10 seconds once the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

Unavailable may display if URPA To turn the guidelines on or off: has been disabled and the symbols 1. Shift into P (Park). have been turned on. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on 2. Press the CONFIG button. page 9‑45. 3. Select Display. The symbols appear and may cover 4. Select Rear Camera Options. an object when viewing the navigation screen when an object is 5. Select Guidelines. When a detected by the URPA system. check mark appears next to the Guidelines option, guidelines will To turn the symbols on or off: appear. 1. Shift into P (Park). Rear Vision Camera Error 4. Select Rear Camera Options. 2. Press the CONFIG button. Messages 5. Select Camera. When a check 3. Select Display. SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA mark appears next to the 4. Select Rear Camera Options. SYSTEM: This message can Camera option, then the RVC display on the navigation screen system is on. 5. Select Symbols. When a check when the system is not receiving mark appears next to the information it requires from other Symbols Symbols option, symbols will vehicle systems. The navigation system may have a appear. If any other problem occurs or if a feature that lets the driver view Guidelines problem persists, see your dealer. symbols on the navigation screen while using the RVC. The Ultrasonic The RVC system has a guideline Rear Park Assist (URPA) system overlay that can help the driver align must not be disabled to use the the vehicle when backing into a caution symbols. The error message parking spot. Rear Parking Assist Symbols

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

Rear Vision Camera Location It does not display objects that are close to either corner or under the bumper and can vary depending on vehicle orientation or road conditions. The distance of the image that appears on the screen is different from the actual distance. The following illustration shows the field of view that the camera provides.

The camera is located above the license plate. The area displayed by the camera is limited.

A. View displayed by the camera. B. Corner of the rear bumper.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

When the System Does Not The RVC system display in the During any of these fault conditions, Seem To Work Properly rearview mirror may turn off or not the display will be blank and the appear as expected due to one of indicator will continue to flash as The RVC system may not work the following conditions. If this long as the vehicle is in R (Reverse) properly or display a clear image if: occurs the left indicator light on the or until the conditions return to . The RVC is turned off. See mirror will flash. normal. “Turning the Rear Vision Camera . A slow flash may indicate a loss Pressing and holding z when the System On or Off” earlier in this of video signal, or no video section. left indicator light is flashing will turn signal present during the reverse off the video display along with the . It is dark. cycle. left indicator light. . The sun or the beam of . A fast flash may indicate that the headlights is shining directly display has been on for the into the camera lens. maximum allowable time during a reverse cycle, or the display . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else has reached an over builds up on the camera lens. temperature limit. Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft The fast flash conditions are cloth. used to protect the video device from high temperature . The back of the vehicle is in an conditions. Once conditions accident, the position and return to normal the device will mounting angle of the camera reset and the green indicator will can change or the camera can stop flashing. be affected. Be sure to have the camera and its position and mounting angle checked at your dealer.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating 9-51

Fuel Recommended Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is Use regular unleaded gasoline with an important part of the proper a posted octane rating of 87 or maintenance of this vehicle. To help higher. If the octane rating is less keep the engine clean and maintain than 87, an audible knocking noise, optimum vehicle performance, we commonly referred to as spark recommend the use of gasoline knock, might be heard when driving. advertised as TOP TIER Detergent If this occurs, use a gasoline rated Gasoline. at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible. If heavy knocking is heard Look for the TOP TIER label on the when using gasoline rated at fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets 87 octane or higher, the engine enhanced detergency standards Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge needs service. developed by auto companies. A list and a yellow fuel cap can use either of marketers providing TOP TIER unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). www.toptiergas.com. See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑53. For all other vehicles, use only the unleaded gasoline described under Recommended Fuel on page 9‑51.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

9-52 Driving and Operating

Gasoline Specifications satisfactorily on fuels meeting Fuel Additives federal specifications, but emission (U.S. and Canada Only) control system performance might To provide cleaner air, all gasolines At a minimum, gasoline should be affected. The malfunction in the United States are now meet ASTM specification indicator lamp could turn on and the required to contain additives that D 4814 in the United States or vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. help prevent engine and fuel system CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on deposits from forming, allowing the Some gasolines contain an page 5‑13. If this occurs, return to emission control system to work octane-enhancing additive called your authorized dealer for diagnosis. properly. In most cases, nothing methylcyclopentadienyl manganese If it is determined that the condition should have to be added to the fuel. tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend is caused by the type of fuel used, However, some gasolines contain against the use of gasolines repairs might not be covered by the only the minimum amount of containing MMT. See Fuel Additives vehicle warranty. additive required to meet U.S. on page 9‑52 for additional Environmental Protection Agency information. Fuels in Foreign regulations. To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean Countries California Fuel and avoid problems due to dirty Never use leaded gasoline or any injectors or valves, look for gasoline Requirements other fuel not recommended in the that is advertised as TOP TIER If the vehicle is certified to meet previous text on fuel. Costly repairs Detergent Gasoline. Look for the California Emissions Standards, it is caused by use of improper fuel TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to designed to operate on fuels that would not be covered by the vehicle ensure gasoline meets enhanced meet California specifications. See warranty. detergency standards developed by the underhood emission control the auto companies. A list of To check the fuel availability, ask an marketers providing TOP TIER label. If this fuel is not available in auto club, or contact a major oil states adopting California Emissions Detergent Gasoline can be found at company that does business in the www.toptiergas.com. Standards, the vehicle will operate country where you will be driving.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating 9-53

For customers who do not use TOP Notice: This vehicle was not Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, designed for fuel that contains one bottle of GM Fuel System methanol. Do not use fuel Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel containing methanol. It can and a yellow fuel cap can use either tank at every engine oil change, can corrode metal parts in the fuel unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel help clean deposits from fuel system and also damage plastic containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel and rubber parts. That damage For all other vehicles, use only the System Treatment PLUS is the only would not be covered under the unleaded gasoline described under gasoline additive recommended by vehicle warranty. Recommended Fuel on page 9‑51. General Motors. It is available at Some gasolines that are not We encourage the use of E85 in your dealer. reformulated for low emissions can vehicles that are designed to use it. Gasolines containing oxygenates, contain an octane-enhancing The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” such as ethers and ethanol, and additive called fuel, meaning it is made from reformulated gasolines might be methylcyclopentadienyl manganese renewable sources such as corn available in your area. We tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant and other crops. recommend that you use these where you buy gasoline whether the Many service stations will not have gasolines, if they comply with the fuel contains MMT. We recommend an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump specifications described earlier. against the use of such gasolines. available. The U.S. Department of However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Fuels containing MMT can reduce Energy has an alternative fuels other fuels containing more than spark plug life and affect emission website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ 10% ethanol must not be used in control system performance. The locator/stations/) that can help you vehicles that were not designed for malfunction indicator lamp might find E85 fuel. Those stations that do those fuels. turn on. If this occurs, return to your have E85 should have a label dealer for service. indicating ethanol content. Do not use the fuel if the ethanol content is greater than 85%.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

9-54 Driving and Operating

At a minimum, E85 should meet You should drive the vehicle Filling the Tank ASTM Specification D 5798 or immediately after refueling for at CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling least 11 km (7 mi) to allow the the tank with fuel mixtures that do vehicle to adapt to the change in { WARNING not meet ASTM or CGSB ethanol concentration. Fuel vapor burns violently and a specifications can affect driveability E85 has less energy per liter fuel fire can cause bad injuries. and could cause the malfunction (gallon) than gasoline, so you will To help avoid injuries to you and indicator lamp to come on. As the need to refill the fuel tank more outside temperature approaches others, read and follow all the often when using E85 than when instructions on the fuel pump freezing, ethanol fuel distributors you are using gasoline. See Filling should supply winter grade ethanol, island. Turn off the engine when the Tank on page 9‑54. the same as with unleaded refueling. Do not smoke near fuel gasoline. Notice: Some additives are not or when refueling the vehicle. Do compatible with E85 fuel and can not use cellular phones. Keep The starting characteristics of harm the vehicle's fuel system. sparks, flames, and smoking E85 fuel make it unsuitable for use Do not add anything to E85. materials away from fuel. Do not when the ambient temperatures fall Damage caused by additives leave the fuel pump unattended below −18°C (0°F). would not be covered by the when refueling the vehicle. This is In the range of −18°C (0°F) to 0°C vehicle warranty. against the law in some places. (32°F), you may experience an Notice: This vehicle was not Do not re-enter the vehicle while increase in the time it takes for the designed for fuel that contains pumping fuel. Keep children away engine to start. methanol. Do not use fuel from the fuel pump; never let It is best not to alternate repeatedly containing methanol. It can children pump fuel. between gasoline and E85. If you corrode metal parts in the fuel do switch fuels, it is recommended system and also damage plastic that you add as much fuel as and rubber parts. That damage possible — do not add less than would not be covered under the 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. vehicle warranty. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating 9-55

{ WARNING

Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly. If you spill fuel and then something ignites it, you could be badly burned. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop. Then unscrew the cap all the way. The tethered fuel cap is behind the If the cap is not properly installed, fuel door on the vehicle's passenger the Malfunction Indicator Lamp will side. To open the fuel door, push the come on. See Malfunction Indicator Do not top off or overfill the tank. rearward center edge in and release Lamp on page 5‑13 for more Wait a few seconds before removing and the door will open. Turn the fuel information. the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted cap counterclockwise to remove. Do surfaces as soon as possible. See not release the cap too soon or it Exterior Care on page 10‑79. will spring back. Reinstall the cap by turning it clockwise until it clicks.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

9-56 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable Fuel { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Container If a fire starts while you are . Bring the fill nozzle in contact refueling, do not remove the { WARNING with the inside of the fill nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel opening before operating the by shutting off the pump or by Never fill a portable fuel container nozzle. Contact should be notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle. Static maintained until the filling is Leave the area immediately. electricity discharge from the complete. container can ignite the fuel . Do not smoke while Notice: If a new fuel cap is vapor. You can be badly burned pumping fuel. needed, be sure to get the right and the vehicle damaged if this occurs. To help avoid injury to you . Do not use a cellular phone type of cap from your dealer. The while pumping fuel. wrong type of fuel cap might not and others: fit properly, might cause the . Dispense fuel only into malfunction indicator lamp to approved containers. light, and could damage the fuel . tank and emissions system. See Do not fill a container while Malfunction Indicator Lamp on it is inside a vehicle, in a page 5 13. vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, ‑ or on any surface other than the ground. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating 9-57

Towing vehicle such as a motor home, The vehicle can tow a trailer when see Recreational Vehicle Towing on equipped with the proper trailer page 10‑76. towing equipment. For trailering General Towing capacity, see “Trailer Towing” Information Driving Characteristics following in this section. Trailering changes handling, acceleration, Only use towing equipment that has and Towing Tips braking, durability and fuel been designed for the vehicle. economy. With the added weight, Contact your dealer or trailering { WARNING the engine, transmission, wheel dealer for assistance with preparing assemblies and tires are forced to the vehicle for towing a trailer. The driver can lose control when work harder and under greater See the following trailer towing pulling a trailer if the correct loads. The trailer also adds wind information in this section: equipment is not used or the resistance, increasing the pulling vehicle is not driven properly. . For information on driving while requirements. For safe trailering, For example, if the trailer is too towing a trailer, see “Driving correctly use the proper trailering Characteristics and heavy, the brakes may not work equipment. well or even at all. The driver Towing Tips.” — The following information has and passengers could be important trailering tips and rules . For maximum vehicle and trailer seriously injured. The vehicle may weights, see “Trailer Towing.” for your safety and that of your also be damaged; the resulting passengers. Read this section . For information on equipment to repairs would not be covered by carefully before pulling a trailer. tow a trailer, see “Towing the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer Equipment.” only if all the steps in this section For information on towing a disabled have been followed. Ask your vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on dealer for advice and information page 10‑76. For information on about towing a trailer with the towing the vehicle behind another vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

9-58 Driving and Operating

Pulling a Trailer . Obey speed limit restrictions. has electric brakes, start the vehicle Do not drive faster than the and trailer moving and then apply Here are some important points: maximum posted speed for the trailer brake controller by hand . There are many laws, including trailers, or no more than 90 km/h to be sure the brakes are working. speed limit restrictions that apply (55 mph), to reduce wear on the During the trip, check regularly to be to trailering. Check for legal vehicle. sure that the load is secure, and the requirements with state or . For vehicles with the Ultra Rear lamps and trailer brakes are working provincial police. Parking Assist (URPA) system, properly. . Do not tow a trailer at all during turn the system off when towing the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles) a trailer. If the tow bar is Towing with a Stability Control the new vehicle is driven. The installed while not towing a System engine, axle or other parts could trailer, change the URPA system When towing, the sound of the be damaged. to the “Tow Bar” setting. See stability control system might be Ultrasonic Parking Assist on . During the first 800 km heard. The system is reacting to the page 9‑45 for more information. (500 miles) that a trailer is vehicle movement caused by the towed, do not drive over 80 km/h Driving with a Trailer trailer, which mainly occurs during (50 mph) and do not make starts cornering. This is normal when Towing a trailer requires experience. at full throttle. This reduces wear towing heavier trailers. Get familiar with handling and on the vehicle. braking with the added trailer Following Distance . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). weight. The vehicle is now longer Stay at least twice as far behind the Use a lower gear if the and not as responsive as the vehicle ahead as you would when transmission shifts too often. vehicle is by itself. driving the vehicle without a trailer. . Do not use the Fuel Saver Mode Check all trailer hitch parts and This can help to avoid situations when towing. attachments, safety chains, that require heavy braking and electrical connectors, lamps, tires sudden turns. and mirror adjustments. If the trailer

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Driving and Operating 9-59

Passing When turning with a trailer, make Driving on Grades wider turns than normal so the More passing distance is needed Reduce speed and shift to a lower trailer will not strike soft shoulders, when towing a trailer. Because the gear before starting down a long curbs, road signs, trees or other rig is longer, it is necessary to go or steep downgrade. If the objects. Use the turn signal well in farther beyond the passed vehicle transmission is not shifted down, advance and avoid jerky or sudden before returning to the lane. the brakes might have to be used maneuvers. so much that they would get hot Backing Up Turn Signals When Towing a and no longer work well. Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). wheel with one hand. To move the The turn signal indicators on the Use a lower gear if the transmission trailer to the left, move that hand to shifts too often. the left. To move the trailer to the instrument panel flash whenever right, move your hand to the right. signaling a turn or lane change. When towing at high altitude on Always back up slowly and, Properly hooked up, the trailer steep uphill grades, engine coolant if possible, have someone lamps also flash, telling other will boil at a lower temperature than guide you. drivers the vehicle is turning, at normal altitudes. If the engine is changing lanes or stopping. turned off immediately after towing Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on at high altitude on steep uphill Notice: Making very sharp turns the instrument panel flash for turns grades, the vehicle may show signs while trailering could cause the even if the bulbs on the trailer are similar to engine overheating. To trailer to come in contact with the burned out. Check occasionally to avoid this, let the engine run while vehicle. The vehicle could be be sure the trailer bulbs are still parked, preferably on level ground, damaged. Avoid making very working. with the transmission in P (Park) for sharp turns while trailering. a few minutes before turning the engine off. If the overheat warning comes on, see Engine Overheating on page 10‑21.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

9-60 Driving and Operating

Parking on Hills 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then trailer operation are automatic apply the parking brake and shift transmission fluid, engine oil, axle { WARNING into P (Park). lubricant, belts, cooling system and 5. Release the brake pedal. brake system. Inspect these before Parking the vehicle on a hill with and during the trip. the trailer attached can be Leaving After Parking on a Hill Check periodically to see that all dangerous. If something goes 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. hitch nuts and bolts are tight. wrong, the rig could start to move. People can be injured, and both 2. Start the engine. Engine Cooling When Trailer the vehicle and the trailer can be 3. Shift into a gear. Towing damaged. When possible, always 4. Release the parking brake. The cooling system may temporarily park the rig on a flat surface. overheat during severe operating 5. Let up on the brake pedal. conditions. See Engine Overheating If parking the rig on a hill: 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is on page 10‑21. clear of the chocks. 1. Press the brake pedal, but do Trailer Towing not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn 7. Stop and have someone pick up the wheels into the curb if facing and store the chocks. Before pulling a trailer, there are downhill or into traffic if facing Maintenance When Trailer three important considerations that have to do with weight: uphill. Towing . The weight of the trailer 2. Have someone place chocks The vehicle needs service more under the trailer wheels. often when pulling a trailer. See this . The weight of the trailer tongue 3. When the wheel chocks are in manual's Maintenance Schedule or . The total weight on the vehicle's place, release the brake pedal Index for more information. Things tires until the chocks absorb the load. that are especially important in

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Driving and Operating 9-61

Weight of the Trailer Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options. How heavy can a trailer safely be? Speed, altitude, road grades, Maximum Trailer GCWR* outside temperature, special Weight with Trailer equipment, and the amount of Vehicle Brakes† tongue weight the vehicle can carry L4 Engine, FWD 680 kg (1,500 lbs) 2 625 kg (5,787 lbs) must be considered. See “Weight of L4 Engine, AWD 680 kg (1,500 lbs) 2 700 kg (5,952 lbs) the Trailer Tongue” later in this section for more information. V6 Engine, FWD 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 600 kg (7,937 lbs) Maximum trailer weight is calculated V6 Engine, AWD 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 700 kg (8,157 lbs) assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the † For trailers without trailer brakes the maximum trailer weight is 454 kg required trailering equipment. (1,000 lbs). See Towing Equipment on page 9‑63 for more information. The weight of additional optional equipment, passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted *The Gross Combination Weight Ask your dealer for our trailering from the maximum trailer weight. Rating (GCWR) is the total information or advice. See allowable weight of the completely Customer Assistance Offices on loaded vehicle and trailer including page 13‑3 for more information. any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

9-62 Driving and Operating

Weight of the Trailer Tongue Trailering may be limited by the vehicle's ability to carry tongue The tongue load (A) of any trailer is weight. Tongue weight cannot cause an important weight to measure the vehicle to exceed the GVWR because it affects the total gross (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or weight of the vehicle. The Gross the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the Weight Rating). The effect of curb weight of the vehicle, any additional weight may reduce the cargo carried in it, and the people trailering capacity more than the who will be riding in the vehicle. total of the additional weight. If there are a lot of options, equipment, passengers or cargo in It is important that the vehicle the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue does not exceed any of its weight the vehicle can carry, which If a weight-carrying hitch or a ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, will also reduce the trailer weight the weight-distributing hitch is being Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, used, the trailer tongue (A) should Weight. The only way to be sure it is the tongue load must be added to weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total not exceeding any of these ratings the GVW because the vehicle will loaded trailer weight (B). is to weigh the vehicle and trailer. be carrying that weight, too. See After loading the trailer, weigh the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 21. ‑ trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they are not, adjustments might be made by moving some items around in the trailer.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)

Driving and Operating 9-63

Total Weight on the Vehicle's Towing Equipment Safety Chains Tires Hitches Always attach chains between the Inflate the vehicle's tires to the vehicle and the trailer. Cross the upper limit for cold tires. These Use the correct hitch equipment. safety chains under the tongue of numbers can be found on the See your dealer or a hitch dealer the trailer to help prevent the tongue Certification label or see Vehicle for assistance. from contacting the road if it Load Limits on page 9‑21 for more . The rear bumper on the vehicle becomes separated from the hitch. information. Do not go over the is not intended for hitches. Do Leave enough slack so the rig can GVW limit for the vehicle, or the not attach rental hitches or other turn. Never allow safety chains to GAWR, including the weight of the bumper-type hitches to it. Use drag on the ground. trailer tongue. If using a weight only a frame-mounted hitch that Trailer Brakes distributing hitch, do not go over the does not attach to the bumper. rear axle limit before applying the Does the trailer have its own weight distribution spring bars. . Will any holes be made in the brakes? Be sure to read and follow body of the vehicle when the the instructions for the trailer brakes trailer hitch is installed? If there so they are installed, adjusted, and are, seal the holes when the maintained properly. hitch is removed. If the holes are not sealed, dirt, water, and Because the vehicle has antilock deadly carbon monoxide (CO) brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's from the exhaust can get into the brake system. If this is done, both vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on brake systems will not work well, page 9‑33. or at all.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)

9-64 Driving and Operating

Trailer Sway Conversions and Control (TSC) Add-Ons The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature as part of the Add-On Electrical StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects Equipment that the trailer is swaying, the vehicle's brakes are automatically Notice: Do not add anything applied. electrical to the vehicle unless you check with your dealer first. Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle's warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other components from When TSC is applying the brakes, working as they should. the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light Add-on equipment can drain the flashes to notify the driver to reduce vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the speed. See Traction Control System vehicle is not operating. (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light on The vehicle has an airbag system. page 5‑17. If the trailer continues to Before attempting to add anything sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine electrical to the vehicle, see torque to help slow the vehicle. Servicing the Airbag-Equipped TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is Vehicle on page 3‑35 and Adding turned off. Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑36.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-15 Headlamp Aiming Vehicle Care Cooling System ...... 10-16 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-31 Engine Coolant ...... 10-18 Engine Overheating ...... 10-21 Bulb Replacement General Information Power Steering Fluid Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 General Information ...... 10-2 (2.4L L4 Engine) ...... 10-23 Headlamps, Front Turn California Proposition Power Steering Fluid Signal, Sidemarker, and 65 Warning ...... 10-3 (3.0L V6 Engine) ...... 10-23 Parking Lamps ...... 10-33 California Perchlorate Washer Fluid ...... 10-24 Fog Lamps ...... 10-34 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Brakes ...... 10-24 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Accessories and Brake Fluid ...... 10-25 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Modifications ...... 10-3 Battery ...... 10-27 and Back-Up Lamps ...... 10-34 Vehicle Checks All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-27 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-35 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-36 Doing Your Own Starter Switch Check ...... 10-28 Service Work ...... 10-4 Automatic Transmission Shift Electrical System Lock Control Function Hood ...... 10-5 Fuses ...... 10-37 Check ...... 10-28 Engine Compartment Engine Compartment Fuse Ignition Transmission Lock Overview ...... 10-6 Block ...... 10-37 Check ...... 10-29 Engine Cover ...... 10-9 Instrument Panel Fuse Park Brake and P (Park) Engine Oil ...... 10-10 Block ...... 10-40 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-13 Mechanism Check ...... 10-29 Automatic Transmission Wiper Blade Fluid ...... 10-15 Replacement ...... 10-29

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires Wheel Alignment and Tire General Information Tires ...... 10-43 Balance ...... 10-61 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-44 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-61 For service and parts needs, visit Tire Designations ...... 10-46 Tire Chains ...... 10-62 your dealer. You will receive Tire Terminology and If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-62 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Definitions ...... 10-46 Tire Changing ...... 10-64 and supported service people. Tire Pressure ...... 10-49 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-72 Genuine GM parts have one of Tire Pressure Monitor these marks: System ...... 10-50 Jump Starting Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting ...... 10-72 Operation ...... 10-52 Towing Tire Inspection ...... 10-55 Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-76 Tire Rotation ...... 10-55 Recreational Vehicle When It Is Time for New Towing ...... 10-76 Tires ...... 10-56 Buying New Tires ...... 10-57 Appearance Care Different Size Tires and Exterior Care ...... 10-79 Wheels ...... 10-59 Interior Care ...... 10-82 Uniform Tire Quality Floor Mats ...... 10-85 Grading ...... 10-59

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition California Perchlorate Accessories and 65 Warning Materials Requirements Modifications Most motor vehicles, including this Certain types of automotive Adding non‐dealer accessories to one, contain and/or emit chemicals applications, such as airbag the vehicle can affect vehicle known to the State of California to initiators, seat belt pretensioners, performance and safety, including cause cancer and birth defects or and lithium batteries contained in such things as airbags, braking, other reproductive harm. Engine Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, stability, ride and handling, exhaust, many parts and systems, may contain perchlorate materials. emissions systems, aerodynamics, many fluids, and some component Special handling may be necessary. durability, and electronic systems wear by-products contain and/or For additional information, see like antilock brakes, traction control, emit these chemicals. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ and stability control. Some of these perchlorate. accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Damage to vehicle components resulting from the installation or use of non‐GM certified parts, including control module modifications, is not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

GM Accessories are designed to Vehicle Checks If doing some of your own service complement and function with other work, use the proper service systems on the vehicle. Your GM manual. It tells you much more dealer can accessorize the vehicle Doing Your Own about how to service the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories. Service Work than this manual can. To order the When you go to your GM dealer proper service manual, see Service and ask for GM Accessories, you { WARNING Publications Ordering Information will know that GM-trained and on page 13‑12. supported service technicians will You can be injured and the This vehicle has an airbag system. perform the work using genuine vehicle could be damaged if you Before attempting to do your own GM Accessories. try to do service work on a vehicle service work, see Servicing the Also, see Adding Equipment to the without knowing enough about it. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on . Be sure you have sufficient page 3‑35. page 3‑36. knowledge, experience, Keep a record with all parts receipts the proper replacement and list the mileage and the date of parts, and tools before any service work performed. See attempting any vehicle Maintenance Records on page 11‑9. maintenance task. . Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts, and other fasteners. Metric and English fasteners can be easily confused. If the wrong fasteners are used, parts can later break or fall off. You could be hurt.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

Hood To close the hood: To open the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in) above the vehicle and release it so it fully latches. Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary.

2. Move the secondary hood release lever to the right to release the striker. The lever is near the middle of the hood. 1. Pull the release handle located below the instrument panel to 3. Lift the hood. the left of the steering wheel.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

2.4 L L4 Engine

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on F. Engine Compartment Fuse J. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and page 10‑15. Block on page 10‑37. Pressure Cap. See Engine Coolant on page 10 18. B. Engine Cover on page 10‑9. G. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. ‑ C. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of See Jump Starting on K. Windshield Washer Fluid View). See Engine Oil on page 10‑72. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on page 10 24. page 10‑10. H. Remote Negative (−) Terminal. ‑ D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine See Jump Starting on page 10 72. Oil on page 10‑10. ‑ E. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See I. Battery on page 10‑27 (Out of View). Brakes on page 10‑24.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

3.0 L V6 Engine

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on G. Engine Compartment Fuse Engine Cover page 10‑15. Block on page 10‑37. B. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir H. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. (Under Engine Cover). See See Jump Starting on Power Steering Fluid (2.4L L4 page 10‑72. Engine) on page 10‑23 or I. Remote Negative (−) Terminal. Power Steering Fluid (3.0L See Jump Starting on V6 Engine) on page 10 23. ‑ page 10‑72. C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine J. Battery on page 10‑27 (Out Oil on page 10‑10. of View). D. Engine Cover on page 10‑9. K. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and E. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of Pressure Cap. See Engine View). See Engine Oil on Coolant on page 10‑18. Engine Cover (3.0 L V6) page 10‑10. L. Windshield Washer Fluid A. Oil Fill Cap F. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on Brakes on page 10‑24. page 10‑24. B. Engine Cover Bolt C. Engine Cover

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

To remove: Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil 1. Remove the oil fill cap (A). To ensure proper engine It is a good idea to check the engine 2. Remove the engine cover performance and long life, careful oil level at each fuel fill. In order to bolt (B). attention must be paid to engine oil. get an accurate reading, the vehicle Following these simple, but must be on level ground. The 3. Raise the engine cover (C) to important steps will help protect engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow release from the retainers. your investment: loop. See Engine Compartment 4. Lift and remove the engine Overview on page 10‑6 for the . Always use engine oil approved location of the engine oil dipstick. cover. to the proper specification and of 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to the proper viscosity grade. See Obtaining an accurate oil level reinstall engine cover. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” reading is essential: in this section. 1. If the engine has been running . Check the engine oil level recently, turn off the engine and regularly and maintain the allow several minutes for the oil proper oil level. See “Checking to drain back into the oil pan. Engine Oil” and “When to Add Checking the oil level too soon Engine Oil” in this section. after engine shutoff will not provide an accurate oil level . Change the engine oil at the reading. appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑13. 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth, then . Always dispose of engine oil push it back in all the way. properly. See “What to Do with Remove it again, keeping the tip Used Oil” in this section. down, and check the level.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

When to Add Engine Oil Notice: Do not add too much oil. Selecting the Right Engine Oil Oil levels above or below the Selecting the right engine oil acceptable operating range depends on both the proper oil shown on the dipstick are harmful specification and viscosity grade: to the engine. If you find that you have an oil level above the Specification operating range, i.e., the engine Use and ask for engine oils with the has so much oil that the oil level dexos certification mark. Oils L4 Engine gets above the cross-hatched ™ meeting the requirements of the area that shows the proper vehicle should have the dexos operating range, the engine could certification mark on the container. be damaged. You should drain This certification mark indicates that out the excess oil or limit driving the oil has been approved to the of the vehicle and seek a service dexos specification. professional to remove the excess amount of oil. V6 Engine See Engine Compartment Overview If the oil is below the cross-hatched on page 10‑6 for the location of the area at the tip of the dipstick, add engine oil fill cap. 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See Add enough oil to put the level “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in somewhere in the proper operating this section for an explanation of range. Push the dipstick all the way This vehicle was filled at the factory what kind of oil to use. For engine back in when through. with dexos‐approved engine oil. oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

Notice: Use only engine oil Use of Substitute Engine Oils if that is approved to the dexos dexos is unavailable: In the event specification or an equivalent that dexos‐approved engine oil is engine oil of the appropriate not available at an oil change or for viscosity grade. Engine oils maintaining proper oil level, you approved to the dexos may use substitute engine oil specification will show the displaying the API Starburst symbol dexos symbol on the container. and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade. Failure to use the recommended Use of oils that do not meet the engine oil or equivalent can dexos specification, however, may result in engine damage not result in reduced performance under covered by the vehicle warranty. certain circumstances. If you are unsure whether the oil is approved to the dexos Viscosity Grade specification, ask your service SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity provider. grade for the vehicle. Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W-50.

Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of extreme cold, where the temperature falls below −29°C (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

be used. An oil of this viscosity What to Do with Used Oil Engine Oil Life System grade will provide easier cold Used engine oil contains certain starting for the engine at extremely When to Change Engine Oil elements that can be unhealthy for low temperatures. When selecting your skin and could even cause This vehicle has a computer system an oil of the appropriate viscosity cancer. Do not let used oil stay on that indicates when to change the grade, be sure to always select your skin for very long. Clean your engine oil and filter. This is based an oil that meets the required skin and nails with soap and water, on engine revolutions and engine specification, dexos. See or a good hand cleaner. Wash or temperature, and not on mileage. Specification earlier in this “ ” properly dispose of clothing or rags Based on driving conditions, the section for more information. containing used engine oil. See the mileage at which an oil change is Engine Oil Additives/Engine manufacturer's warnings about the indicated can vary considerably. For Oil Flushes use and disposal of oil products. the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every time Used oil can be a threat to the Do not add anything to the oil. The the oil is changed. recommended oils with the dexos environment. If you change your specification and displaying the own oil, be sure to drain all the oil When the system has calculated dexos certification mark are all that from the filter before disposal. Never that oil life has been diminished, is needed for good performance and dispose of oil by putting it in the it indicates that an oil change is engine protection. trash or pouring it on the ground, necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE into sewers, or into streams or OIL SOON message comes on. See Engine oil system flushes are not bodies of water. Recycle it by taking Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑26. recommended and could cause it to a place that collects used oil. Change the oil as soon as possible engine damage not covered by the within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). vehicle warranty.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

It is possible that, if driving under How to Reset the Engine Oil Or: the best conditions, the oil life Life System 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN system might indicate that an oil with the engine off. change is not necessary for up to a Reset the system whenever the year. The engine oil and filter must engine oil is changed so that the 2. Fully press and release the be changed at least once a year system can calculate the next accelerator pedal three times and, at this time, the system must engine oil change. To reset the within five seconds. system: be reset. Your dealer has trained The system is reset when the service people who will perform this 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON work and reset the system. It is also with the engine off. message goes off. important to check the oil regularly 2. Press the DIC MENU button over the course of an oil drain If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON to display the Vehicle interval and keep it at the proper message comes back on when the Information menu. level. vehicle is started, the engine oil life 3. Press either the up or down system has not been reset. Repeat If the system is ever reset arrows to view REMAINING the procedure. accidentally, the oil must be OIL LIFE. changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. 4. Press the SET/CLEAR button Remember to reset the oil life until 100% is displayed. system whenever the oil is changed. 5. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

Automatic Transmission Change the fluid and filter at the How to Inspect the Engine Air Fluid intervals listed in Scheduled Cleaner/Filter Maintenance on page 11‑2, and To inspect the air cleaner/filter, How to Check Automatic be sure to use the fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and remove the filter from the vehicle Transmission Fluid and lightly shake the filter to release Lubricants on page 11‑6. It is not necessary to check loose dust and dirt. If the filter the transmission fluid level. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter remains covered with dirt, a new A transmission fluid leak is the filter is required. Never use only reason for fluid loss. If a leak See Engine Compartment Overview compressed air to clean the filter. occurs, take the vehicle to your on page 10‑6 for the location of the To inspect or replace the engine air dealer service department and have engine air cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter: it repaired as soon as possible. When to Inspect the Engine Air 1. Open the hood. See Hood on There is a special procedure for Cleaner/Filter page 10‑5. checking and changing the transmission fluid. Because this Inspect or replace the air cleaner/ 2. Locate the air filter housing on procedure is difficult, this should filter at the scheduled maintenance the passenger side of the engine be done at your dealer service intervals. See Scheduled compartment. See Engine department. Contact your dealer Maintenance on page 11‑2 for more Compartment Overview on for additional information or the information. If driving in dusty/dirty page 10‑6. procedure can be found in the conditions, inspect the filter at each service manual. To purchase a engine oil change. service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 13‑12.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

2. Align the air cleaner housing Cooling System cover tabs to the air cleaner housing. 3. Install the air cleaner housing cover using the four screws.

{ WARNING

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it 3. Remove the four air cleaner helps to stop flames if the engine housing cover screws. backfires. Use caution when 2.4 L L4 Engine 4. Pull straight up on the cover, and working on the engine and do not while holding the cover, remove drive with the air cleaner/filter off. A. Engine Cooling Fan (Out the air cleaner filter. of View) B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and 5. Inspect or replace the air cleaner Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is Pressure Cap filter. off, dirt can easily get into the How to Reinstall Engine Air engine, which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/filter Cleaner/Filter in place when you are driving. 1. Install the air cleaner filter into the air cleaner housing. The outer air cleaner filter seal must be fitted properly in the air cleaner housing. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

If the coolant inside the coolant If there seems to be no leak, with surge tank is boiling, do not do the engine on, check to see if the anything else until it cools down. electric engine cooling fan is The vehicle should be parked on a running. If the engine is level surface. overheating, the fan should be The coolant level should be at the running. If it is not, the vehicle COLD FILL line. If it is not, the needs service. Turn off the engine. vehicle may have a leak at the Notice: Using coolant other than radiator hoses, heater hoses, DEX-COOL® can cause premature radiator, water pump, or somewhere engine, heater core, or radiator else in the cooling system. corrosion. In addition, the engine coolant could require changing 3.0 L V6 Engine { WARNING sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) A. Engine Cooling Fans (Out or 24 months, whichever occurs of View) Heater and radiator hoses, and first. Any repairs would not be other engine parts, can be very covered by the vehicle warranty. B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and hot. Do not touch them. If you do, Always use DEX-COOL Pressure Cap you can be burned. (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle. { WARNING Do not run the engine if there is a leak. If you run the engine, it An electric engine cooling fan could lose all coolant. That could under the hood can start up even cause an engine fire, and you when the engine is not running could be burned. Get any leak and can cause injury. Keep fixed before you drive the vehicle. hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

Engine Coolant . Will not damage aluminum parts. WARNING (Continued) . Helps keep the proper engine The cooling system in the vehicle is ® temperature. filled with DEX-COOL engine With plain water or the wrong coolant. This coolant is designed to mixture, the engine could get too Notice: If an improper coolant remain in the vehicle for 5 years or hot but you would not get the mixture is used, the engine could 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever overheat warning. The engine overheat and be badly damaged. The repair cost would not be occurs first. could catch fire and you or others covered by the vehicle warranty. The following explains the cooling could be burned. Use a 50/ Too much water in the mixture system and how to check and add 50 mixture of clean, drinkable can freeze and crack the engine, coolant when it is low. If there is a water and DEX-COOL coolant. radiator, heater core, and other problem with engine overheating, parts. see Engine Overheating on Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, page 10‑21. Never dispose of engine coolant by drinkable water and DEX-COOL putting it in the trash, pouring it on What to Use coolant. If using this mixture, the ground, or into sewers, streams, nothing else needs to be added. or bodies of water. Have the coolant { WARNING This mixture: changed by an authorized service . Gives freezing protection down center, familiar with legal Adding only plain water or some to −37°C (−34°F), outside requirements regarding used other liquid to the cooling system temperature. coolant disposal. This will help can be dangerous. Plain water protect the environment and your . Gives boiling protection up to and other liquids, can boil before health. 129°C (265°F), engine the proper coolant mixture will. temperature. The coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture. . Protects against rust and corrosion. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the { WARNING The vehicle must be on a level Coolant Surge Tank surface when checking the coolant Notice: This vehicle has a Steam and scalding liquids from a level. specific coolant fill procedure. hot cooling system can blow out Check to see if coolant is visible in Failure to follow this procedure and burn you badly. They are the coolant surge tank. If the coolant could cause the engine to under pressure, and if you turn inside the coolant surge tank is overheat and be severely the coolant surge tank pressure boiling, do not do anything else until damaged. cap — even a little — they can it cools down. If coolant is visible If you have not found a problem yet, come out at high speed. Never but the coolant level is not at or check to see if coolant is visible in turn the cap when the cooling above the COLD FILL line, add a the coolant surge tank. If coolant system, including the coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable is visible but the coolant level is surge tank pressure cap, is hot. water and DEX-COOL coolant at the not at the COLD FILL line, add a Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank, but be sure the 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable coolant surge tank pressure cap cooling system is cool before this is water and DEX-COOL coolant at the to cool if you ever have to turn done. See Cooling System on coolant surge tank, but be sure the the pressure cap. page 10‑16 for more information. cooling system, including the The coolant surge tank is located in coolant surge tank pressure cap, is the engine compartment on the cool before you do it. See Engine driver side of the vehicle. See Overheating on page 10‑21 for more Engine Compartment Overview on information. page 10‑6 for more information on location.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING { WARNING

Adding only plain water or some You can be burned if you spill other liquid to the cooling system coolant on hot engine parts. can be dangerous. Plain water Coolant contains ethylene glycol and other liquids, can boil before and it will burn if the engine parts 1. Remove the coolant surge tank the proper coolant mixture will. are hot enough. Do not spill pressure cap when the cooling The coolant warning system is set coolant on a hot engine. system, including the coolant for the proper coolant mixture. surge tank pressure cap and With plain water or the wrong Notice: In cold weather, water upper radiator hose, is no mixture, the engine could get too can freeze and crack the engine, longer hot. hot but you would not get the radiator, heater core and other overheat warning. The engine Turn the pressure cap slowly parts. Use the recommended counterclockwise about could catch fire and you or coolant and the proper coolant others could be burned. Use a one-quarter of a turn. If you hear mixture. a hiss, wait for that to stop. This 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable will allow any pressure still left to water and DEX-COOL coolant. be vented out the discharge hose. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, and remove it.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

By this time, the coolant level Engine Overheating inside the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the level is The vehicle has an indicator to warn lower, add more of the proper of engine overheating. There is an DEX-COOL coolant mixture to engine coolant temperature warning the coolant surge tank until the light on the vehicle's instrument level reaches the COLD panel. See Engine Coolant FILL line. Temperature Gauge on page 5‑10. 5. Replace the pressure cap. The decision may be made not Be sure the pressure cap is to lift the hood when this warning hand-tight. appears, but instead get service help right away. See Roadside Check the level in the coolant surge Assistance Program on page 13‑6. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with tank when the cooling system has the proper DEX-COOL coolant cooled down. If the coolant is not at If the decision to lift the hood is mixture, to the COLD FILL line. the proper level, repeat Steps 1 made, make sure the vehicle is 4. With the coolant surge tank through 3 and reinstall the pressure parked on a level surface. pressure cap off, start the cap. If the coolant still is not at the Then check to see if the engine engine and let it run until the proper level when the system cools cooling fan(s) are running. If the upper radiator hose can be felt down again, see your dealer. engine is overheating, the fan(s) getting hot. Watch out for the should be running. If they are not, engine cooling fan. do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced. Notice: Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

If Steam is Coming from the If No Steam is Coming from 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. If it is safe to do so, pull off the If an engine overheat warning is { WARNING road, shift to P (Park) or displayed but no steam can be seen N (Neutral) and let the or heard, the problem may not be engine idle. Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the If the temperature overheat gauge is just open the hood. Stay away vehicle: no longer in the overheat zone or an from the engine if you see or hear overheat warning no longer . steam coming from it. Just turn it Climbs a long hill on a hot day. displays, the vehicle can be driven. off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic. Wait until there is no sign of vehicle distance from the vehicle in steam or coolant before you open . Tows a trailer. front. If the warning does not come the hood. If the overheat warning is displayed back on, continue to drive normally. with no sign of steam: If you keep driving when the If the warning continues, pull over, engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air conditioning off. stop, and park the vehicle right away. in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest could be badly burned. Stop the temperature and to the highest If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as engine for three minutes while of the vehicle until the engine necessary. parked. If the warning is still is cool. displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

Power Steering Fluid When to Check Power Steering 5. Replace the cap and completely (2.4L L4 Engine) Fluid tighten it. The power steering fluid does not 6. Remove the cap again and look The vehicle has electric power at the fluid level on the dipstick. steering and does not use power need to be checked unless there is steering fluid. a leak in the system or you hear an The fluid level should be between unusual noise. Have the system MAX and MIN line at room inspected and repaired if there is a temperature. If the fluid is on or Power Steering Fluid fluid loss. (3.0L V6 Engine) below MIN line, add fluid. How to Check Power Steering What to Use Fluid To determine what kind of fluid to To check the power steering fluid: use, refer to Recommended Fluids 1. Turn the engine off and let it and Lubricants on page 11‑6. cool down. Always use the proper fluid. 2. Remove the engine cover. Refer Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid to Engine Cover on page 10‑9. may damage the vehicle and the The power steering fluid reservoir is damages may not be covered by located toward the rear of the 3. Wipe the cap and the top of the the vehicle's warranty. Always engine compartment on the reservoir clean. use the correct fluid listed in passenger side of the vehicle. See Recommended Fluids and Engine Compartment Overview on 4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Lubricants on page 11‑6. page 10‑6 for reservoir location.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

Washer Fluid Notice: Brakes . What to Use When using concentrated This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc washer fluid, follow the brake pads have built-in wear Read the manufacturer's manufacturer's instructions indicators that make a high-pitched instructions before refilling the for adding water. warning sound when the brake pads windshield washer fluid. If operating . Do not mix water with are worn and new pads are needed. the vehicle in an area where the ready-to-use washer fluid. The sound can come and go or be temperature may fall below freezing, Water can cause the solution heard all the time the vehicle is use a fluid that has sufficient to freeze and damage the moving, except when applying the protection against freezing. washer fluid tank and other brake pedal firmly. Adding Washer Fluid parts of the washer system. Also, water does not clean as { WARNING well as washer fluid. The brake wear warning sound . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is means that soon the brakes will very cold. This allows for not work well. That could lead to fluid expansion if freezing a crash. When the brake wear occurs, which could damage warning sound is heard, have the Open the cap with the washer the tank if it is vehicle serviced. symbol on it and add washer fluid completely full. until full. See Engine Compartment . Do not use engine coolant Notice: Continuing to drive with Overview on page 10‑6 for reservoir worn-out brake pads could result location. (antifreeze) in the windshield washer. It can damage the in costly brake repair. windshield washer system and paint.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment Brake Fluid can cause a brake squeal when the Every time the brakes are applied, brakes are first applied or lightly with or without the vehicle moving, applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. something is wrong with the brakes. Properly torqued wheel nuts are Replacing Brake System Parts necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together The brake master cylinder reservoir evenly tighten wheel nuts in the if the vehicle is to have really good is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed indicated on the reservoir cap. See specifications in Capacities and and tested with top-quality brake Engine Compartment Overview on Specifications on page 12‑2. parts. When parts of the braking page 10‑6 for the location of the Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get reservoir. new, approved replacement parts. replaced as complete axle sets. There are only two reasons why the If this is not done, the brakes might brake fluid level in the reservoir Brake Pedal Travel not work properly. For example, might go down: See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are . does not return to normal height, wrong for the vehicle, can change The brake fluid level goes down or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and because of normal brake lining pedal travel. This could be a sign rear brakes — for the worse. The wear. When new linings are that brake service might be braking performance expected can installed, the fluid level goes required. change in many other ways if the back up. wrong replacement brake parts are installed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

. A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low Notice: hydraulic system can also cause level, the brake warning light comes a low fluid level. Have the brake . Using the wrong fluid can on. See Brake System Warning badly damage brake hydraulic system fixed, since a Light on page 5‑15. leak means that sooner or later hydraulic system parts. For the brakes will not work well. What to Add example, just a few drops of mineral-based oil, such as Do not top off the brake fluid. Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid engine oil, in the brake Adding fluid does not correct a leak. from a sealed container. See hydraulic system can If fluid is added when the linings are Recommended Fluids and damage brake hydraulic worn, there will be too much fluid Lubricants on page 11‑6. system parts so badly that when new brake linings are Always clean the brake fluid they will have to be replaced. installed. Add or remove brake fluid, reservoir cap and the area around Do not let someone put in as necessary, only when work is the cap before removing it. This the wrong kind of fluid. done on the brake hydraulic system. helps keep dirt from entering the . If brake fluid is spilled on the reservoir. vehicle's painted surfaces, { WARNING the paint finish can be { WARNING If too much brake fluid is added, it damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the can spill on the engine and burn, With the wrong kind of fluid in the vehicle. If you do, wash it off if the engine is hot enough. You brake hydraulic system, the immediately. or others could be burned, and brakes might not work well. This the vehicle could be damaged. could cause a crash. Always use Add brake fluid only when work is the proper brake fluid. done on the brake hydraulic system.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

Battery Infrequent Usage: Remove the How to Check Lubricant black, negative (−) cable from the Refer to the replacement number on battery to keep the battery from the original battery label when a running down. new battery is needed. Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the { DANGER battery or use a battery trickle Battery posts, terminals, and charger. related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals All-Wheel Drive known to the State of California to Transfer Case cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. When to Check and Change Lubricant To get an accurate reading, the Vehicle Storage Refer to the Maintenance Schedule vehicle should be on a level to determine how often to check the surface. lubricant and when to change it. If the level is below the bottom of { WARNING See Scheduled Maintenance on the fill plug hole, located on the page 11 2. Batteries have acid that can burn ‑ transfer case, the vehicle will need you and gas that can explode. some lubricant added. Add enough You can be badly hurt if you are lubricant to raise the level to the not careful. See Jump Starting on bottom of the fill plug hole. A fluid page 10‑72 for tips on working loss could indicate a problem; check around a battery without and have it repaired, if needed. getting hurt.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

What to Use Do not use the accelerator 1. Before starting this check, be Refer to Recommended Fluids and pedal, and be ready to turn off sure there is enough room the engine immediately if it around the vehicle. It should be Lubricants on page 11‑6 to determine what kind of lubricant starts. parked on a level surface. to use. 3. Try to start the engine in each 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. gear. The vehicle should start See Parking Brake on Starter Switch Check only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). page 9‑38. If the vehicle starts in any other Be ready to apply the regular { WARNING position, contact your dealer for brake immediately if the vehicle service. begins to move. When you are doing this 3. With the engine off, turn the inspection, the vehicle could Automatic Transmission ignition on, but do not start the move suddenly. If the vehicle Shift Lock Control engine. Without applying the moves, you or others could be Function Check regular brake, try to move the injured. shift lever out of P (Park) with { WARNING normal effort. If the shift lever 1. Before starting this check, be moves out of P (Park), contact sure there is enough room When you are doing this your dealer for service. around the vehicle. inspection, the vehicle could 2. Firmly apply both the parking move suddenly. If the vehicle brake and the regular brake. moves, you or others could be See Parking Brake on injured. page 9‑38.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

Ignition Transmission Wiper Blade Replacement WARNING (Continued) Lock Check Windshield wiper blades should be While parked, and with the parking of the vehicle in case it begins to inspected for wear and cracking. brake set, try to turn the ignition to roll. Be ready to apply the regular See Scheduled Maintenance on LOCK/OFF in each shift lever brake at once should the vehicle page 11‑2 for more information. position. begin to move. Replacement blades come in . The ignition should turn to different types and are removed in LOCK/OFF only when the shift Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different ways. For proper type and lever is in P (Park). vehicle facing downhill. Keeping length, see Maintenance your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts on page 11‑8. . The ignition key should come the parking brake. out only in LOCK/OFF. Notice: Allowing the wiper blade . To check the parking brake's arm to touch the windshield when Contact your dealer if service is holding ability: With the engine no wiper blade is installed could required. running and the transmission in damage the windshield. Any N (Neutral), slowly remove foot damage that occurs would not be Park Brake and P (Park) pressure from the regular brake covered by your warranty. Do not Mechanism Check pedal. Do this until the vehicle is allow the wiper blade arm to held by the parking brake only. touch the windshield. { WARNING . To check the P (Park) Front Wiper Blade mechanism's holding ability: Replacement When you are doing this check, With the engine running, shift to the vehicle could begin to move. P (Park). Then release the To replace the front wiper blades: You or others could be injured parking brake followed by the 1. Lift the wiper arm from the and property could be damaged. regular brake. windshield until no further Make sure there is room in front Contact your dealer if service is movement is possible. (Continued) required. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

2. Hold the wiper arm at the tip with 5. Align the wiper blade with the one hand and hold the wiper arm and hold both ends of the blade at the tip with the arm while gently squeezing until other hand. the blade snaps into place. 3. Pull down on the wiper blade. Do not apply excessive force The blade will pull away from during this operation. 2. Press the square button on the the arm. Reposition the blade in the arm top side, at the end of the wiper and repeat, if blade is not arm, and pull the wiper blade out correctly positioned. of the end of the wiper arm. 6. Place the wiper arm with the 3. Install the wiper blade connector wiper blade attached back on by sliding into the end of the the liftgate glass. wiper arm until the square button on the wiper blade clicks into place with the wiper arm. 4. Place the wiper arm with the wiper blade in place back on the windshield. Rear Wiper Blade Replacement 4. Place the wiper blade into the To replace the rear wiper blade: wiper arm aligning the blade 1. Lift the wiper arm from the attachment rivet with the arm liftgate glass until no further attachment. movement is possible.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

Headlamp Aiming . Should be placed so it is To adjust the vertical aim, do the perpendicular to the wall or following: The headlamp aiming system has other flat surface. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on been preset at the factory. . Should not have any snow, ice, page 10‑5 for more information. If the vehicle is damaged in an or mud on it. accident, the aim of the headlamps . Should be fully assembled and may be affected and adjustment all other work stopped while may be necessary. headlamp aiming is being It is recommended that a dealer performed. adjust the headlamps. To re-aim . Should be normally loaded with the headlamps yourself, use the a full tank of fuel and one person following procedure. or 75 kg (160 lbs) sitting on the The vehicle should be properly driver's seat. prepared as follows. The vehicle: . Tires should be properly inflated. . Should be placed so the Headlamp aiming is done with the headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft) vehicle's low-beam headlamps. from a light colored wall. The high-beam headlamps will be 2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of . Must have all four tires on a correctly aimed if the low-beam the low‐beam headlamp. headlamps are aimed properly. level surface which is level all 3. Measure the distance from the the way to the wall. ground to the aim dot on the low‐beam headlamp. Record the distance.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

6. Turn on the low-beam 8. Turn the vertical aiming screw headlamps and place a piece of until the headlamp beam is cardboard or equivalent in front aimed to the horizontal tape line. of the headlamp not being Turn it clockwise or adjusted. This allows only the counterclockwise to raise or beam of light from the headlamp lower the angle of the beam. being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface.

4. At the wall measure from the ground upward (A) to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it. 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark in Step 4. 9. Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the Notice: Do not cover a headlamp bottom edge of the horizontal to improve beam cut-off when tape line. The lamp on the aiming. Covering a headlamp may left (A) shows the correct cause excessive heat build-up 7. Locate the vertical headlamp headlamp aim. The lamp on the which may cause damage to the right (B) shows the incorrect headlamp. aiming screws, which are under the hood near each headlamp headlamp aim. assembly. 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite headlamp.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn To replace: 1. Turn the tire to reach the access For the proper type of replacement Signal, Sidemarker, and port cap located on front of bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Parking Lamps wheel well cover. page 10‑36. For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer.

A. Low Beam Headlamp A. Screw B. High Beam headlamp B. Access Port Cap C. Park/Turn Signal Lamp 2. Remove screw (A) and turn D. Side Marker Lamp access port cap (B) counterclockwise to remove.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

3. If replacing low/high headlamp Fog Lamps 4. Push the bulb socket into the bulb, remove the dust cover cap fog lamp assembly and turn from the back of the headlamp To replace one of these bulbs: clockwise to lock it into place. housing by turning the cap 5. Reconnect the bulb socket to the counterclockwise. electrical connector. 4. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove Taillamps, Turn Signal, from lamp assembly. Sidemarker, Stoplamps, 5. Remove the bulb from the and Back-Up Lamps socket or disconnect bulb assembly from harness connector. 6. Install new bulb. 7. Reinstall the lamp socket to lamp assembly turning 1. Locate the fog lamp assembly clockwise. under the front facia. 8. Replace the dust cover cap on 2. Disconnect the bulb socket from headlamps. the electrical connector, turn and 9. Reinstall the wheel well cover pull out the bulb assembly. access port cap and secure by 3. Remove the old bulb from the installing screw. bulb socket and push the new bulb straight into the bulb socket A. Sidemarker until it connects. B. Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp/ Taillamp C. Back-up Lamp Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

To replace one of these lamps: 5. Disconnect the lamp wiring License Plate Lamp harness. 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate To replace one of these bulbs: (Manual) on page 2‑8 or Liftgate (Power) on page 2‑8. 1. Open the liftgate partway. See Liftgate (Manual) on page 2‑8 or Liftgate (Power) on page 2‑8 for more information.

6. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it out. A. Screw 7. Pull the bulb straight out of the B. Screw Cover socket. Passenger side shown, driver side 8. Install the new bulb. 2. Remove the two screw similar covers (B) from the taillamp 9. Push the bulb socket in and turn 2. Push the left end of the lamp assembly. it clockwise. assembly towards the right. 3. Remove the two screws (A) 10. Reverse steps 2 through 5 to 3. Pull the lamp assembly down to securing the taillamp assembly. reinstall lamp assembly. remove from liftgate. 4. Pull taillamp assembly out of vehicle body. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

5. Pull the bulb (B) straight out of Replacement Bulbs the bulb socket. Bulb 6. Push the replacement bulb Exterior Lamp Number straight into the bulb socket and turn the bulb socket clockwise to Back-Up Lamp 921LL install into lamp assembly. Fog Lamp Front H11 7. Turn the lamp assembly into Headlamp the liftgate engaging the clip 9005LL High Beam side first. Headlamp 8. Push on the lamp side opposite H11 the clip until the lamp assembly Low Beam A. Bulb Socket snaps into place. License Plate Lamp 168LL B. Bulb Parking Lamp/Turn 7444NA C. Lamp Assembly Signal Front Sidemarker Front 4. Turn the bulb socket (A) 194LL counterclockwise to remove and Rear from lamp assembly (C). Taillamp/Turn Signal 3157K Lamp/Stop Lamp

For replacement bulbs not listed here, contact your dealer.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

Electrical System If there is a problem on the road Engine Compartment and a fuse needs to be replaced, the same amperage fuse can be Fuse Block Fuses borrowed. Choose some feature of The wiring circuits in the vehicle the vehicle that is not needed to use are protected from short circuits by and replace it as soon as possible. fuses. This greatly reduces the There are two fuse blocks in the chance of damage caused by vehicle: one in the engine electrical problems. compartment and one in the Look at the silver-colored band instrument panel. inside the fuse. If the band is broken There is a fuse puller located in the or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure engine compartment fuse block. to replace a bad fuse with a new See Engine Compartment Fuse one of the identical size and rating. Block on page 10‑37. It can be used Replace a bad fuse with a new one to easily remove fuses from the fuse of the identical size and rating. block. To remove the fuse block cover, squeeze the clips on the cover and lift it straight up. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑6. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

J-Case Usage Fuses 6 Power Seat – Left Instrument Panel 7 Fuse Block 1 8 Rear Defogger 9 Starter 10 AIR Pump Motor Instrument Panel 11 Fuse Block 2 12 Sunroof Antilock Brake 13 System Pump Engine Compartment Fuse Block Instrument Panel 14 Fuse Block 3 The vehicle may not be equipped J-Case Usage Power Windows with all of the fuses, relays, and 15 Fuses Left features shown. – 3 Brake Booster Antilock Brake J-Case Usage 16 Fuses Power Windows System Module 4 – Right 1 Cool Fan 1 Memory Seat 2 Cool Fan 2 5 Module Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Transmission 29 Front Wiper Pre–Catalytic 17 Control Module 43 Converter Oxygen 30 Rear Wiper Battery Sensor Air Conditioning 18 Trailer Parking Light 31 Transmission Compressor 44 Control Module 19 AIR Pump Solenoid 32 Rear Latch 45 Mirror Engine Control 20 33 Heated Mirrors Module Battery Chassis Control 46 34 Horn Module Ignition 21 Canister Vent Right High Beam 47 Spare Trailer Left Side 35 ‐ 22 Headlamp (If Equipped) 48 Rear Drive Module Left High Beam 23 Lift Gate Module 36 ‐ Lift Gate Module Headlamp 49 Logic 24 Power Lumbar 37 Ignition Even Coil Instrument Panel Trailer Right Side 50 25 38 Ignition Odd Coil Fuse Block Ignition (If Equipped) 39 Windshield Washer 51 Heated Seat Front Rear Accessory – 26 Power Outlet 40 Front Fog Lamps Chassis Control 52 Module Memory Mirror Post Catalytic 27 Module 41 Converter Oxygen Engine Control 53 Sensor Module Regulated Voltage 28 Control Battery Engine Control 54 Rear Vision Camera 42 Sensor Module Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

Midi Fuse Usage Micro Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Relays Electric Power Block 55 Steering 63 Rear Defogger 64 Wiper Speed Micro Usage Relays 65 Fog Lamp 56 AIR Pump Solenoid 66 Engine Control 57 Brake Booster 67 Starter 58 Cooling Fan Low 68 Run/Crank Headlamp 59 Mini Relays Usage High Beam 69 Cooling Fan High 60 Cooling Fan Control 70 AIR Pump Motor Wiper On/Off 61 The instrument panel fuse block is Control located on the passenger side panel Air Conditioning of the center console. To access the 62 Compressor fuses, open the fuse panel door from the passenger side by pulling it out.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

To reinstall the door, insert the tabs Mini Fuses Usage on the top of the door into the Steering Wheel console first, then push the door 1 back into its original location. Dimming The vehicle may not be equipped 2 Spare with all of the fuses, relays, and 3 Spare features shown. Body Control 4 Module 1 5 Infotainment Body Control 6 Module 7 Noise Control 7 Module Body Control 8 Module 4 9 Radio Special Equipment 10 Order Battery Ultrasonic Rear 11 Parking Assist Instrument Panel Fuse Block Module

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Heater, Ventilation Sensing and Sensing and 12 and Air Conditioning 22 Diagnostic Module 35 Diagnostic Module Battery Ignition Battery Auxiliary Power 23 Spare Data Link 13 36 Front Connection 24 Spare Heater, Ventilation Instrument Panel Transmission Gear 37 14 and Air Conditioning Cluster Battery 25 Shift Position Ignition Indicator Passenger Sensing 38 15 Display System Module 26 Spare Body Control 39 Spare 16 27 Spare Module 5 28 Spare Auxiliary J Case Usage 17 ‐ Power Rear Body Control Fuses 30 Module 3 Instrument Panel 29 Front Blower Motor 18 Cluster Ignition 31 Amplifier Body Control 40 Personal Device Discrete Logic Module 8 19 32 Interface Module Ignition Switch Body Control Communications Relays Usage 20 33 Module 6 Integration Module Logistic Relay 41 Special Equipment Body Control (If Equipped) 34 21 Order Retained Module 2 Retained Accessory 42 Accessory Power Power Relay Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires can same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the Every new GM vehicle has tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire high-quality tires made by a could cause serious injury. service center should repair, leading tire manufacturer. Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount See the warranty manual for maintain the recommended the tires. pressure. Tire pressure information regarding the tire . Do not spin the tires in warranty and where to get should be checked when the excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) service. For additional tires are cold. on slippery surfaces such information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more as snow, mud, ice, etc. manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode. { WARNING impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at . Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause a dangerous. crash. If the tread is badly . Overloading the tires can worn, replace them. cause overheating as a result . Replace any tires that have of too much flexing. There been damaged by impacts could be a blowout and a with potholes, curbs, etc. serious crash. See Vehicle (Continued) Load Limits on page 9‑21. (Continued)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the Tire Identification Number (TIN). “Tire Size” illustration later in this The TIN shows the Useful information about a tire section for more detail. manufacturer and plant code, is molded into its sidewall. The tire size, and date the tire was examples below show a typical (B) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria manufactured. The TIN is passenger vehicle tire and a molded onto both sides of the compact spare tire sidewall. Specification): Original equipment tires designed to tire, although only one side may GM's specific tire performance have the date of manufacture. criteria have a TPC specification (E) Tire Ply Material: The type code molded onto the sidewall. of cord and number of plies in GM's TPC specifications meet the sidewall and under the tread. or exceed all federal safety (F) Uniform Tire Quality guidelines. Grading (UTQG): Tire (C) DOT (Department of manufacturers are required to Transportation): The grade tires based on three Department of Transportation performance factors: treadwear, (DOT) code indicates that traction, and temperature Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example the tire is in compliance resistance. For more information with the U.S. Department of see Uniform Tire Quality (A) Tire Size: The tire size is Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading on page 10‑59. a combination of letters and Safety Standards. numbers used to define a (G) Maximum Cold Inflation particular tire's width, height, (D) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load aspect ratio, construction type, (TIN): The letters and numbers that can be carried and the following the DOT (Department maximum pressure needed

of Transportation)by:Provided Information code are the to support that load. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

regular road tire has lost air and (E) Tire Inflation: The gone flat. If the vehicle has a temporary use tire or compact compact spare tire, see spare tire should be inflated to Compact Spare Tire on 420 kPa (60 psi). For more page 10‑72 and If a Tire Goes information on tire pressure and Flat on page 10‑62. inflation see Tire Pressure on (C) Tire Identification Number page 10‑49. (TIN): The letters and numbers (F) Tire Size: A combination of following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a of Transportation) code is the tire's width, height, aspect ratio, Tire Identification Number (TIN). construction type, and service Compact Spare Tire Example The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the (A) Tire Ply Material: The type manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size of cord and number of plies in tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary the sidewall and under the tread. manufactured. The TIN is use only. molded onto both sides of the (B) Temporary Use Only: The (G) TPC Spec (Tire tire, although only one side may Performance Criteria compact spare tire or temporary have the date of manufacture. use tire has a tread life of Specification): Original approximately 5 000 km (D) Maximum Cold Inflation equipment tires designed to (3,000 mi) and should not be Load Limit: Maximum load GM's specific tire performance driven at speeds over 105 km/h that can be carried and the criteria have a TPC specification (65 mph). The compact spare maximum pressure needed to code molded onto the sidewall. tire is for emergency use when a support that load. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit the load carrying capacity a tire number that indicates the tire is certified to carry. The speed Tire Size height‐to‐width measurements. rating is the maximum speed a The following is an example of For example, if the tire size tire is certified to carry a load. a typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in tire size. item C of the illustration, it would Tire Terminology and mean that the tire's sidewall is Definitions 60 percent as high as it is wide. Air Pressure: The amount (D) Construction Code: A of air inside the tire pressing letter code is used to indicate outward on each square inch the type of ply construction in of the tire. Air pressure is the tire. The letter R means expressed in psi (pounds per radial ply construction; the (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: square inch) or kPa (kilopascal). The United States version of a letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter B Accessory Weight: The metric tire sizing system. The combined weight of optional letter P as the first character in means belted‐bias ply construction. accessories. Some examples the tire size means a passenger of optional accessories are, vehicle tire engineered to (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of automatic transmission, power standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. steering, power brakes, power and Rim Association. (F) Service Description: These windows, power seats, and air (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit characters represent the load conditioning. number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the Aspect Ratio: The relationship width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents of a tire's height to its width. sidewall to sidewall.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

Belt: A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil, GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight cords that is located between and coolant, but without Rating for the rear axle. See the plies and the tread. Cords passengers and cargo. Vehicle Load Limits on may be made from steel or other DOT Markings: A code molded page 9‑21. reinforcing materials. into the sidewall of a tire Intended Outboard Sidewall: Bead: The tire bead contains signifying that the tire is in The side of an asymmetrical tire, steel wires wrapped by steel compliance with the U.S. that must always face outward cords that hold the tire onto Department of Transportation when mounted on a vehicle. the rim. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Kilopascal (kPa): The metric Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code unit for air pressure. in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also tire used on light duty trucks and 90 degrees to the centerline of some multipurpose passenger the tread. identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and vehicles. Cold Tire Pressure: The date of production. Load Index: An assigned amount of air pressure in a tire, number ranging from 1 to 279 measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits that corresponds to the load or psi (pounds per square inch) carrying capacity of a tire. before a tire has built up heat on page 9‑21. from driving. See Tire Pressure GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure: on page 10‑49. Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. Curb Weight: The weight of a Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑21. The maximum air pressure is motor vehicle with standard and molded onto the sidewall. optional equipment including the

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is Sidewall: The portion of a tire load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead. maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall Speed Rating: An pressure for that tire. of the tire. alphanumeric code assigned to Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A a tire indicating the maximum Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and speed at which a tire can weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and operate. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles. Traction: The friction between production options weight. Recommended Inflation the tire and the road surface. Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle The amount of grip provided. number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended Tread: The portion of a tire is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown that comes into contact with 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire the road. Load Limits on page 9‑21. Pressure on page 10‑49 and Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Occupant Distribution: Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑21. bands, sometimes called wear Designated seating positions. bars, that show across the Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that (1/16 in) of tread remains. See has a particular side that faces extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires 90 degrees to the centerline of outward when mounted on a on page 10‑56. the tread. vehicle. The side of the tire that UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire Grading Standards): A tire white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads information system that provides manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated. consumers with ratings for a Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

tire's traction, temperature, equipment tire size and Overinflated tires, or tires and treadwear. Ratings are recommended inflation pressure. that have too much air, can determined by tire See “Tire and Loading result in: manufacturers using Information Label under Vehicle ” . Unusual wear. government testing procedures. Load Limits on page 9‑21. The ratings are molded into the . Poor handling. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Pressure . Rough ride. Tire Quality Grading on Tires need the correct amount of . Needless damage from page 10‑59. air pressure to operate road hazards. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The effectively. A vehicle-specific Tire and number of designated seating Notice: Neither tire positions multiplied by Loading Information label is underinflation nor attached to the vehicle. This 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated overinflation is good. cargo load. See Vehicle Load label shows the vehicle's original Underinflated tires, or tires equipment tires and the correct Limits on page 9‑21. that do not have enough air, inflation pressures for the tires Vehicle Maximum Load on the can result in: when they are cold. The Tire: Load on an individual tire . Tire overloading and recommended cold tire inflation due to curb weight, accessory over-heating which could pressure, shown on the label, is weight, occupant weight, and lead to a blowout. the minimum amount of air cargo weight. pressure needed to support the . Premature or vehicle's maximum load carrying Vehicle Placard: A label irregular wear. permanently attached to a capacity. vehicle showing the vehicle . Poor handling. For additional information capacity weight and the original . Reduced fuel economy. regarding how much weight

Information Provided by:Provided Information the vehicle can carry, and an Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

example of the Tire and Loading looking at them. Radial tires may Be sure to put the valve caps Information label, see Vehicle look properly inflated even when back on the valve stems. They Load Limits on page 9‑21. How they are underinflated. Check help prevent leaks by keeping you load the vehicle affects the tire's inflation pressure when out dirt and moisture. vehicle handling and ride the tires are cold. Cold means comfort. Never load the vehicle the vehicle has been sitting for Tire Pressure Monitor with more weight than it was at least three hours or driven no System designed to carry. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). The Tire Pressure Monitor System When to Check Remove the valve cap from the (TPMS) uses radio and sensor tire valve stem. Press the tire technology to check tire pressure Check the tires once a month or gauge firmly onto the valve to levels. The TPMS sensors monitor more. Do not forget to check the get a pressure measurement. the air pressure in your tires and compact spare tire, if the vehicle If the cold tire inflation pressure transmit tire pressure readings to has one. The compact spare matches the recommended a receiver located in the vehicle. should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). pressure on the Tire and Each tire, including the spare For additional information Loading Information label, no (if provided), should be checked regarding the compact spare further adjustment is necessary. monthly when cold and inflated to tire, see Compact Spare Tire on If the inflation pressure is low, the inflation pressure recommended page 10 72. by the vehicle manufacturer on the ‑ add air until you reach the vehicle placard or tire inflation How to Check recommended amount. pressure label. (If your vehicle has Use a good quality pocket-type If you overfill the tire, release air tires of a different size than the size gauge to check tire pressure. by pushing on the metal stem indicated on the vehicle placard or You cannot tell if the tires are in the center of the tire valve. tire inflation pressure label, you properly inflated simply by Re check the tire pressure with should determine the proper tire ‐ inflation pressure for those tires.) the tire gauge. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been Always check the TPMS malfunction vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the tires or wheels on your vehicle to (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. ensure that the replacement or pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is alternate tires and wheels allow the of your tires is significantly under‐ combined with the low tire pressure TPMS to continue to function inflated. telltale. When the system detects a properly. Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for See Tire Pressure Monitor approximately one minute and then pressure telltale illuminates, you Operation on page 10‑52 for should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. additional information. soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start‐ups as Federal Communications long as the malfunction exists. significantly under‐inflated tire Commission (FCC) and causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is Industry Canada lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation illuminated, the system may not be See Radio Frequency Statement on also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire page 13‑16 for information tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS regarding Part 15 of the Federal vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety Communications Commission (FCC) ability. of reasons, including the installation rules and Industry Canada Please note that the TPMS is of replacement or alternate tires or Standards RSS-210/220/310. not a substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under‐inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor as soon as possible and inflate the A Tire and Loading Information label tires to the recommended pressure shows the size of the original Operation shown on the tire loading equipment tires and the correct This vehicle may have a Tire information label. See Vehicle Load inflation pressure for the tires when Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). Limits on page 9‑21. they are cold. See Vehicle Load The TPMS is designed to warn the A message to check the pressure in Limits on page 9‑21, for an example driver when a low tire pressure a specific tire displays in the Driver of the Tire and Loading Information condition exists. TPMS sensors are Information Center (DIC). The low label and its location. Also see Tire mounted onto each tire and wheel tire pressure warning light and the Pressure on page 10‑49. assembly, excluding the spare tire DIC warning message come on at The TPMS can warn about a and wheel assembly. The TPMS each ignition cycle until the tires are low tire pressure condition but it sensors monitor the air pressure in inflated to the correct inflation does not replace normal tire the tires and transmits the tire pressure. Using the DIC, tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection pressure readings to a receiver pressure levels can be viewed. For on page 10‑55, Tire Rotation on located in the vehicle. additional information and details page 10‑55 and Tires on about the DIC operation and page 10‑43. displays see Driver Information Notice: Tire sealant materials are Center (DIC) on page 5‑20. not all the same. A non-approved The low tire pressure warning light tire sealant could damage the may come on in cool weather when TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor the vehicle is first started, and then damage caused by using an turn off as the vehicle is driven. This incorrect tire sealant is not When a low tire pressure condition could be an early indicator that the covered by the vehicle warranty. is detected, the TPMS illuminates air pressure is getting low and Always use only the the low tire pressure warning light needs to be inflated to the proper GM-approved tire sealant located on the instrument cluster. pressure. available through your dealer or If the warning light comes on, stop included in the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See flashes for about one minute and low tire condition. See your dealer "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section the ignition cycle. A DIC warning light and DIC message comes on . message also displays. The low tire One or more TPMS sensors are and stays on. pressure warning light and DIC missing or damaged. The DIC message and the TPMS TPMS Sensor Matching warning message come on at each Process ignition cycle until the problem is malfunction light should go off corrected. Some of the conditions when the TPMS sensors are Each TPMS sensor has a unique that can cause these to come installed and the sensor identification code. The identification on are: matching process is performed code needs to be matched to a new successfully. See your dealer tire/wheel position after rotating the . One of the road tires has been for service. tires or replacing one or more of the replaced with the spare tire. . TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor The spare tire does not have a Replacement tires or wheels do not match the original equipment matching process should also be TPMS sensor. The malfunction performed after replacing a spare light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels other than those recommended tire with a road tire containing the go off after the road tire is TPMS sensor. The malfunction replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. See Buying light and the DIC message should matching process is performed go off at the next ignition cycle. successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires on page 10‑57. Matching Process" later in this

section. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

The sensors are matched to the 4. Press the SET/CLR button to 8. Proceed to the passenger side tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS begin the sensor matching front tire, and repeat the relearn tool, in the following order: process. procedure in Step 7. driver side front tire, passenger side A message requesting 9. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, acceptance of the process rear tire, and repeat the and driver side rear. See your should display. procedure in Step 7. dealer for service or to purchase a relearn tool. 5. Press the SET/CLR button again 10. Proceed to the driver side rear to confirm the selection. tire, and repeat the procedure There are two minutes to match The horn sounds twice to signal in Step 7. The horn sounds two the first tire/wheel position, and times to indicate the sensor five minutes overall to match all the receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE LEARNING identification code has been four tire/wheel positions. If it takes matched to the driver side rear longer, the matching process ACTIVE message displays on the DIC screen. tire, and the TPMS sensor stops and must be restarted. matching process is no longer The TPMS sensor matching 6. Start with the driver side active. The TIRE LEARNING process is: front tire. ACTIVE message on the DIC 1. Set the parking brake. 7. Place the relearn tool against display screen goes off. the tire sidewall, near the valve 11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with stem. Then press the button to the engine off. activate the TPMS sensor. 12. Set all four tires to the 3. Use the MENU button to select A horn chirp confirms that the recommended air pressure the Vehicle Information Menu in sensor identification code has level as indicated on the Tire the Driver Information Center been matched to this tire and and Loading Information label. (DIC). Use the arrow keys to wheel position. scroll to the Tire Pressure screen.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

Tire Inspection . The tire has a puncture, cut, See When It Is Time for New or other damage that cannot Tires on page 10‑56 and Wheel GM recommends that the tires, be repaired well because of Replacement on page 10‑61. including the spare tire, if the the size or location of the vehicle has one, be inspected damage. for signs of wear or damage at least once a month. Tire Rotation Replace the tire if: Tires should be rotated every . The indicators at three or 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See more places around the tire Scheduled Maintenance on can be seen. page 11‑2. . There is cord or fabric The purpose of a regular tire showing through the tire's rotation is to achieve a uniform rubber. wear for all tires on the vehicle. This will ensure that the vehicle . The tread or sidewall is continues to perform most like it When rotating the vehicle's tires, cracked, cut, or snagged did when the tires were new. always use the correct rotation deep enough to show cord pattern shown here. or fabric. Any time you notice unusual wear, rotate the tires as soon Do not include the compact . The tire has a bump, bulge, as possible and check wheel spare tire in the tire rotation. or split. alignment. Also check for damaged tires or wheels.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

After the tires have been When It Is Time for New WARNING (Continued) rotated, adjust the front and rear Tires inflation pressures as shown on When changing a wheel, remove the Tire and Loading Information Factors such as maintenance, any rust or dirt from places where temperatures, driving speeds, label. See Tire Pressure on the wheel attaches to the vehicle. page 10 49 and Vehicle Load vehicle loading, and road conditions ‑ In an emergency, use a cloth or a affect the wear rate of the tires. Limits on page 9‑21. paper towel to do this; but be sure Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor to use a scraper or wire brush System. See Tire Pressure later, if needed, to get all the rust Monitor Operation on or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10 62. page 10‑52. ‑ Make certain that all wheel nuts Lightly coat the center of the are properly tightened. See wheel hub with wheel bearing Wheel Nut Torque under “ ” grease after a wheel change or Capacities and Specifications on tire rotation to prevent corrosion page 12 2. ‑ or rust build-up. Do not get grease on the flat wheel { WARNING mounting surface or on the Treadwear indicators are one way Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the wheel nuts or bolts. to tell when it is time for new tires. parts to which it is fastened, can Treadwear indicators appear when make wheel nuts become loose the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) after time. The wheel could or less of tread remaining. See Tire come off and cause an accident. Inspection on page 10‑55 and Tire (Continued) Rotation on page 10‑55 for more information. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

The rubber in tires ages over time. Parking for an extended period can GM's exclusive TPC Spec This also applies for the spare tire, cause flat spots on the tires that system considers over a dozen if the vehicle has one, even if it is may result in vibrations while critical specifications that impact never used. Multiple conditions driving. When storing a vehicle for the overall performance of the including temperatures, loading at least a month, remove the tires vehicle, including brake system conditions, and inflation pressure or raise the vehicle to reduce the maintenance affect how fast aging weight from the tires. performance, ride and handling, takes place. Tires will typically need traction control, and tire to be replaced due to wear before Buying New Tires pressure monitoring they may need to be replaced performance. GM's TPC Spec due to age. Consult the tire GM has developed and matched number is molded onto the tire's manufacturer for more information specific tires for the vehicle. The sidewall near the tire size. If the on when tires should be replaced. original equipment tires installed tires have an all‐season tread on the vehicle, when it was new, Vehicle Storage design, the TPC Spec number were designed to meet General will be followed by an MS for Tires age when stored normally Motors Tire Performance Criteria mud and snow. See Tire mounted on a parked vehicle. Park Specification (TPC Spec) Sidewall Labeling on page 10 44 a vehicle that will be stored for at ‑ system rating. If you need for additional information. least a month in a cool, dry, clean replacement tires, GM strongly area away from direct sunlight to recommends that you get tires GM recommends replacing tires slow aging. This area should be in sets of four. This is because free of grease, gasoline, or other with the same TPC Spec rating. This way, the vehicle will uniform tread depth on all tires substances that can deteriorate will help keep the vehicle rubber. continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performing most like it did when performance and vehicle safety, the tires were new. Replacing during normal use, as the less than a full set of tires can original tires. affect the braking and handling Information Provided by:Provided Information performance of the vehicle. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

See Tire Inspection on If you must replace the vehicle's WARNING (Continued) page 10‑55 and Tire Rotation on tires with those that do not have page 10‑55 for information on a crash. Using tires of different a TPC Spec number, make sure proper tire rotation. sizes, brands, or types may they are the same size, load also cause damage to the range, speed rating, and { WARNING vehicle. Be sure to use the construction type (radial and correct size, brand, and type bias‐belted tires) as the vehicle's Tires could explode during original tires. improper service. Attempting to of tires on all wheels. It is all mount or dismount a tire could right to drive with the compact Vehicles that have a tire cause injury or death. Only your spare temporarily, as it was pressure monitoring system dealer or authorized tire service developed for use on the could give an inaccurate center should mount or dismount vehicle. See Compact Spare low‐pressure warning if non‐TPC the tires. Tire on page 10‑72. Spec rated tires are installed on the vehicle. Non‐TPC Spec rated tires may give a low‐ pressure warning that is higher { WARNING { WARNING or lower than the proper warning Mixing tires could cause you Using bias-ply tires on the level you would get with TPC to lose control while driving. vehicle may cause the wheel Spec rated tires. See Tire If you mix tires of different rim flanges to develop cracks Pressure Monitor System on sizes, brands, or types (radial after many miles of driving. page 10‑50. and bias-belted tires), the A tire and/or wheel could fail vehicle may not handle suddenly and cause a crash. properly, and you could have Use only radial-ply tires with (Continued) the wheels on the vehicle. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

The vehicle's original equipment Uniform Tire Quality { WARNING tires are listed on the Tire and Grading Loading Information label. See If different sized wheels are used, Quality grades can be found Vehicle Load Limits on there may not be an acceptable where applicable on the tire page 9‑21 for more information level of performance and safety if about the Tire and Loading tires not recommended for those sidewall between tread shoulder Information label and its location wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. on the vehicle. increases the chance of a crash For example: and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA Different Size Tires and specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A Wheels developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a The following information relates If wheels or tires are installed that GM certified technician. to the system developed by the are a different size than the original United States National Highway equipment wheels and tires, vehicle Traffic Safety Administration See Buying New Tires on performance, including its braking, (NHTSA), which grades tires ride and handling characteristics, page 10‑57 and Accessories and stability, and resistance to rollover Modifications on page 10‑3 for by treadwear, traction, and may be affected. If the vehicle has additional information. temperature performance. This electronic systems such as antilock applies only to vehicles sold in brakes, rollover airbags, traction the United States. The grades control, and electronic stability are molded on the sidewalls of control, the performance of these most passenger car tires. The systems can also be affected. Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

tires, space-saver, or temporary specified government test Warning: The traction grade use spare tires, tires with course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), a half (1½) times as well on the tests, and does not include or to some limited-production government course as a tire acceleration, cornering, tires. graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction While the tires available on performance of tires depends characteristics. upon the actual conditions of General Motors passenger cars Temperature – A, B, C and light trucks may vary with their use, however, and may The temperature grades are respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the A (the highest), B, and C, must also conform to federal norm due to variations in driving representing the tire's resistance safety requirements and habits, service practices and to the generation of heat and its additional General Motors Tire differences in road ability to dissipate heat when Performance Criteria (TPC) characteristics and climate. tested under controlled standards. Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified indoor All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and Treadwear pavement as measured under excessive temperature can controlled conditions on lead to sudden tire failure. The The treadwear grade is a specified government test grade C corresponds to a level comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and of performance which all wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

Standard No. 109. Grades B and wear or if the vehicle is pulling to Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel A represent higher levels of one side or the other. If the vehicle nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor performance on the laboratory vibrates when driving on a smooth System (TPMS) sensors with new test wheel than the minimum road, the tires and wheels might GM original equipment parts. required by law. Warning: The need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis. temperature grade for this tire is { WARNING established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement Using the wrong replacement properly inflated and not wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel overloaded. Excessive speed, Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or nuts can be dangerous. It could underinflation, or excessive affect the braking and handling of loading, either separately or in corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and the vehicle. Tires can lose air, combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced. and cause loss of control, causing buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. a crash. Always use the correct Some aluminum wheels can be wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel Wheel Alignment and Tire repaired. See your dealer if any of nuts for replacement. Balance these conditions exist. The tires and wheels were aligned Your dealer will know the kind of Notice: The wrong wheel can and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed. also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer provide the longest tire life and best Each new wheel should have the or odometer calibration, overall performance. Adjustments to same load-carrying capacity, headlamp aim, bumper height, wheel alignment and tire balancing diameter, width, offset, and be vehicle ground clearance, and tire will not be necessary on a regular mounted the same way as the or tire chain clearance to the basis. However, check the one it replaces. alignment if there is unusual tire body and chassis. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑62 for more information. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

Used Replacement Wheels If a Tire Goes Flat WARNING (Continued) It is unusual for a tire to blowout { WARNING The area damaged by the tire while you are driving, especially if you maintain the vehicle's tires Replacing a wheel with a used chains could cause you to lose properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is one is dangerous. How it has control of the vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash. much more likely to leak out slowly. been used or how far it has been But if you should ever have a driven may be unknown. It could A Type S low-profile cable can blowout, here are a few tips about fail suddenly and cause a crash. be used only if the cable what to expect and what to do: When replacing wheels, use a manufacturer recommends it for If a front tire fails, the flat tire new GM original equipment use on the vehicle, the tire size wheel. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle combination, and road conditions. toward that side. Take your foot off Follow the manufacturer's the accelerator pedal and grip the Tire Chains instructions. To help avoid steering wheel firmly. Steer to damage to the vehicle, drive maintain lane position, and then slowly, readjust or remove the { WARNING gently brake to a stop, well off the cable if it is contacting the vehicle road, if possible. and do not spin the vehicle's tires. Do not use tire chains. There is A rear blowout, particularly on a Install the cables on the front tires not enough clearance. Tire chains curve, acts much like a skid and used on a vehicle without the only. Cables should not be may require the same correction proper amount of clearance can installed on the spare tire or on you would use in a skid. In any rear cause damage to the brakes, the optional 19-inch tire. blowout remove your foot from the suspension or other vehicle parts. accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle (Continued) under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

It may be very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently brake to a { WARNING { WARNING stop, well off the road, if possible. Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip { WARNING dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall Driving on a flat tire will cause appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a permanent damage to the tire. training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. Re-inflating a tire after it has the vehicle, it is designed only for To help prevent the vehicle from been driven on while severely changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: underinflated or flat may cause a anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. blowout and a serious crash. be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic Never attempt to re-inflate a tire transmission shift lever in that has been driven on while is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire. P (Park), or shift a manual severely underinflated or flat. transmission to 1 (First) or Have your dealer or an authorized R (Reverse). tire service center repair or If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 3. Turn off the engine and do replace the flat tire as soon as and wheel damage by driving slowly not restart while the vehicle possible. to a level place, well off the road, is raised. if possible. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to Warning Flashers on page 6‑3. remain in the vehicle. 5. Place wheel blocks on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), Tire Changing use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of Removing the Spare Tire and wheel blocks (A). Tools To access the spare tire and tools: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate (Manual) on page 2‑8 or Liftgate (Power) on page 2‑8. 2. Lift the load floor up.

4. Turn the retainer nut A. Wheel Block counterclockwise and remove the spare tire. B. Flat Tire 5. Place the spare tire next to the The following information explains tire being changed. how to repair or change a tire.

3. Remove the extension (A), wheel wrench (B) and jack (C). Place the tools next to the tire being changed. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

Removing the Flat Tire and Notice: Make sure that the jack Installing the Spare Tire lift head is in the correct position or you may damage your vehicle. 1. Do a safety check before The repairs would not be covered proceeding. See If a Tire Goes by your warranty. Flat on page 10‑62 for more information. 2. For vehicles with wheel nut caps, turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen and remove them. Do not try to remove plastic caps from the cover or center cap. 4. Turn the wheel wrench 3. For vehicles with a wheel cover counterclockwise to loosen all or center cap, pull the cover or the wheel nuts, but do not center cap away from the wheel remove them yet. to remove it. Store the wheel 5. Place the jack near the flat tire. cover in the cargo area until you Front have the flat tire repaired or replaced.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

{ WARNING Rear Place the jack notch (A) under 6. Position the jack lift head at the the frame rail seam (B). Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can jack location nearest the flat tire. 7. Put the compact spare tire damage the vehicle and even The location is indicated by a near you. mark on the bottom edge of the make the vehicle fall. To help front and rear door plastic avoid personal injury and vehicle molding. The jack must not be damage, be sure to fit the jack lift used in any other position. head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

{ WARNING

Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 8. Fit the jack handle extension 9. Insert the other end of the jack is provided with the vehicle, only onto the jack by sliding the hook handle into the wrench. use it for changing a flat tire. through the end of the jack.

10. Place the jack under the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be sure 11. Raise the vehicle by turning the 12. Remove all of the wheel nuts. to use a scraper or wire brush jack handle clockwise. Raise 13. Remove the flat tire. the vehicle far enough off the later, if needed, to get all the rust ground so there is enough or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat room for the road tire to clear on page 10‑62. the ground.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

16. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Notice: Improperly tightened Tighten each nut by hand until wheel nuts can lead to brake the wheel is held against pulsation and rotor damage. To the hub. avoid expensive brake repairs, 17. Lower the vehicle by turning evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the jack handle the proper sequence and to the counterclockwise. proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2 for the wheel nut { WARNING torque specification. Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause 14. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheels to become loose or the wheel bolts, mounting come off. The wheel nuts should surfaces, and spare wheel. be tightened with a torque wrench 15. Place the compact spare tire to the proper torque specification on the wheel-mounting surface. after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the { WARNING aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel Never use oil or grease on bolts nuts. See Capacities and or nuts because the nuts might Specifications on page 12‑2 for original equipment wheel nut come loose. The vehicle's wheel 18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in could fall off, causing a crash. torque specifications. a crisscross sequence, as shown.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

19. Lower the jack all the way and Storing a Flat or Spare Tire To store the flat tire: remove the jack from under the and Tools vehicle. 20. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly { WARNING with the wheel wrench. Storing a jack, a tire, or other When reinstalling the wheel cover equipment in the passenger or center cap on the full-size tire, compartment of the vehicle could tighten all five plastic caps hand snug with the aid of the wheel cause injury. In a sudden stop or wrench and tighten them with collision, loose equipment could the wheel wrench an additional strike someone. Store all these in one‐quarter of a turn. the proper place. Notice: Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's compact spare. 1. Remove the cable package. The If you try to put a wheel cover on cable is stored in a plastic bag the compact spare, the cover or under the compact spare tire. the spare could be damaged. 2. Remove the small center cap by tapping the back of the cap with the extension of the shaft, if the vehicle has aluminum wheels. 3. Put the flat tire in the rear storage area with the valve stem pointing toward the rear of the vehicle.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

4. Pull the cable (A) through the 5. Hook the cable onto the outside 8. Make sure the metal tube is door striker (D) then the center portion of the liftgate hinges (B). centered at the striker. Push the of the wheel (C). 6. Hook the other end of the cable tube toward the front of the onto the outside portion of the vehicle. liftgate hinge on the other side of 9. Close the liftgate and make sure the vehicle. it is latched properly. 7. Pull on the cable to make sure it The compact spare is for temporary is secure. use only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

Compact Spare Tire tire repaired or replaced at your Jump Starting convenience. Of course, it is best to replace the spare with a full-size tire For more information about the { WARNING as soon as possible. The spare tire vehicle battery, see Battery on page 10 27. Driving with more than one will last longer and be in good ‑ shape in case it is needed again. compact spare tire at a time could Jump starting can be used on result in loss of braking and Notice: When the compact spare vehicles with run‐down batteries by handling. This could lead to a is installed, do not take the using jumper cables and another crash and you or others could be vehicle through an automatic vehicle. injured. Use only one compact car wash with guide rails. The spare tire at a time. compact spare can get caught on { WARNING the rails which can damage the tire, wheel and other parts of the Batteries can hurt you. They can If this vehicle has a compact spare vehicle. be dangerous because: tire, it was fully inflated when the vehicle was new; however, it can Do not use the compact spare on . They contain acid that can lose air after a time. Check the other vehicles. burn you. inflation pressure regularly. It should Do not mix the compact spare tire . They contain gas that can be 420 kPa (60 psi). or wheel with other wheels or tires. explode or ignite. They will not fit. Keep the spare tire After installing the compact spare . They contain enough and its wheel together. on the vehicle, stop as soon as electricity to burn you. possible and make sure the spare Notice: Tire chains will not fit the tire is correctly inflated. The compact spare. Using them can If you do not follow these steps compact spare is made to perform damage the vehicle and can exactly, some or all of these well at speeds up to 105 km/h damage the chains too. Do not things can hurt you. (65 mph) for distances up to use tire chains on the compact 5 000 km (3,000 mi), so you can spare. finish your trip and have the full-size Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

Be sure to use the following steps to 1. The vehicle used to jump start { WARNING do it safely. Ignoring these steps must have 12-volt battery with a could result in costly damage to the negative ground. Using an open flame near a vehicle that would not be covered Notice: Only use a vehicle that battery can cause battery gas to by the warranty. explode. People have been hurt has a 12-volt system with a doing this, and some have been Trying to start the vehicle by negative ground for jump blinded. Use a flashlight if you pushing or pulling it will not work, starting. If the other vehicle does need more light. and it could damage the vehicle. not have a 12-volt system with a Notice: If the radio or other negative ground, both vehicles Be sure the battery has enough accessories are left on during the can be damaged. water. You do not need to add jump starting procedure, they 2. The vehicles should be close water to the battery installed in could be damaged. The repairs enough for the jumper cables to your new vehicle. But if a battery would not be covered by the reach, but the vehicles should has filler caps, be sure the right warranty. Always turn off the not be touching. Touching could amount of fluid is there. If it is low, radio and other accessories when cause grounding and possible add water to take care of that jump starting the vehicle. electrical system damage. first. If you do not, explosive gas could be present. Notice: If the jumper cables are Put both vehicles in P (Park) and connected or removed in the set the parking brake firmly. Battery fluid contains acid that wrong order, electrical shorting 3. Unplug accessories plugged into can burn you. Do not get it on may occur and damage the the cigarette lighter or the you. If you accidentally get it in vehicle. The repairs would not be accessory power outlet. Turn off your eyes or on your skin, flush covered by the vehicle warranty. the radio and all lamps that are the place with water and get Always connect and remove the not needed. Turn off the ignition medical help immediately. jumper cables in the correct on both vehicles. order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

4. Locate the positive (+) and 5. The remote positive (+) 8. Do not let the other end touch negative (−) terminals on both terminal (A) is located on the metal. Connect it to the vehicles. Some vehicles have underhood fuse block, on the positive (+) terminal of the remote jump starting terminals. driver side. Lift the red cap to good battery. Use a remote uncover the terminal. positive (+) terminal if the The remote negative (−) vehicle has one. terminal (B) is a stud behind the 9. Connect the black negative (−) metal tab stamped with GND (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal near the driver side strut tower. of the good battery. Use a 6. The jumper cables should be in remote negative (−) terminal if good working condition with no the vehicle has one. loose or missing insulation. The Do not let the other end touch vehicles could be damaged if anything until the next step. The they are not. other end of the negative (−) 7. Connect the red positive (+) cable does not go to the dead cable to the positive (+) terminal battery. It goes to a heavy, on the vehicle with the dead unpainted metal engine part or { WARNING battery. Use a remote to a remote negative (−) terminal positive (+) terminal if the on the vehicle with the dead An electric fan can start up even vehicle has one. battery. when the engine is not running 10. Connect the other end of the and can injure you. Keep hands, negative (−) cable away from clothing and tools away from any the dead battery, but not near underhood electric fan. engine parts that move.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

11. Start the vehicle with the good To disconnect the jumper cables battery and run the engine. from both vehicles, 12. Press the unlock symbol on 1. Disconnect the black the remote keyless entry negative (−) cable from the transmitter to disarm the vehicle that had the dead security system, if equipped. battery. 13. Try to start the vehicle that had 2. Disconnect the black the dead battery. If it will not negative (−) cable from the start after a few tries, it needs vehicle with the good battery. service. 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) Notice: If the jumper cables are cable from the vehicle with the connected or removed in the Jumper Cable Removal good battery. wrong order, electrical shorting A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) may occur and damage the Part or Remote Negative (−) cable from the other vehicle. vehicle. The repairs would not be Terminal covered by the vehicle warranty. 5. Return the underhood fuse block Always connect and remove the B. Good Battery or Remote cover to its original position, jumper cables in the correct Positive (+) and Remote if applicable. order, making sure that the Negative (−) Terminals cables do not touch each other C. Dead Battery or Remote or other metal. Positive (+) Terminal

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

Recreational Vehicle . Is the proper towing equipment Towing going to be used? See your Towing dealer or trailering professional Towing the Vehicle Recreational vehicle towing means for additional advice and Notice: To avoid damage, the towing the vehicle behind another equipment recommendations. disabled vehicle should be towed vehicle – such as behind a motor . Is the vehicle ready to be with all four wheels off the home. The two most common types towed? Just as preparing the ground. Care must be taken with of recreational vehicle towing are vehicle for a long trip, make sure vehicles that have low ground known as dinghy towing and dolly the vehicle is prepared to be clearance and/or special towing. Dinghy towing is towing the towed. equipment. Always flatbed on a vehicle with all four wheels on the car carrier. ground. Dolly towing is towing the Dinghy Towing vehicle with two wheels on the Consult your dealer or a Front-wheel‐drive and ground and two wheels up on a professional towing service if the all-wheel-drive vehicles may be device known as a dolly. disabled vehicle must be towed. dinghy towed from the front. These See Roadside Assistance Program Here are some important things to vehicles can also be towed by on page 13‑6. consider before recreational vehicle placing them on a platform trailer towing: with all four wheels off of the To tow the vehicle behind another ground. For other towing options, . What is the towing capacity of vehicle for recreational purposes, see “Dolly Towing” following in this such as behind a motor home, see the towing vehicle? Be sure to section. “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this read the tow vehicle section. manufacturer's For vehicles being dinghy towed, recommendations. the vehicle should be run at the beginning of each day and at each . What is the distance that will be RV fuel stop for about five minutes. travelled? Some vehicles have This will ensure proper lubrication of restrictions on how far and how transmission components. long they can tow. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

6. To prevent the battery from Once the destination has been draining while the vehicle is reached: being towed, remove fuse 32, 1. Set the parking brake. the Discrete Logic Ignition Switch fuse, from the instrument 2. Shift the transmission to panel fuse block and store it in a P (Park). safe location. See Instrument 3. Turn the ignition key to Panel Fuse Block on LOCK/OFF. page 10‑40. 4. Install fuse 32, the Discrete Notice: If the vehicle is towed Logic Ignition Switch fuse. See without performing each of the Instrument Panel Fuse Block on steps listed under “Dinghy page 10‑40. To tow the vehicle from the front Towing,” the automatic 5. Start the engine and let it idle for with all four wheels on the ground: transmission could be damaged. Be sure to follow all steps of the more than three minutes before 1. Position the vehicle that will be dinghy towing procedure prior to driving the vehicle. towed and secure it to the and after towing the vehicle. Notice: Too much or too towing vehicle. Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is little fluid can damage the 2. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN. exceeded while towing the transmission. Be sure that the 3. Shift the transmission to vehicle, it could be damaged. transmission fluid is at the N (Neutral). Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph) proper level before towing with while towing the vehicle. all four wheels on the ground. 4. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ACCESSORY. 5. Turn all accessories off.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

Notice: Do not tow a vehicle with Dolly Towing (Front-Wheel‐ Towing the Vehicle From the front drive wheels on the Drive Vehicles) the Rear ground if one of the front tires is a compact spare tire. Towing with two different tire sizes on the front of the vehicle can cause severe damage to the transmission. Dolly Towing (All-Wheel‐Drive Vehicles) All-wheel‐drive vehicles should not be towed with two wheels on the ground. To properly tow these vehicles, they should be placed on a platform trailer with all four wheels To tow the vehicle from the front off of the ground or dinghy towed with the rear wheels on the ground, from the front. do the following: 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park). 3. Set the parking brake. 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. 5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's instructions for preparing the vehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Releaseby:Provided the Information parking brake. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

Appearance Care Notice: Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Exterior Care may damage it. Use only Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ non-abrasive waxes and polishes Lenses that are made for a basecoat/ clearcoat paint finish on the Use only lukewarm or cold water, a vehicle. soft cloth, and a car washing soap Foreign materials such as calcium to clean exterior lamps and lenses. chloride and other salts, ice melting Follow instructions under Washing “ agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, the Vehicle later in this section. ” bird droppings, chemicals from Notice: Towing the vehicle from Finish Care industrial chimneys, etc., can the rear could damage it. Also, damage the vehicle's finish if they repairs would not be covered by Occasional waxing or mild polishing remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle warranty. Never have of the vehicle by hand may be the vehicle as soon as possible. the vehicle towed from the rear. necessary to remove residue from If necessary, use non-abrasive the paint finish. Approved cleaning cleaners that are marked safe for products can be obtained from your painted surfaces to remove foreign dealer. matter. If the vehicle has a basecoat/ Exterior painted surfaces are clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat subject to aging, weather, and gives more depth and gloss to the chemical fallout that can take their colored basecoat. Always use toll over a period of years. To keep waxes and polishes that are the paint finish looking new, keep non-abrasive and made for a the vehicle garaged or covered basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. whenever possible.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Approved cleaning products can High pressure car washes could Parts be obtained from your dealer. cause water to enter the vehicle. Bright metal parts should be Follow all manufacturer Avoid using high pressure washes cleaned regularly to keep their directions regarding correct closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the luster. Wash with water or use product usage, necessary safety surface of the vehicle. Use of power chrome polish on chrome or precautions, and appropriate washers exceeding 8,274 kPa stainless steel trim, if necessary. disposal of any vehicle care (1,200 psi) can result in damage product. Certain cleaners contain or removal of paint and decals. Use special care with aluminum chemicals that can damage the Notice: Conveyor systems on trim. To avoid damaging protective emblems or nameplates on the trim, never use auto or chrome some automatic car washes could vehicle. Check the cleaning damage the vehicle. There may polish, steam, or caustic soap to product label. If it states that it clean aluminum. A coating of not be enough clearance for the should not be used on plastic undercarriage. Check with the car wax, rubbed to high polish, is parts, do not use it on the vehicle recommended for all bright metal wash manager before using the or damage may occur and it automatic car wash. parts. would not be covered by the Washing the Vehicle warranty. Weatherstrips Rinse the vehicle well, before To preserve the vehicle's finish, Silicone grease on weatherstrips will washing and after, to remove all keep it clean by washing it often. make them last longer, seal better, cleaning agents completely. If they and not stick or squeak. Apply Do not wash the vehicle in direct are allowed to dry on the surface, silicone grease with a clean cloth. sunlight and use a car they could stain. During very cold, damp weather washing soap. Dry the finish with a soft, clean frequent application may be Notice: Do not use cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to required. See Recommended Fluids agents that are petroleum based avoid surface scratches and water and Lubricants on page 11‑6. or that contain acid or abrasives, spotting. as they can damage the paint,

metal, or plastic on the vehicle. by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum The repairs would not be covered Windshield and Wiper Blades by the vehicle warranty. Use only or Chrome Clean the outside of the windshield approved cleaners on aluminum with glass cleaner. The vehicle may have either or chrome-plated wheels. aluminum or chrome-plated wheels. Clean the rubber blades using a Notice: Never drive a vehicle that lint free cloth or paper towel soaked Keep the wheels clean using a soft, has aluminum or chrome-plated ‐ with windshield washer fluid or a clean cloth with mild soap and wheels through an automatic car mild detergent. Wash the windshield water. Rinse with clean water. After wash that uses silicone carbide thoroughly when cleaning the rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft, tire cleaning brushes, as this blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, clean towel. A wax may then be could cause damage. The repairs and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax applied. would not be covered by the treatments may cause wiper Notice: Chrome wheels and other vehicle warranty. streaking. Replace the wiper blades chrome trim may be damaged if Notice: Driving the vehicle if they are worn or damaged. the vehicle is not washed after through an automatic car wash Wipers can be damaged by: driving on roads that have been that has silicone carbide tire sprayed with magnesium, calcium cleaning brushes, could damage . Extreme dusty conditions or sodium chloride. These the aluminum or chrome-plated . Sand and salt chlorides are used on roads for wheels. The repairs would not be conditions such as ice and dust. covered by the vehicle warranty. . Heat and sun Always wash the chrome with Never drive a vehicle that has . soap and water after exposure. Snow and ice, without proper aluminum or chrome-plated removal Notice: Do not use strong soaps, wheels through an automatic car chemicals, abrasive polishes, wash that uses silicone carbide cleaners, brushes, or cleaners tire cleaning brushes. that contain acid on aluminum or chrome-plated wheels, because the surface could be damaged.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

Tires Finish Damage Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to Any stone chips, fractures, or deep being flushed. Your dealer or an clean the tires. scratches in the finish should be underbody car washing system repaired right away. Bare metal will Notice: Using petroleum-based can do this. tire dressing products on the corrode quickly and may develop vehicle may damage the paint into major repair expense. Chemical Paint Spotting finish and/or tires. When applying Minor chips and scratches can be Some weather and atmospheric a tire dressing, always wipe off repaired with touch-up materials conditions can create a chemical any overspray from all painted available from your dealer. Larger fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall surfaces on the vehicle. areas of finish damage can be upon and attack painted surfaces on corrected in your dealer's body and Sheet Metal Damage the vehicle. This damage can take paint shop. two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped If the vehicle is damaged and Underbody Maintenance discolorations, and small, irregular requires sheet metal repair or dark spots etched into the paint replacement, make sure the body Chemicals used for ice and snow surface. repair shop applies anti-corrosion removal and dust control can collect material to parts repaired or on the underbody. If these are not Interior Care replaced to restore corrosion removed, corrosion and rust can protection. develop on the underbody parts The interior will continue to look such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, its best if it is cleaned often. Dust Original manufacturer replacement and dirt can accumulate on the parts will provide the corrosion and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection. upholstery and cause damage to protection while maintaining the the carpet, fabric, leather, and vehicle warranty. At least every spring, flush these plastic surfaces. Stains should be materials from the underbody removed quickly as extreme heat with plain water. Clean any areas could cause them to set rapidly. where mud and debris can collect.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

Lighter colored interiors may Notice: Using abrasive cleaners . Never apply heavy pressure or require more frequent cleaning. when cleaning glass surfaces on rub aggressively with a cleaning Newspapers and garments that can the vehicle, could scratch the cloth. Use of heavy pressure can transfer color to home furnishings glass and/or cause damage damage the interior and does can also transfer color to the to the rear window defogger. not improve the effectiveness of interior. When cleaning the glass on the soil removal. Remove dust from small buttons vehicle, use only a soft cloth and . Avoid laundry detergents or and knobs with a small brush with glass cleaner. dishwashing soaps with soft bristles. Cleaners can contain solvents that degreasers. Using too much can become concentrated in the soap will leave a residue that Your dealer has products for leaves streaks and attracts dirt. cleaning the interior. When cleaning interior. Before using cleaners, read and adhere to all safety instructions For liquid cleaners, about the interior, only use cleaners 20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of specifically designed for the on the label. While cleaning the interior, maintain adequate water is a good guide. Use only surfaces that are being cleaned. mild, neutral-pH soaps. Permanent damage can result from ventilation by opening the doors using cleaners on surfaces for and windows. . Do not heavily saturate the which they were not intended. Apply Do not clean the interior using the upholstery while cleaning. the cleaner directly to the cleaning following cleaners or techniques: . Cleaners that contain solvents cloth to prevent over-spray. Remove . Never use a knife or any other can damage the interior. any accidental over-spray from sharp object to remove a soil Fabric/Carpet other surfaces immediately. from any interior surface. Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft . Never use a stiff brush. It can brush attachment to remove dust cause damage. and loose dirt. A canister vacuum with rotating brushes in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

and carpeted floor mats. For soils, 4. Continue to gently rub the To remove dust, a soft cloth always try to remove them first with soiled area. dampened with water can be used. plain water or club soda. Before 5. If the soil is not completely If a more thorough cleaning is cleaning, gently remove as much of removed, use a mild soap necessary, a soft cloth dampened the soil as possible using one of the solution and repeat the cleaning with a mild soap solution can be following techniques: process with plain water. used. Your dealer has a GM approved leather cleaner available . For liquids: gently blot the If any of the soil remains, a that provides superior cleaning remaining soil with a paper commercial fabric cleaner or spot towel. Allow the soil to absorb performance when used regularly lifter may be necessary. Test a small on finished automotive leathers. into the paper towel until no hidden area for colorfastness before more can be removed. Allow the leather to dry naturally. using a commercial upholstery Do not use heat, steam, spot lifters . For solid dry soils: remove as cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally or spot removers, or shoe polish on much as possible and then cleaned area gives any impression leather. Many commercial leather vacuum. that a ring formation may result, cleaners and coatings that are sold To clean: clean the entire surface. to preserve and protect leather A paper towel can be used to blot may permanently change the 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white appearance and feel of the leather cloth with water or club soda. excess moisture from the fabric or carpet after the cleaning process. and are not recommended. Do not 2. Remove excess moisture. use silicone or wax-based products, Leather or those containing organic solvents 3. Start on the outside edge of the Leather, and lighter colored leather to clean the interior because they soil and gently rub toward the can alter the appearance by center. Continue cleaning, using in particular, will need more frequent cleaning to prevent the buildup of increasing the gloss in a a clean area of the cloth each non-uniform manner. time it becomes soiled. dust, dirt, and colors transferred from other items so that these do not become permanent stains.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and windshield and even make it difficult Floor Mats Other Plastic Surfaces to see through the windshield under certain conditions. To remove dust, a soft cloth { WARNING dampened with water can be used. Notice: Air fresheners contain If a more thorough cleaning is solvents that may cause damage If a floor mat is the wrong size or necessary, a clean soft cloth to plastics and painted surfaces. is not properly installed, it can dampened with a mild soap solution Follow the manufacturer’s interfere with the accelerator can be used to gently remove dust instructions when using air pedal and/or brake pedal. and dirt. Never use spot lifters or fresheners in the vehicle. If air Interference with the pedals can removers on plastic surfaces. Many freshener comes in contact with cause unintended acceleration commercial cleaners and coatings paint or a plastic surface, blot and/or increased stopping that are sold to preserve and immediately with a soft cloth. distance which can cause a crash protect soft plastic surfaces Damage caused by using air and injury. Make sure the floor may permanently change the fresheners would not be covered mat does not interfere with the by the vehicle warranty. appearance and feel of the interior accelerator or brake pedal. and are not recommended. Do not Care of Safety Belts use silicone or wax-based products, or those containing organic solvents Keep belts clean and dry. Use the following guidelines for to clean the interior because they proper floor mat usage. can alter the appearance by { WARNING . The original equipment floor increasing the gloss in a mats were designed for your non-uniform manner. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. vehicle. If the floor mats need Some commercial products may It may severely weaken them. In replacing, it is recommended increase gloss on the instrument a crash, they might not be able to that GM certified floor mats be panel. The increase in gloss may provide adequate protection. purchased. Non-GM floor mats cause annoying reflections in the Clean safety belts only with mild may not fit properly and may soap and lukewarm water.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

interfere with the accelerator or Removing and Replacing the 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor brake pedal. Always check that Floor Mat mat retainer openings over the the floor mats do not interfere carpet retainers and snap into with the pedals. position. . Use the floor mat with the 3. Make sure the floor mat is correct side up. Do not turn properly secured and verify that it over. it does not interfere with the accelerator or brake pedal. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. . Use only a single floor mat on the driver side. . Do not place one floor mat on top of another.

The driver side floor mat is held in place by two retainers. 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to unlock each retainer and remove.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information Scheduled Maintenance. To keep Service and the vehicle in good condition, see Maintenance Notice: Maintenance intervals, your dealer. checks, inspections, The maintenance schedule is for recommended fluids, and vehicles that: General Information lubricants are necessary to keep . General Information ...... 11-1 this vehicle in good working Carry passengers and cargo condition. Damage caused by within recommended limits on Scheduled Maintenance failure to follow scheduled the Tire and Loading Information Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-2 maintenance might not be label. See Vehicle Load Limits covered by the vehicle warranty. on page 9‑21. Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts As the vehicle owner, you are . Are driven on reasonable road Recommended Fluids and responsible for the scheduled surfaces within legal driving Lubricants ...... 11-6 maintenance in this section. We limits. Maintenance Replacement recommend having your dealer . Are driven off-road in the Parts ...... 11-8 perform these services. Proper recommended manner. See vehicle maintenance helps to keep Off-Road Driving on page 9‑7. Maintenance Records the vehicle in good working Maintenance Records ...... 11-9 condition, improves fuel economy, . Use the recommended fuel. See and reduces vehicle emissions for Recommended Fuel on better air quality. page 9‑51. Because of all the different ways people use vehicles, maintenance needs vary. The vehicle might need more frequent checks and services. Please read the information under

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

The proper replacement parts, Scheduled { WARNING fluids, and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Maintenance Performing maintenance work can Lubricants on page 11‑6 and be dangerous. Some jobs can Maintenance Replacement Parts on When the Change Engine Oil cause serious injury. Perform page 11‑8. We recommend the use Soon Message Displays maintenance work only if you of genuine parts from your dealer. Change engine oil and filter. See have the required know-how and Rotation of New Tires Engine Oil on page 10‑10. An the proper tools and equipment. Emission Control Service. If in doubt, see your dealer to To maintain ride, handling, and have a qualified technician do the performance of the vehicle, it is When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL work. See Doing Your Own important that the first rotation SOON message displays, service is required for the vehicle as soon as Service Work on page 10‑4. service for new tires be performed. Tires should be rotated every possible, within the next 1 000 km/ 12 000 km/7,500 miles. See Tire 600 miles. If driving under the best At your dealer, you can be certain Rotation on page 10‑55. conditions, the engine oil life system that you will receive the highest might not indicate the need for level of service available. Your vehicle service for more than a year. dealer has specially trained service The engine oil and filter must be technicians, uses genuine changed at least once a year and replacement parts, as well as, up‐to‐ the oil life system must be reset. date tools and equipment to ensure Your dealer has trained service fast and accurate diagnostics. technicians who will perform this work and reset the system. If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 miles since the last service. Reset the oil life

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

system whenever the oil is changed. damaged wiper blade . Body hinges and latches, key See Engine Oil Life System on replacement. See Wiper Blade lock cylinders, folding seat page 10‑13. Replacement on page 10‑29. hardware, and sunroof (if equipped) lubrication. See Every Engine Oil Change . Tire inflation pressures check. Recommended Fluids and See Tire Pressure on . Lubricants on page 11‑6. More Change engine oil and filter. page 10‑49. Reset oil life system. See frequent lubrication may be Engine Oil on page 10‑10 and . Tire wear inspection. See Tire required when the vehicle is Engine Oil Life System on Inspection on page 10‑55. exposed to a corrosive environment. Applying silicone page 10‑13. An Emission . Rotate tires if necessary. See grease on weatherstrips with a Control Service. Tire Rotation on page 10 55. ‑ clean cloth makes them last . Engine coolant level check. See . Fluids visual leak check longer, seal better, and not stick Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. (or every 12 months, whichever or squeak. occurs first). A leak in any . Engine cooling system . Restraint system component system must be repaired and the inspection. Visual inspection of check. See Safety System fluid level checked. hoses, pipes, fittings, and Check on page 3‑22. clamps and replacement, . Engine air cleaner filter . Fuel system inspection for if needed. inspection. See Engine Air damage or leaks. . Windshield washer fluid level Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑15. . Exhaust system and nearby heat check. See Washer Fluid on . Brake system inspection shields inspection for loose or page 10‑24. (or every 12 months, whichever damaged components. . Windshield wiper blade occurs first). inspection for wear, cracking, . Steering and suspension or contamination and windshield inspection. Visual inspection for and wiper blade cleaning, damaged, loose, or missing if contaminated. See Exterior parts or signs of wear.

Care on page 10‑79. Worn or by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

Additional Required Services Once a Year First Engine Oil Change After Every 40 000 km/25,000 Miles Every 12 000 km/7,500 Miles . See Starter Switch Check on page 10‑28. . Passenger compartment air . Rotate tires. Tires should be filter replacement (or every rotated every 12 000 km/ . See Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function 24 months, whichever occurs 7,500 miles. See Tire Rotation first). More frequent replacement Check on page 10‑28. on page 10‑55. may be needed if you drive At Each Fuel Stop . See Ignition Transmission Lock in areas with heavy traffic, Check on page 10‑29. areas with poor air quality, . Engine oil level check. See . See Park Brake and P (Park) or areas with high dust levels. Engine Oil on page 10‑10. Mechanism Check on Replacement may also be . Engine coolant level check. See page 10‑29. needed if you notice reduced air Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. flow, windows fogging up, . Accelerator pedal check for or odors. Your dealer can help . Windshield washer fluid level damage, high effort, or binding. you determine when it is the check. See Washer Fluid on Replace if needed. right time to replace the filter. page 10‑24. . Underbody flushing service. Once a Month . Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/Liftglass . Tire inflation check. See Tire Support Gas Strut Service: Pressure on page 10‑49. Visually inspect gas strut, . Tire wear inspection. See Tire if equipped, for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check Inspection on page 10‑55. the hold open ability of the gas . Sunroof track and seal strut. Contact your dealer if inspection, if equipped. See service is required. Sunroof on page 2‑18.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5

First Engine Oil Change After . Evaporative control system First Engine Oil Change After Every 80 000 km/50,000 Miles inspection. Check all fuel and Every 160 000 km/100,000 Miles vapor lines and hoses for proper . . Engine air cleaner filter hook‐up, routing, and condition. Automatic transmission fluid replacement. See Engine Air Check that the purge valve, change (normal service). See Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑15. if the vehicle has one, works Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10 15. . Automatic transmission fluid properly. Replace as needed. An ‑ change (severe service) for Emission Control Service. The . Transfer case fluid change vehicles mainly driven in heavy U.S. Environmental Protection (normal service). city traffic in hot weather, in hilly Agency or the California Air . Spark plug replacement and Resources Board has or mountainous terrain, when spark plug wires inspection. An determined that the failure to frequently towing a trailer, Emission Control Service. or used for taxi, police, perform this maintenance item or delivery service. See will not nullify the emission First Engine Oil Change After Automatic Transmission Fluid on warranty or limit recall liability Every 240 000 km/150,000 Miles prior to the completion of the page 10‑15. . Engine cooling system drain, vehicle's useful life. We, . Transfer case fluid change flush, and refill (or every five however, urge that all (severe service) for vehicles years, whichever occurs first). recommended maintenance mainly driven in hilly or See Cooling System on services be performed at the mountainous terrain, when page 10 16. An Emission indicated intervals and the ‑ frequently towing a trailer, Control Service. maintenance be recorded. or used for taxi, police, . Engine drive belts inspection for or delivery service. fraying, excessive cracks, or obvious damage (or every 10 years, whichever occurs first). Replace, if needed.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification. Oils meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certification Engine Oil mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on page 10‑10. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88862806, in Hydraulic Brake System Canada 88862807). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. (V6 engines only) Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88861950, in Canada 88861951). Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Key Lock Cylinders Canada 10953474). Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723) Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Release Pawl Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Hood, Door, and Folding Seat Hinges Canada 10953474). Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 25899727 A3138C Engine Oil Filter 2.4L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G 3.0L V6 Engine 89017525 PF63 Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 20901295 CF177 Spark Plugs 2.4L L4 Engine 12620540 41-108 3.0L V6 Engine 12622561 41-109 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 20794123 — Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 20794124 — Rear – 32.5 cm (12.8 in) 25788783 —

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Maintenance Record Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System 2.4L L4 Engine 7.8 L 8.2 qt 3.0L V6 Engine 10.2 L 10.8 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.4L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt 3.0L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 2.4L L4 Engine 71.1 L 18.8 gal 3.0L V6 Engine 79.1 L 20.9 gal

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Capacities Application Metric English Transmission Fluid (Drain and Refill) 2.4L L4 6–Speed Automatic* 8.5 L 9.0 qt 3.0L V6 6–Speed Automatic* 9.0 L 9.5 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft *See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑15 for information on checking fluid level. All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 2.4L L4 C Automatic 0.9 mm (0.035 in) 3.0L V6 5 Automatic 1.1 mm (0.043 in)

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

3.0L V6 Engine 2.4L L4 Engine

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 13-13 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 13-13 important to the dealer and to Procedure ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns General Motors ...... 13-14 Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by the dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy ...... 13-14 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 13-5 ® can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance OnStar ...... 13-15 Navigation System ...... 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 13-6 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Radio Frequency Appointments ...... 13-8 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-16 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation Radio Frequency with a member of dealership Program ...... 13-8 Statement ...... 13-16 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications If the matter has already been Ordering Information ...... 13-12 reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any resolved by the dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you. Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and the dealer Program using the toll-free Canada, call General Motors of are committed to making sure you telephone number or write them at Canada Customer Communication are completely satisfied with the the following address: Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), new vehicle. However, if you or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program continue to remain unsatisfied after Council of Better Business We encourage you to call the following the procedure outlined in Bureaus, Inc. toll-free number in order to give your Steps One and Two, you can file 4200 Wilson Boulevard inquiry prompt attention. Have the with the Better Business Bureau ® Suite 800 following information available to (BBB) Auto Line Program to Arlington, VA 22203-1838 give the Customer Assistance enforce your rights. representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program. present mileage. program is free of charge and your

case will generallyby:Provided Information be heard within Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer to call the toll-free number for and Two, General Motors of Canada Communication Centre, assistance. However, if a customer Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-3777 (English), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), the letter should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration Program. or write to: United States General Motors of Canada Limited The Mediation/Arbitration Program has committed to binding arbitration c/o Customer Communication Chevrolet Motor Division of owner disputes involving Centre Chevrolet Customer Assistance factory-related vehicle service General Motors of Canada Limited Center claims. The program provides for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 P.O. Box 33170 the review of the facts involved by 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Detroit, MI 48232-5170 an impartial third party arbiter, and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 www.Chevrolet.com may include an informal hearing before the arbiter. The program is The inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-222-1020 designed so that the entire dispute by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-833-2438 (For Text settlement process, from the time Number (VIN). Telephone Devices (TTYs)) you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance: decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872 about 70 days. We believe our From Puerto Rico: impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9992 (English) over courts in most jurisdictions 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. From U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

Canada Mexico, Central America, and Online Owner Center General Motors of Canada Limited Caribbean Islands/Countries (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) Customer Communication Centre, www.chevyownercenter.com Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Virgin Islands) 1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors de Mexico, S. de Information and services Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 R.L. de C.V. customized for your specific www.gm.ca Customer Assistance Center vehicle — all in one convenient place. 1-800-263-3777 (English) Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 1-800-263-7854 (French) Col. Granada . Digital owner manual, warranty 1-800-263-3830 (For Text C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. information, and more. Telephone devices (TTYs)) 01-800-466-0800 . Storage for online service and Roadside Assistance: Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800 maintenance records. 1-800-268-6800 . Chevrolet dealer locator for Overseas Customer Assistance for service nationwide. Text Telephone (TTY) Please contact the local General . Exclusive privileges and offers. Motors Business Unit. Users . Recall notices for your specific To assist customers who are deaf, vehicle. hard of hearing, or speech-impaired . OnStar and GM Cardmember and who use Text Telephones Services Earnings summaries. (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

Other Helpful Links Here are a few of the valuable tools GM Mobility and services you will have Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com access to: Reimbursement Program Chevrolet Merchandise — . www.chevymall.com My Showroom: Find and save information on vehicles and Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/ current offers in your area. pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do . My Dealers: Save details such . FAQ as address and phone number . Contact Us for each of your preferred GM dealers. My GM Canada www.gm.ca This program is available to . My Driveway: Access quick qualified applicants for cost My GM Canada is a links to parts and service reimbursement of eligible password-protected section of estimates, check trade-in aftermarket adaptive equipment www.gm.ca where you can save values, or schedule a service required for the vehicle, such as information on GM vehicles, get appointment by adding the hand controls or a wheelchair/ personalized offers, and use handy vehicles you own to your scooter lift for the vehicle. tools and forms with greater ease. driveway profile. For more information on the limited . My Preferences: Manage your offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or profile and use tools and forms call the GM Mobility Assistance with greater ease. Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text To sign up, visit the My GM.ca Telephone (TTY) users, call section within www.gm.ca. 1-800-833-9935.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

General Motors of Canada also has . Location of the vehicle. Chevrolet and General Motors of a Mobility Program. Call . Model, year, color, and license Canada Limited reserve the right to 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for plate number of the vehicle. limit services or payment to an details. TTY users call owner or driver if they decide the . 1-800-263-3830. Odometer reading, Vehicle claims are made too often, or the Identification Number (VIN), and same type of claim is made many Roadside Assistance delivery date of the vehicle. times. . Description of the problem. Program Services Provided For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, call Coverage . Emergency Fuel Delivery: 1‐800‐243‐8872; (Text Telephone Services are provided up to 5 years/ Delivery of enough fuel for the (TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438). 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever vehicle to get to the nearest For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, comes first. service station. call 1-800-268-6800. In the U.S., anyone driving the . Lock‐Out Service: Service to Service is available 24 hours a day, vehicle is covered. In Canada, a unlock the vehicle if you are 365 days a year. person driving the vehicle without locked out. A remote unlock may permission from the owner is not be available if you have OnStar. Calling for Assistance covered. For security reasons, the driver must present identification When calling Roadside Assistance, Roadside Assistance is not a part of before this service is given. have the following information the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. ready: Chevrolet and General Motors of . Emergency Tow from a Public . Your name, home address, and Canada Limited reserve the right to Road or Highway: Tow to the home telephone number. make any changes or discontinue nearest Chevrolet dealer for the Roadside Assistance program at warranty service, or if the vehicle . Telephone number of your any time without notification. was in a crash and cannot be location. driven. Assistance is also given when the vehicle is stuck in the

Information Provided by:Provided Information sand, mud, or snow. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

. Flat Tire Change: Service to Services Specific to the repair orders. Once change a flat tire with the spare Canadian-Purchased Vehicles authorization has been received, tire. The spare tire, if equipped, the Roadside Assistance advisor must be in good condition and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement will help to make arrangements properly inflated. It is the owner's is approximately $5 Canadian. and explain how to receive responsibility for the repair or Diesel fuel delivery may be payment. replacement of the tire if it is not restricted. Propane and other covered by the warranty. fuels are not provided through . Alternative Service: If this service. assistance cannot be provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to right away, the Roadside jump start a dead battery. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle Assistance advisor may give registration is required. Services Not Included in permission to get local Roadside Assistance . Trip Routing Service: Detailed emergency road service. You will maps of North America are receive payment, up to $100, . Impound towing caused by provided when requested either after sending the original receipt violation of any laws. with the most direct route or the to Roadside Assistance. . Legal fines. most scenic route. There is a Mechanical failures may be limit of six requests per year. covered, however any cost for . Mounting, dismounting, Additional travel information is parts and labor for repairs not or changing of snow tires, also available. Allow three covered by the warranty are the chains, or other traction devices. weeks for delivery. owner responsibility. . Towing or services for vehicles . Trip Interruption Benefits and driven on a non-public road or Assistance: Must be over highway. 250 kilometers from where your trip was started to qualify. General Motors of Canada Limited requires pre-authorization, original

detailedby:Provided Information receipts, and a copy of Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Appointments Program Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait. However, When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership if you are unable to wait, GM helps service, contact the dealer and experience, we and our participating to minimize inconvenience by request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy providing several transportation scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support options. Depending on the and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the circumstances, the dealer can of your transportation needs, the Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty offer one of the following: dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada), inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle Service hybrid specific warranties in both If the vehicle cannot be scheduled ‐ Shuttle service is the preferred the U.S. and Canada. into the service department means of offering Courtesy immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation Transportation. Dealers may provide can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in shuttle service to get you to your unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when destination with minimal interruption safety related. If it is, please call the warranty repairs are required. of your daily schedule. This includes dealership, let them know this, and Courtesy Transportation is not a one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited within reasonable time and distance If the dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet parameters of the dealer's area. the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Warranty and Owner urged to do so as early in the work Assistance Information” furnished day as possible to allow for the with each new vehicle provides same-day repair. detailed warranty coverage information.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

Public Transportation or Fuel Rental reimbursement will be limited General Motors reserves the Reimbursement and must be supported by original right to unilaterally modify, If the vehicle requires overnight receipts. This requires that you sign change, or discontinue Courtesy warranty repairs, and public and complete a rental agreement Transportation at any time and to transportation is used instead of the and meet state/provincial, local, and resolve all questions of claim dealer's shuttle service, the expense rental vehicle provider requirements. eligibility pursuant to the terms and must be supported by original Requirements vary and may conditions described herein at its receipts and can only be up to the include minimum age requirements, sole discretion. maximum amount allowed by GM insurance coverage, credit card, for shuttle service. In addition, for etc. You are responsible for fuel Collision Damage Repair usage charges and may also be U.S. customers, should you arrange If the vehicle is involved in a transportation through a friend or responsible for taxes, levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, or rental collision and it is damaged, have the relative, limited reimbursement for damage repaired by a qualified reasonable fuel expenses may be usage beyond the completion of the repair. technician using the proper available. Claim amounts should equipment and quality replacement reflect actual costs and be It may not be possible to provide a parts. Poorly performed collision supported by original receipts. See like vehicle as a courtesy rental. repairs diminish the vehicle resale the dealer for information regarding Additional Program value, and safety performance can the allowance amounts for be compromised in subsequent reimbursement of fuel or other Information collisions. transportation costs. All program options, such as shuttle Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at every dealer. Please contact the The dealer may arrange to provide dealer for specific information you with a courtesy rental vehicle or about availability. All Courtesy reimburse you for a rental vehicle Transportation arrangements will be that you obtain if the vehicle is kept administered by appropriate dealer for an overnight warranty repair. personnel. Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any center that has GM-trained related failures are not covered by technicians and comparable Genuine GM Collision parts are new that warranty. equipment. parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring The Vehicle parts with which the vehicle was available. These are made by originally built. Genuine GM companies other than GM and may Protect your investment in the GM Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle. vehicle with comprehensive and ensure that the vehicle's designed As a result, these parts may fit collision insurance coverage. There appearance, durability, and safety poorly, exhibit premature durability/ are significant differences in the are preserved. The use of Genuine corrosion problems, and may not quality of coverage afforded by GM parts can help maintain the GM perform properly in subsequent various insurance policy terms. New Vehicle Limited Warranty. collisions. Aftermarket parts are not Many insurance policies provide covered by the GM New Vehicle reduced protection to the GM Recycled original equipment parts Limited Warranty, and any vehicle vehicle by limiting compensation for may also be used for repair. These failure related to such parts is not damage repairs by using parts are typically removed from covered by that warranty. aftermarket collision parts. Some vehicles that were total losses in insurance companies will not prior crashes. In most cases, the Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. parts being recycled are from When purchasing insurance, we undamaged sections of the vehicle. GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that recommend that you ensure that the A recycled original equipment GM vehicle will be repaired with GM part may be an acceptable choice to meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs. The dealer original equipment collision parts. maintain the vehicle's originally If such insurance coverage is not designed appearance and safety may have a collision repair center with GM-trained technicians and available from your current performance; however, the history of insurance carrier, consider switching state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be these parts is not known. Such parts to another insurance carrier. are not covered by the GM New able to recommend a collision repair

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information: Managing the Vehicle Damage company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and Repair Process insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number. Genuine GM Original Equipment In the event that the vehicle requires Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number. damage repairs, GM recommends Genuine Manufacturer replacement that you take an active role in its . Owner name, address, and repair. If you have a pre-determined parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number. you may be charged at the end of repair facility of choice, take the the lease for poor quality repairs. . Vehicle license plate number. vehicle there, or have it towed there. Specify to the facility that any . Vehicle make, model, and If a Crash Occurs required replacement collision parts model year. be original equipment parts, either If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification new Genuine GM parts or recycled emergency services for help. Do not Number (VIN). original GM parts. Remember, leave the scene of a crash until all recycled parts will not be covered by matters have been taken care of. . Insurance company and policy the GM vehicle warranty. Move the vehicle only if its position number. puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the Insurance pays the bill for the repair, instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle. but you must live with the repair. officer. Depending on your policy limits, Choose a reputable repair facility your insurance company may Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts. initially value the repair using to police and other parties involved See “Collision Parts” earlier in this aftermarket parts. Discuss this with in the crash. section. the repair professional, and insist on For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What Genuine GM parts. Remember, Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See After an Airbag if the vehicle is leased, you may be page 13‑6. Inflates? on page 3‑29. obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, even if your insurance coverage

Information Provided by:Provided Information does not pay the full cost. Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions Current and Past Models company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and Technical Service Bulletins and you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle. Manuals are available for current repair valuation based on that and past model GM vehicles. insurance company's collision policy Owner Information repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written ORDER TOLL FREE: contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended 1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. The For Credit Card Orders Only long as the cost stays within Owner Manual includes the (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. models. Or write to: Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty Helm, Incorporated Booklet. P.O. Box 07130 Service Manuals Detroit, MI 48207 RETAIL SELL PRICE: Service Manuals have the diagnosis $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Prices are subject to change without and repair information on the shipping fees. notice and without incurring engines, transmission, axle, obligation. Allow ample time for suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Portfolio: Owner delivery. steering, body, etc. Manual only. All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Service Bulletins RETAIL SELL PRICE: funds. Make checks payable in U.S. $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and funds. Service Bulletins give additional shipping fees. technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects become involved in individual to the Canadian Defects problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Government Reporting Safety Defects To contact NHTSA, you may call If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a safety to the United States the Vehicle Safety Hotline Government defect, notify Transport Canada toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 immediately, and notify General If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Motors of Canada Limited. Call has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or them at 1-800-333-0510 or write to: write to: a crash or could cause injury or Transport Canada death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA Road Safety Branch inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. 2780 Sheffield Road Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590 Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 (NHTSA) in addition to notifying You can also obtain other General Motors. information about motor If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov. investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders to General Motors Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data In addition to notifying NHTSA Privacy Recorder (EDR). The main purpose (or Transport Canada) in a situation of an EDR is to record, in certain like this, notify General Motors. This GM vehicle has a number of crash or near crash-like situations, sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: information about the vehicle’s hitting a road obstacle, data that will Chevrolet Motor Division performance and how it is driven. assist in understanding how a Chevrolet Customer Assistance For example, the vehicle uses vehicle's systems performed. The Center computer modules to monitor and EDR is designed to record data P.O. Box 33170 control engine and transmission related to vehicle dynamics and Detroit, MI 48232-5170 performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash, and, The EDR in this vehicle is designed (English) or 1-800-263-7854 to record such data as: (French), or write: if so equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in the General Motors of Canada Limited vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating. Customer Communication Centre, data to help the dealer technician . Mail Code: CA1-163-005 service the vehicle. Some modules Whether or not the driver and 1908 Colonel Sam Drive may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened. fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or owner’s personal preferences, such brake pedal. as radio pre-sets, seat positions, . How fast the vehicle was and temperature settings. traveling.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

This data can help provide a better law enforcement, that have the OnStar® understanding of the circumstances special equipment, can read the in which crashes and injuries occur. information if they have access to If the vehicle is equipped with an the vehicle or the EDR. active OnStar system, that system Important: EDR data is recorded may also record data in crash or by the vehicle only if a non-trivial GM will not access this data or near crash‐like situations. The crash situation occurs; no data is share it with others except: with the OnStar Terms and Conditions recorded by the EDR under normal consent of the vehicle owner or, provides information on data driving conditions and no personal if the vehicle is leased, with the collection and use and is available data (e.g., name, gender, age, consent of the lessee; in response in the OnStar glove box kit, at and crash location) is recorded. to an official request by police or www.onstar.com (U.S.) or However, other parties, such similar government office; as part of www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by as law enforcement, could combine GM's defense of litigation through pressing the Q button and the EDR data with the type of the discovery process; or, as personally identifying data routinely required by law. Data that GM speaking to an advisor. acquired during a crash collects or receives may also be investigation. used for GM research needs or may Navigation System To read data recorded by an EDR, be made available to others for If the vehicle has a navigation special equipment is required, and research purposes, where a need is system, use of the system may access to the vehicle or the EDR is shown and the data is not tied to a result in the storage of destinations, needed. In addition to the vehicle specific vehicle or vehicle owner. addresses, telephone numbers, and manufacturer, other parties, such as other trip information. Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Statement RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC) connection with conveniences such rules and with Industry Canada as key fobs for remote door locking/ Standards RSS‐210/220/310. unlocking and starting, and Operation is subject to the following in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions: door openers. RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause personal information or link with any interference. other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any personal information. interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment.

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbags Audio Players ...... 7-18 Adding Equipment to the CD ...... 7-18 Accessories and Vehicle ...... 3-36 CD/DVD ...... 7-20 Modifications ...... 10-3 Passenger Status Indicator . . . 5-11 Audio System Accessory Power ...... 9-30 Readiness Light ...... 5-11 Radio Reception ...... 7-17 Add-On Electrical Servicing Airbag-Equipped Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-41 Equipment ...... 9-64 Vehicles ...... 3-35 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Adjustments System Check ...... 3-24 Automatic Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-6 Alarm System Climate Control System ...... 8-3 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-15 Anti-Theft ...... 2-12 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Air Conditioning ...... 8-3 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-27, 9-37 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-34 Air Filter, Passenger AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Fluid ...... 10-15 Compartment ...... 8-6 Antenna Manual Mode ...... 9-36 Air Vents ...... 8-5 Multi-Band ...... 7-18 Shift Lock Control Airbag System Anti-Theft Function Check ...... 10-28 Check ...... 3-37 Alarm System ...... 2-12 Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-27, 7-30 How Does an Airbag Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-28 Restrain? ...... 3-29 Antilock Brake Passenger Sensing B System (ABS) ...... 9-37 System ...... 3-31 Battery ...... 10-27 Warning Light ...... 5-16 What Makes an Airbag Jump Starting ...... 10-72 Appearance Care Inflate? ...... 3-29 Load Management ...... 6-5 Exterior ...... 10-79 What Will You See After Voltage and Charging Interior ...... 10-82 an Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-29 Messages ...... 5-24 Assistance Program, When Should an Airbag Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-29 Roadside ...... 13-6 Inflate? ...... 3-27 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-26 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

Bluetooth ...... 7-43, 7-44, 7-48 C Check Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-15 Engine Light ...... 5-13 Calibration ...... 5-4 Brakes ...... 10-24 Ignition California Antilock ...... 9-37 Transmission Lock ...... 10-29 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-52 Assist ...... 9-39 Child Restraints Perchlorate Materials Fluid ...... 10-25 Infants and Young Requirements ...... 10-3 Parking ...... 9-38 Children ...... 3-40 Warning ...... 10-3 System Messages ...... 5-24 Lower Anchors and Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-46 Braking ...... 9-3 Tethers for Children ...... 3-46 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iv Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-27 Older Children ...... 3-38 Capacities and Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Securing ...... 3-52, 3-54 Specifications ...... 12-2 Fog Lamps ...... 10-34, 6-4 Systems ...... 3-42 Carbon Monoxide Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-31 Cleaning Engine Exhaust ...... 9-33 Headlamps ...... 10-33 Exterior Care ...... 10-79 Liftgate ...... 2-8 Headlamps, Front Turn Interior Care ...... 10-82 Winter Driving ...... 9-19 Signal, Sidemarker, and Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Cargo Parking Lamps ...... 10-33 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Cover ...... 4-2 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-35 Automatic ...... 8-3 Tie Downs ...... 4-2 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Heating ...... 8-1 Cautions, Danger, and Clock ...... 5-5, 5-6 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Warnings ...... v and Backup Lamps ...... 10-34 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-8 CD Player ...... 7-18 Buying New Tires ...... 10-57 Collision Damage Repair ...... 13-9 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-20 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-72 Center Console Storage ...... 4-1 Compass ...... 5-4 Chains, Tire ...... 10-62 Messages ...... 5-24 Charging Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 System Light ...... 5-12 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Convenience Net ...... 4-2 D Driving Convex Mirrors ...... 2-14 Characteristics and Damage Repair, Collision ...... 13-9 Coolant Towing Tips ...... 9-57 Danger, Warnings, and Engine ...... 10-18 Defensive ...... 9-2 Cautions ...... v Engine Temperature Drunk ...... 9-2 Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-14 Gauge ...... 5-10 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-18 Daytime Running Cooling System ...... 10-16 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-18 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Engine Messages ...... 5-25 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-21 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Courtesy Transportation Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-27, 7-30 Program ...... 13-8 Off-Road ...... 9-7 Dome Lamps ...... 6-4 Cover Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-6 Door Cargo ...... 4-2 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-21 Ajar Messages ...... 5-25 Engine ...... 10-9 Wet Roads ...... 9-17 Locks ...... 2-6 Cruise Control ...... 9-42 Winter ...... 9-19 Power Locks ...... 2-7 Light ...... 5-20 Driving for Better Fuel Drive Systems Messages ...... 5-24 Economy ...... 1-25 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-27, 9-37 Cupholders ...... 4-1 DVD Driver Information Customer Assistance ...... 13-4 Rear Seat Entertainment Center (DIC) ...... 5-20 Offices ...... 13-3 System ...... 7-32 Text Telephone (TTY) DVD/CD Player ...... 7-20 Users ...... 13-4 Customer Information Service Publications Ordering Information ...... 13-12 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 13-1

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

E Engine (cont.) Fluid Exhaust ...... 9-33 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-15 E85 Fuel ...... 9-53 Overheating ...... 10-21 Brakes ...... 10-25 ECO Button ...... 9-36 Power Messages ...... 5-26 Power Steering ...... 10-23 Economy Mode Pressure Light ...... 5-18 Washer ...... 10-24 Fuel ...... 9-36 Running While Parked ...... 9-33 Fog Lamps Electrical Equipment, Starting ...... 9-29 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34, 6-4 Add-On ...... 9-64 Engine Oil Front Fog Lamps Electrical System Life System ...... 10-13 Light ...... 5-20 Engine Compartment Messages ...... 5-26 Front Seats Fuse Block ...... 10-37 Entry Lighting ...... 6-5 Adjustment ...... 3-3 Fuses ...... 10-37 Equipment, Towing ...... 9-63 Heated ...... 3-8 Instrument Panel Fuse Event Data Recorders ...... 13-14 Fuel ...... 9-51 Block ...... 10-40 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-22 Additives ...... 9-52 Engine Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-53 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-15 Economy Light ...... 5-18 Check and Service Engine Filling a Portable Fuel Soon Light ...... 5-13 F Container ...... 9-56 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Features Filling the Tank ...... 9-54 Coolant ...... 10-18 Memory ...... 1-9 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-52 Coolant Heater ...... 9-31 Filter, Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-52 Coolant Temperature Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-15 Gauge ...... 5-9 Gauge ...... 5-10 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-19 Cooling System ...... 10-16 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-3 Recommended ...... 9-51 Cooling System Messages . . .5-25 Flat Tire ...... 10-62 Requirements, California . . . . .9-52 Cover ...... 10-9 Changing ...... 10-64 System Messages ...... 5-27 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Floor Mats ...... 10-85 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

Fuel Economy General Information Headlamps (cont.) Driving ...... 1-25 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-19 Fuel Economy Mode ...... 9-36 Towing ...... 9-57 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Fuses ...... 10-37 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-20 Engine Compartment Glove Box ...... 4-1 Heated Front Seats ...... 3-8 Fuse Block ...... 10-37 GM Mobility Reimbursement Heated Mirrors ...... 2-14 Instrument Panel Fuse Program ...... 13-5 Heater Block ...... 10-40 Engine Coolant ...... 9-31 H Heating and Air G Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-3 Conditioning ...... 8-1, 8-3 Gasoline Head Restraints ...... 3-2 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-19 Specifications ...... 9-52 Headlamps Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-18 Gauges Aiming ...... 10-31 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-18 Engine Coolant Automatic ...... 6-3 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-39 Temperature ...... 5-10 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Hood ...... 10-5 Fuel ...... 5-9 Daytime Running Horn ...... 5-3 Odometer ...... 5-9 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 How to Wear Safety Belts Speedometer ...... 5-9 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Properly ...... 3-14 Tachometer ...... 5-9 Headlamps, Front Turn Warning Lights and Signal, Sidemarker, and Indicators ...... 5-7 Parking Lamps ...... 10-33

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

I L Lights Airbag Readiness ...... 5-11 Ignition Positions ...... 9-27 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-44 Antilock Brake System Ignition Transmission Lock Lamps (ABS) Warning ...... 5-16 Check ...... 10-29 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-2 Brake System Warning ...... 5-15 Immobilizer ...... 2-13 Dome ...... 6-4 Charging System ...... 5-12 Infants and Young Children, Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Cruise Control ...... 5-20 Restraints ...... 3-40 License Plate ...... 10-35 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-18 Infotainment ...... 7-2 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-13 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-8 On Reminder ...... 5-20 Front Fog Lamps ...... 5-20 Instrument Panel Reading ...... 6-5 Fuel Economy ...... 5-18 Storage Area ...... 4-1 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-18 High-Beam On ...... 5-19 Introduction ...... iii LATCH System High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Replacing Parts After a Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-19 Crash ...... 3-51 J Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-10 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Jump Starting ...... 10-72 Security ...... 5-19 Tethers for Children ...... 3-46 Tire Pressure ...... 5-17 Liftgate Traction Control System K Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-8 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-17 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-27 Light Keyless Entry StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-16 Traction Off ...... 5-16 Locks Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Lighting Door ...... 2-6 Keys ...... 2-2 Entry ...... 6-5 Power Door ...... 2-7 Illumination Control ...... 6-4 Safety ...... 2-7

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Messages (cont.) N Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-19 Door Ajar ...... 5-25 Navigation Lower Anchors and Tethers Engine Cooling System ...... 5-25 Vehicle Data Recording for Children (LATCH Engine Oil ...... 5-26 and Privacy ...... 13-15 System) ...... 3-46 Engine Power ...... 5-26 Net, Convenience ...... 4-2 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-6 Fuel System ...... 5-27 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-27 Front Seats ...... 3-6 Key and Lock ...... 5-27 Object Detection System . . . . .5-27 Ride Control System ...... 5-27 O M Object Detection System Maintenance Safety Belt ...... 5-28 Messages ...... 5-27 Records ...... 11-9 Service Vehicle ...... 5-28 Odometer ...... 5-9 Maintenance Schedule Tire ...... 5-28 Off-Road ...... 9-7 Recommended Fluids and Transmission ...... 5-29 Driving ...... 9-7 Lubricants ...... 11-6 Vehicle ...... 5-23 Recovery ...... 9-6 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-29 Oil Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-13 Mirrors Engine ...... 10-10 Manual Mode ...... 9-36 Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-13 Mass Storage Media (MEM) . . . 7-23 Rearview ...... 2-15 Messages ...... 5-26 Memory Features ...... 1-9 Convex ...... 2-14 Pressure Light ...... 5-18 Messages Heated ...... 2-14 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-38 Airbag System ...... 5-28 Manual Rearview ...... 2-15 Park Tilt ...... 2-15 Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 Anti-Theft Alarm System ...... 5-28 ® OnStar System ...... 1-26 Battery Voltage and Power ...... 2-14 Operation, Infotainment Charging ...... 5-24 Monitor System, Tire System ...... 7-7 Brake System ...... 5-24 Pressure ...... 10-50 Compass ...... 5-24 Multi-Band Antenna ...... 7-18 Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

Outlets Perchlorate Materials R Power ...... 5-6 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Radio Frequency Overheating, Engine ...... 10-21 Personalization Identification (RFID) ...... 13-16 Overview, Infotainment Vehicle ...... 5-30 Statement ...... 13-16 System ...... 7-3, 7-5 Phone Radios Bluetooth ...... 7-43, 7-44, 7-48 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Power P CD/DVD Player ...... 7-20 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Park Reception ...... 7-17 Mirrors ...... 2-14 Shifting Into ...... 9-31 Satellite ...... 7-13 Outlets ...... 5-6 Shifting Out of ...... 9-32 Reading Lamps ...... 6-5 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-30 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-15 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Parking System ...... 7-41 Steering Fluid ...... 10-23 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-45 Rear Seat Entertainment Windows ...... 2-16 Brake ...... 9-38 System ...... 7-32 Pregnancy, Using Safety Brake and P (Park) Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-41 Belts ...... 3-22 Mechanism Check ...... 10-29 Rear Seats ...... 3-9 Privacy Over Things That Burn ...... 9-32 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-46 Radio Frequency Passenger Airbag Status Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-4 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-16 Indicator ...... 5-11 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-15 Program Passenger Compartment Air Automatic Dimming ...... 2-15 Courtesy Transportation ...... 13-8 Filter ...... 8-6 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Proposition 65 Warning, Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-31 Recommended Fluids and California ...... 10-3 Lubricants ...... 11-6

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

Recommended Fuel ...... 9-51 Reporting Safety Defects S Records Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Safety Belts ...... 3-10 Maintenance ...... 11-9 General Motors ...... 13-14 Care ...... 3-23 Recreational Vehicle U.S. Government ...... 13-13 Extender ...... 3-22 Towing ...... 10-76 Restraints How to Wear Safety Belts Reimbursement Program, Where to Put ...... 3-44 Properly ...... 3-14 GM Mobility ...... 13-5 Retained Accessory Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-18 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Power (RAP) ...... 9-30 Messages ...... 5-28 System ...... 2-3 Ride Control Systems Reminders ...... 5-10 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-4 Messages ...... 5-27 Replacing After a Crash ...... 3-23 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-36 Roads Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-22 Replacement Parts Driving, Wet ...... 9-17 Safety Defects Reporting Airbags ...... 3-37 Roadside Assistance Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Maintenance ...... 11-8 Program ...... 13-6 General Motors ...... 13-14 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-37 Roof U.S. Government ...... 13-13 Replacing LATCH System Sunroof ...... 2-18 Safety Locks ...... 2-7 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-51 Roof Rack System ...... 4-2 Safety System Check ...... 3-22 Replacing Safety Belt Rotation, Tires ...... 10-55 Satellite Radio ...... 7-13 System Parts After a Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Running the Vehicle While Crash ...... 3-23 Scheduling Appointments ...... 13-8 Parked ...... 9-33

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

Seats Service (cont.) Steering ...... 9-4 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-8 Fluid, Power ...... 10-23 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-28 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Heated Front ...... 3-8 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-35 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-6 Shift Lock Control Function Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Check, Automatic Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Rear ...... 3-9 Transmission ...... 10-28 Storage Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Shifting Mass Media (MEM) ...... 7-23 Securing Child Into Park ...... 9-31 Storage Areas Restraints ...... 3-52, 3-54 Out of Park ...... 9-32 Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 Security Sidemarker Center Console ...... 4-1 Light ...... 5-19 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Convenience Net ...... 4-2 Vehicle ...... 2-12 Signals, Turn and Glove Box ...... 4-1 Service Lane-Change ...... 6-3 Instrument Panel ...... 4-1 Accessories and Spare Tire Roof Rack System ...... 4-2 Modifications ...... 10-3 Compact ...... 10-72 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-21 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Specifications and Sun Visors ...... 2-18 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-13 Capacities ...... 12-2 Sunroof ...... 2-18 Maintenance Records ...... 11-9 Speedometer ...... 5-9 Symbols ...... v Maintenance, General StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-16 System Information ...... 11-1 StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-41 Infotainment ...... 7-2 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-39 Roof Rack ...... 4-2 Publications Ordering Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-4 Information ...... 13-12 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-28 Starting the Engine ...... 9-29

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

T Tires (cont.) Trailer Terminology and Sway Control (TSC) ...... 9-64 Tachometer ...... 5-9 Definitions ...... 10-46 Trailer Towing ...... 9-60 Taillamps Uniform Tire Quality Transmission Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Grading ...... 10-59 Automatic ...... 9-34 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Wheel Alignment and Tire Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-15 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-13 Balance ...... 10-61 Messages ...... 5-29 Immobilizer ...... 2-13 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-61 Transportation Program, Time ...... 5-5, 5-6 When It Is Time for New Courtesy ...... 13-8 Tires Tires ...... 10-56 Turn and Lane-Change Buying New Tires ...... 10-57 Towing Signals ...... 6-3 Chains ...... 10-62 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-57 Turn Signal Changing ...... 10-64 Equipment ...... 9-63 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Compact Spare ...... 10-72 General Information ...... 9-57 Designations ...... 10-46 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-76 Different Size ...... 10-59 U Trailer ...... 9-60 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-62 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-45 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-64 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-52 Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle ...... 10-76 Inspection ...... 10-55 Grading ...... 10-59 Traction Messages ...... 5-28 Using this Manual ...... v Control System (TCS) ...... 9-40 Pressure Light ...... 5-17 Control System (TCS)/ Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-50 StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-17 Rotation ...... 10-55 Off Light ...... 5-16 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-44

Information Provided by:Provided Information Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

V W Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 5-3 Vehicle Warning Winter Driving ...... 9-19 Canadian Owners ...... iv Brake System Light ...... 5-15 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-29 Control ...... 9-3 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Wipers Identification Indicators ...... 5-7 Rear Washer ...... 5-4 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Warnings ...... v Load Limits ...... 9-21 Cautions and Danger ...... v Messages ...... 5-23 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-3 Personalization ...... 5-30 Washer Fluid ...... 10-24 Reminder Messages ...... 5-29 Wheels Remote Start ...... 2-4 Alignment and Tire Security ...... 2-12 Balance ...... 10-61 Towing ...... 10-76 Different Size ...... 10-59 Vehicle Care Replacement ...... 10-61 Tire Pressure ...... 10-49 When It Is Time for New Vehicle Identification Tires ...... 10-56 Service Parts Identification Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-44 Label ...... 12-1 Windows ...... 2-16 Ventilation, Air ...... 8-5 Power ...... 2-16 Visors ...... 2-18

Information Provided by:Provided Information